len0rd/FreeRTOS-Kernel
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/FreeRTOS/FreeRTOS-Kernel.git synced 2025-04-19 21:11:57 -04:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Remove all workspace local copies of files that should be copied across using the CreateProejctDirectoryStructure.bat batch file.

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Richard Barry 2011-07-27 16:19:52 +00:00
parent 42aed81857
commit 6e2aeed966
133 changed files with 0 additions and 55709 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

308
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/BlockQ.c
View file

@ -1,308 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* Creates six tasks that operate on three queues as follows:
*
* The first two tasks send and receive an incrementing number to/from a queue.
* One task acts as a producer and the other as the consumer. The consumer is a
* higher priority than the producer and is set to block on queue reads. The queue
* only has space for one item - as soon as the producer posts a message on the
* queue the consumer will unblock, pre-empt the producer, and remove the item.
*
* The second two tasks work the other way around. Again the queue used only has
* enough space for one item. This time the consumer has a lower priority than the
* producer. The producer will try to post on the queue blocking when the queue is
* full. When the consumer wakes it will remove the item from the queue, causing
* the producer to unblock, pre-empt the consumer, and immediately re-fill the
* queue.
*
* The last two tasks use the same queue producer and consumer functions. This time the queue has
* enough space for lots of items and the tasks operate at the same priority. The
* producer will execute, placing items into the queue. The consumer will start
* executing when either the queue becomes full (causing the producer to block) or
* a context switch occurs (tasks of the same priority will time slice).
*
*/
/*
Changes from V4.1.1
+ The second set of tasks were created the wrong way around. This has been
corrected.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
/* Demo program include files. */
#include "BlockQ.h"
#define blckqSTACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
#define blckqNUM_TASK_SETS ( 3 )
/* Structure used to pass parameters to the blocking queue tasks. */
typedef struct BLOCKING_QUEUE_PARAMETERS
{
xQueueHandle xQueue; /*< The queue to be used by the task. */
portTickType xBlockTime; /*< The block time to use on queue reads/writes. */
volatile short *psCheckVariable; /*< Incremented on each successful cycle to check the task is still running. */
} xBlockingQueueParameters;
/* Task function that creates an incrementing number and posts it on a queue. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vBlockingQueueProducer, pvParameters );
/* Task function that removes the incrementing number from a queue and checks that
it is the expected number. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vBlockingQueueConsumer, pvParameters );
/* Variables which are incremented each time an item is removed from a queue, and
found to be the expected value.
These are used to check that the tasks are still running. */
static volatile short sBlockingConsumerCount[ blckqNUM_TASK_SETS ] = { ( unsigned short ) 0, ( unsigned short ) 0, ( unsigned short ) 0 };
/* Variable which are incremented each time an item is posted on a queue. These
are used to check that the tasks are still running. */
static volatile short sBlockingProducerCount[ blckqNUM_TASK_SETS ] = { ( unsigned short ) 0, ( unsigned short ) 0, ( unsigned short ) 0 };
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartBlockingQueueTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority )
{
xBlockingQueueParameters *pxQueueParameters1, *pxQueueParameters2;
xBlockingQueueParameters *pxQueueParameters3, *pxQueueParameters4;
xBlockingQueueParameters *pxQueueParameters5, *pxQueueParameters6;
const unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueSize1 = 1, uxQueueSize5 = 5;
const portTickType xBlockTime = ( portTickType ) 1000 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
const portTickType xDontBlock = ( portTickType ) 0;
/* Create the first two tasks as described at the top of the file. */
/* First create the structure used to pass parameters to the consumer tasks. */
pxQueueParameters1 = ( xBlockingQueueParameters * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xBlockingQueueParameters ) );
/* Create the queue used by the first two tasks to pass the incrementing number.
Pass a pointer to the queue in the parameter structure. */
pxQueueParameters1->xQueue = xQueueCreate( uxQueueSize1, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) sizeof( unsigned short ) );
/* The consumer is created first so gets a block time as described above. */
pxQueueParameters1->xBlockTime = xBlockTime;
/* Pass in the variable that this task is going to increment so we can check it
is still running. */
pxQueueParameters1->psCheckVariable = &( sBlockingConsumerCount[ 0 ] );
/* Create the structure used to pass parameters to the producer task. */
pxQueueParameters2 = ( xBlockingQueueParameters * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xBlockingQueueParameters ) );
/* Pass the queue to this task also, using the parameter structure. */
pxQueueParameters2->xQueue = pxQueueParameters1->xQueue;
/* The producer is not going to block - as soon as it posts the consumer will
wake and remove the item so the producer should always have room to post. */
pxQueueParameters2->xBlockTime = xDontBlock;
/* Pass in the variable that this task is going to increment so we can check
it is still running. */
pxQueueParameters2->psCheckVariable = &( sBlockingProducerCount[ 0 ] );
/* Note the producer has a lower priority than the consumer when the tasks are
spawned. */
xTaskCreate( vBlockingQueueConsumer, ( signed char * ) "QConsB1", blckqSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxQueueParameters1, uxPriority, NULL );
xTaskCreate( vBlockingQueueProducer, ( signed char * ) "QProdB2", blckqSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxQueueParameters2, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
/* Create the second two tasks as described at the top of the file. This uses
the same mechanism but reverses the task priorities. */
pxQueueParameters3 = ( xBlockingQueueParameters * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xBlockingQueueParameters ) );
pxQueueParameters3->xQueue = xQueueCreate( uxQueueSize1, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) sizeof( unsigned short ) );
pxQueueParameters3->xBlockTime = xDontBlock;
pxQueueParameters3->psCheckVariable = &( sBlockingProducerCount[ 1 ] );
pxQueueParameters4 = ( xBlockingQueueParameters * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xBlockingQueueParameters ) );
pxQueueParameters4->xQueue = pxQueueParameters3->xQueue;
pxQueueParameters4->xBlockTime = xBlockTime;
pxQueueParameters4->psCheckVariable = &( sBlockingConsumerCount[ 1 ] );
xTaskCreate( vBlockingQueueConsumer, ( signed char * ) "QProdB3", blckqSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxQueueParameters3, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
xTaskCreate( vBlockingQueueProducer, ( signed char * ) "QConsB4", blckqSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxQueueParameters4, uxPriority, NULL );
/* Create the last two tasks as described above. The mechanism is again just
the same. This time both parameter structures are given a block time. */
pxQueueParameters5 = ( xBlockingQueueParameters * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xBlockingQueueParameters ) );
pxQueueParameters5->xQueue = xQueueCreate( uxQueueSize5, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) sizeof( unsigned short ) );
pxQueueParameters5->xBlockTime = xBlockTime;
pxQueueParameters5->psCheckVariable = &( sBlockingProducerCount[ 2 ] );
pxQueueParameters6 = ( xBlockingQueueParameters * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xBlockingQueueParameters ) );
pxQueueParameters6->xQueue = pxQueueParameters5->xQueue;
pxQueueParameters6->xBlockTime = xBlockTime;
pxQueueParameters6->psCheckVariable = &( sBlockingConsumerCount[ 2 ] );
xTaskCreate( vBlockingQueueProducer, ( signed char * ) "QProdB5", blckqSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxQueueParameters5, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
xTaskCreate( vBlockingQueueConsumer, ( signed char * ) "QConsB6", blckqSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxQueueParameters6, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vBlockingQueueProducer, pvParameters )
{
unsigned short usValue = 0;
xBlockingQueueParameters *pxQueueParameters;
short sErrorEverOccurred = pdFALSE;
pxQueueParameters = ( xBlockingQueueParameters * ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
if( xQueueSend( pxQueueParameters->xQueue, ( void * ) &usValue, pxQueueParameters->xBlockTime ) != pdPASS )
{
sErrorEverOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* We have successfully posted a message, so increment the variable
used to check we are still running. */
if( sErrorEverOccurred == pdFALSE )
{
( *pxQueueParameters->psCheckVariable )++;
}
/* Increment the variable we are going to post next time round. The
consumer will expect the numbers to follow in numerical order. */
++usValue;
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vBlockingQueueConsumer, pvParameters )
{
unsigned short usData, usExpectedValue = 0;
xBlockingQueueParameters *pxQueueParameters;
short sErrorEverOccurred = pdFALSE;
pxQueueParameters = ( xBlockingQueueParameters * ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
if( xQueueReceive( pxQueueParameters->xQueue, &usData, pxQueueParameters->xBlockTime ) == pdPASS )
{
if( usData != usExpectedValue )
{
/* Catch-up. */
usExpectedValue = usData;
sErrorEverOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* We have successfully received a message, so increment the
variable used to check we are still running. */
if( sErrorEverOccurred == pdFALSE )
{
( *pxQueueParameters->psCheckVariable )++;
}
/* Increment the value we expect to remove from the queue next time
round. */
++usExpectedValue;
}
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is called to check that all the created tasks are still running. */
portBASE_TYPE xAreBlockingQueuesStillRunning( void )
{
static short sLastBlockingConsumerCount[ blckqNUM_TASK_SETS ] = { ( unsigned short ) 0, ( unsigned short ) 0, ( unsigned short ) 0 };
static short sLastBlockingProducerCount[ blckqNUM_TASK_SETS ] = { ( unsigned short ) 0, ( unsigned short ) 0, ( unsigned short ) 0 };
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdPASS, xTasks;
/* Not too worried about mutual exclusion on these variables as they are 16
bits and we are only reading them. We also only care to see if they have
changed or not.
Loop through each check variable to and return pdFALSE if any are found not
to have changed since the last call. */
for( xTasks = 0; xTasks < blckqNUM_TASK_SETS; xTasks++ )
{
if( sBlockingConsumerCount[ xTasks ] == sLastBlockingConsumerCount[ xTasks ] )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
sLastBlockingConsumerCount[ xTasks ] = sBlockingConsumerCount[ xTasks ];
if( sBlockingProducerCount[ xTasks ] == sLastBlockingProducerCount[ xTasks ] )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
sLastBlockingProducerCount[ xTasks ] = sBlockingProducerCount[ xTasks ];
}
return xReturn;
}

572
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/GenQTest.c
View file

@ -1,572 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* Tests the extra queue functionality introduced in FreeRTOS.org V4.5.0 -
* including xQueueSendToFront(), xQueueSendToBack(), xQueuePeek() and
* mutex behaviour.
*
* See the comments above the prvSendFrontAndBackTest() and
* prvLowPriorityMutexTask() prototypes below for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "semphr.h"
/* Demo program include files. */
#include "GenQTest.h"
#define genqQUEUE_LENGTH ( 5 )
#define genqNO_BLOCK ( 0 )
#define genqMUTEX_LOW_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
#define genqMUTEX_TEST_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 )
#define genqMUTEX_MEDIUM_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 2 )
#define genqMUTEX_HIGH_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 3 )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Tests the behaviour of the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack()
* macros by using both to fill a queue, then reading from the queue to
* check the resultant queue order is as expected. Queue data is also
* peeked.
*/
static void prvSendFrontAndBackTest( void *pvParameters );
/*
* The following three tasks are used to demonstrate the mutex behaviour.
* Each task is given a different priority to demonstrate the priority
* inheritance mechanism.
*
* The low priority task obtains a mutex. After this a high priority task
* attempts to obtain the same mutex, causing its priority to be inherited
* by the low priority task. The task with the inherited high priority then
* resumes a medium priority task to ensure it is not blocked by the medium
* priority task while it holds the inherited high priority. Once the mutex
* is returned the task with the inherited priority returns to its original
* low priority, and is therefore immediately preempted by first the high
* priority task and then the medium prioroity task before it can continue.
*/
static void prvLowPriorityMutexTask( void *pvParameters );
static void prvMediumPriorityMutexTask( void *pvParameters );
static void prvHighPriorityMutexTask( void *pvParameters );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Flag that will be latched to pdTRUE should any unexpected behaviour be
detected in any of the tasks. */
static portBASE_TYPE xErrorDetected = pdFALSE;
/* Counters that are incremented on each cycle of a test. This is used to
detect a stalled task - a test that is no longer running. */
static volatile unsigned portLONG ulLoopCounter = 0;
static volatile unsigned portLONG ulLoopCounter2 = 0;
/* The variable that is guarded by the mutex in the mutex demo tasks. */
static volatile unsigned portLONG ulGuardedVariable = 0;
/* Handles used in the mutext test to suspend and resume the high and medium
priority mutex test tasks. */
static xTaskHandle xHighPriorityMutexTask, xMediumPriorityMutexTask;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartGenericQueueTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority )
{
xQueueHandle xQueue;
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex;
/* Create the queue that we are going to use for the
prvSendFrontAndBackTest demo. */
xQueue = xQueueCreate( genqQUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( unsigned portLONG ) );
/* vQueueAddToRegistry() adds the queue to the queue registry, if one is
in use. The queue registry is provided as a means for kernel aware
debuggers to locate queues and has no purpose if a kernel aware debugger
is not being used. The call to vQueueAddToRegistry() will be removed
by the pre-processor if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE is not defined or is
defined to be less than 1. */
vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, ( signed portCHAR * ) "Gen_Queue_Test" );
/* Create the demo task and pass it the queue just created. We are
passing the queue handle by value so it does not matter that it is
declared on the stack here. */
xTaskCreate( prvSendFrontAndBackTest, ( signed portCHAR * )"GenQ", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) xQueue, uxPriority, NULL );
/* Create the mutex used by the prvMutexTest task. */
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
/* vQueueAddToRegistry() adds the mutex to the registry, if one is
in use. The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware
debuggers to locate mutexes and has no purpose if a kernel aware debugger
is not being used. The call to vQueueAddToRegistry() will be removed
by the pre-processor if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE is not defined or is
defined to be less than 1. */
vQueueAddToRegistry( ( xQueueHandle ) xMutex, ( signed portCHAR * ) "Gen_Queue_Mutex" );
/* Create the mutex demo tasks and pass it the mutex just created. We are
passing the mutex handle by value so it does not matter that it is declared
on the stack here. */
xTaskCreate( prvLowPriorityMutexTask, ( signed portCHAR * )"MuLow", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) xMutex, genqMUTEX_LOW_PRIORITY, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvMediumPriorityMutexTask, ( signed portCHAR * )"MuMed", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, genqMUTEX_MEDIUM_PRIORITY, &xMediumPriorityMutexTask );
xTaskCreate( prvHighPriorityMutexTask, ( signed portCHAR * )"MuHigh", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) xMutex, genqMUTEX_HIGH_PRIORITY, &xHighPriorityMutexTask );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvSendFrontAndBackTest( void *pvParameters )
{
unsigned portLONG ulData, ulData2;
xQueueHandle xQueue;
#ifdef USE_STDIO
void vPrintDisplayMessage( const portCHAR * const * ppcMessageToSend );
const portCHAR * const pcTaskStartMsg = "Queue SendToFront/SendToBack/Peek test started.\r\n";
/* Queue a message for printing to say the task has started. */
vPrintDisplayMessage( &pcTaskStartMsg );
#endif
xQueue = ( xQueueHandle ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* The queue is empty, so sending an item to the back of the queue
should have the same efect as sending it to the front of the queue.
First send to the front and check everything is as expected. */
xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulLoopCounter, genqNO_BLOCK );
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 1 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* The data we sent to the queue should equal the data we just received
from the queue. */
if( ulLoopCounter != ulData )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Then do the same, sending the data to the back, checking everything
is as expected. */
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 0 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulLoopCounter, genqNO_BLOCK );
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 1 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 0 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* The data we sent to the queue should equal the data we just received
from the queue. */
if( ulLoopCounter != ulData )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
/* Place 2, 3, 4 into the queue, adding items to the back of the queue. */
for( ulData = 2; ulData < 5; ulData++ )
{
xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK );
}
/* Now the order in the queue should be 2, 3, 4, with 2 being the first
thing to be read out. Now add 1 then 0 to the front of the queue. */
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 3 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
ulData = 1;
xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK );
ulData = 0;
xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK );
/* Now the queue should be full, and when we read the data out we
should receive 0, 1, 2, 3, 4. */
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 5 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != errQUEUE_FULL )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != errQUEUE_FULL )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
/* Check the data we read out is in the expected order. */
for( ulData = 0; ulData < genqQUEUE_LENGTH; ulData++ )
{
/* Try peeking the data first. */
if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulData2, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( ulData != ulData2 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Now try receiving the data for real. The value should be the
same. Clobber the value first so we know we really received it. */
ulData2 = ~ulData2;
if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &ulData2, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( ulData != ulData2 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
}
/* The queue should now be empty again. */
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 0 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
/* Our queue is empty once more, add 10, 11 to the back. */
ulData = 10;
if( xQueueSend( xQueue, &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
ulData = 11;
if( xQueueSend( xQueue, &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 2 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Now we should have 10, 11 in the queue. Add 7, 8, 9 to the
front. */
for( ulData = 9; ulData >= 7; ulData-- )
{
if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
}
/* Now check that the queue is full, and that receiving data provides
the expected sequence of 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. */
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 5 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != errQUEUE_FULL )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, ( void * ) &ulData, genqNO_BLOCK ) != errQUEUE_FULL )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
/* Check the data we read out is in the expected order. */
for( ulData = 7; ulData < ( 7 + genqQUEUE_LENGTH ); ulData++ )
{
if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &ulData2, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( ulData != ulData2 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
}
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 0 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
ulLoopCounter++;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvLowPriorityMutexTask( void *pvParameters )
{
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = ( xSemaphoreHandle ) pvParameters;
#ifdef USE_STDIO
void vPrintDisplayMessage( const portCHAR * const * ppcMessageToSend );
const portCHAR * const pcTaskStartMsg = "Mutex with priority inheritance test started.\r\n";
/* Queue a message for printing to say the task has started. */
vPrintDisplayMessage( &pcTaskStartMsg );
#endif
for( ;; )
{
/* Take the mutex. It should be available now. */
if( xSemaphoreTake( xMutex, genqNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Set our guarded variable to a known start value. */
ulGuardedVariable = 0;
/* Our priority should be as per that assigned when the task was
created. */
if( uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) != genqMUTEX_LOW_PRIORITY )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Now unsuspend the high priority task. This will attempt to take the
mutex, and block when it finds it cannot obtain it. */
vTaskResume( xHighPriorityMutexTask );
/* We should now have inherited the prioritoy of the high priority task,
as by now it will have attempted to get the mutex. */
if( uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) != genqMUTEX_HIGH_PRIORITY )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* We can attempt to set our priority to the test priority - between the
idle priority and the medium/high test priorities, but our actual
prioroity should remain at the high priority. */
vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, genqMUTEX_TEST_PRIORITY );
if( uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) != genqMUTEX_HIGH_PRIORITY )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Now unsuspend the medium priority task. This should not run as our
inherited priority is above that of the medium priority task. */
vTaskResume( xMediumPriorityMutexTask );
/* If the did run then it will have incremented our guarded variable. */
if( ulGuardedVariable != 0 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* When we give back the semaphore our priority should be disinherited
back to the priority to which we attempted to set ourselves. This means
that when the high priority task next blocks, the medium priority task
should execute and increment the guarded variable. When we next run
both the high and medium priority tasks will have been suspended again. */
if( xSemaphoreGive( xMutex ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Check that the guarded variable did indeed increment... */
if( ulGuardedVariable != 1 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* ... and that our priority has been disinherited to
genqMUTEX_TEST_PRIORITY. */
if( uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) != genqMUTEX_TEST_PRIORITY )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Set our priority back to our original priority ready for the next
loop around this test. */
vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, genqMUTEX_LOW_PRIORITY );
/* Just to show we are still running. */
ulLoopCounter2++;
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvMediumPriorityMutexTask( void *pvParameters )
{
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* The medium priority task starts by suspending itself. The low
priority task will unsuspend this task when required. */
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
/* When this task unsuspends all it does is increment the guarded
variable, this is so the low priority task knows that it has
executed. */
ulGuardedVariable++;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHighPriorityMutexTask( void *pvParameters )
{
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = ( xSemaphoreHandle ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* The high priority task starts by suspending itself. The low
priority task will unsuspend this task when required. */
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
/* When this task unsuspends all it does is attempt to obtain
the mutex. It should find the mutex is not available so a
block time is specified. */
if( xSemaphoreTake( xMutex, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* When we eventually obtain the mutex we just give it back then
return to suspend ready for the next test. */
if( xSemaphoreGive( xMutex ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is called to check that all the created tasks are still running. */
portBASE_TYPE xAreGenericQueueTasksStillRunning( void )
{
static unsigned portLONG ulLastLoopCounter = 0, ulLastLoopCounter2 = 0;
/* If the demo task is still running then we expect the loopcounters to
have incremented since this function was last called. */
if( ulLastLoopCounter == ulLoopCounter )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( ulLastLoopCounter2 == ulLoopCounter2 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
ulLastLoopCounter = ulLoopCounter;
ulLastLoopCounter2 = ulLoopCounter2;
/* Errors detected in the task itself will have latched xErrorDetected
to true. */
return !xErrorDetected;
}

246
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/PollQ.c
View file

@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* This version of PollQ. c is for use on systems that have limited stack
* space and no display facilities. The complete version can be found in
* the Demo/Common/Full directory.
*
* Creates two tasks that communicate over a single queue. One task acts as a
* producer, the other a consumer.
*
* The producer loops for three iteration, posting an incrementing number onto the
* queue each cycle. It then delays for a fixed period before doing exactly the
* same again.
*
* The consumer loops emptying the queue. Each item removed from the queue is
* checked to ensure it contains the expected value. When the queue is empty it
* blocks for a fixed period, then does the same again.
*
* All queue access is performed without blocking. The consumer completely empties
* the queue each time it runs so the producer should never find the queue full.
*
* An error is flagged if the consumer obtains an unexpected value or the producer
* find the queue is full.
*/
/*
Changes from V2.0.0
+ Delay periods are now specified using variables and constants of
portTickType rather than unsigned long.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
/* Demo program include files. */
#include "PollQ.h"
#define pollqSTACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
#define pollqQUEUE_SIZE ( 10 )
#define pollqPRODUCER_DELAY ( ( portTickType ) 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
#define pollqCONSUMER_DELAY ( pollqPRODUCER_DELAY - ( portTickType ) ( 20 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) )
#define pollqNO_DELAY ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
#define pollqVALUES_TO_PRODUCE ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) 3 )
#define pollqINITIAL_VALUE ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
/* The task that posts the incrementing number onto the queue. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vPolledQueueProducer, pvParameters );
/* The task that empties the queue. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vPolledQueueConsumer, pvParameters );
/* Variables that are used to check that the tasks are still running with no
errors. */
static volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xPollingConsumerCount = pollqINITIAL_VALUE, xPollingProducerCount = pollqINITIAL_VALUE;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartPolledQueueTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority )
{
static xQueueHandle xPolledQueue;
/* Create the queue used by the producer and consumer. */
xPolledQueue = xQueueCreate( pollqQUEUE_SIZE, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) sizeof( unsigned short ) );
/* vQueueAddToRegistry() adds the queue to the queue registry, if one is
in use. The queue registry is provided as a means for kernel aware
debuggers to locate queues and has no purpose if a kernel aware debugger
is not being used. The call to vQueueAddToRegistry() will be removed
by the pre-processor if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE is not defined or is
defined to be less than 1. */
vQueueAddToRegistry( xPolledQueue, ( signed char * ) "Poll_Test_Queue" );
/* Spawn the producer and consumer. */
xTaskCreate( vPolledQueueConsumer, ( signed char * ) "QConsNB", pollqSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &xPolledQueue, uxPriority, ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
xTaskCreate( vPolledQueueProducer, ( signed char * ) "QProdNB", pollqSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &xPolledQueue, uxPriority, ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vPolledQueueProducer, pvParameters )
{
unsigned short usValue = ( unsigned short ) 0;
signed portBASE_TYPE xError = pdFALSE, xLoop;
for( ;; )
{
for( xLoop = 0; xLoop < pollqVALUES_TO_PRODUCE; xLoop++ )
{
/* Send an incrementing number on the queue without blocking. */
if( xQueueSend( *( ( xQueueHandle * ) pvParameters ), ( void * ) &usValue, pollqNO_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We should never find the queue full so if we get here there
has been an error. */
xError = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
if( xError == pdFALSE )
{
/* If an error has ever been recorded we stop incrementing the
check variable. */
portENTER_CRITICAL();
xPollingProducerCount++;
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/* Update the value we are going to post next time around. */
usValue++;
}
}
/* Wait before we start posting again to ensure the consumer runs and
empties the queue. */
vTaskDelay( pollqPRODUCER_DELAY );
}
} /*lint !e818 Function prototype must conform to API. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vPolledQueueConsumer, pvParameters )
{
unsigned short usData, usExpectedValue = ( unsigned short ) 0;
signed portBASE_TYPE xError = pdFALSE;
for( ;; )
{
/* Loop until the queue is empty. */
while( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( *( ( xQueueHandle * ) pvParameters ) ) )
{
if( xQueueReceive( *( ( xQueueHandle * ) pvParameters ), &usData, pollqNO_DELAY ) == pdPASS )
{
if( usData != usExpectedValue )
{
/* This is not what we expected to receive so an error has
occurred. */
xError = pdTRUE;
/* Catch-up to the value we received so our next expected
value should again be correct. */
usExpectedValue = usData;
}
else
{
if( xError == pdFALSE )
{
/* Only increment the check variable if no errors have
occurred. */
portENTER_CRITICAL();
xPollingConsumerCount++;
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
}
/* Next time round we would expect the number to be one higher. */
usExpectedValue++;
}
}
/* Now the queue is empty we block, allowing the producer to place more
items in the queue. */
vTaskDelay( pollqCONSUMER_DELAY );
}
} /*lint !e818 Function prototype must conform to API. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is called to check that all the created tasks are still running with no errors. */
portBASE_TYPE xArePollingQueuesStillRunning( void )
{
portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
/* Check both the consumer and producer poll count to check they have both
been changed since out last trip round. We do not need a critical section
around the check variables as this is called from a higher priority than
the other tasks that access the same variables. */
if( ( xPollingConsumerCount == pollqINITIAL_VALUE ) ||
( xPollingProducerCount == pollqINITIAL_VALUE )
)
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
/* Set the check variables back down so we know if they have been
incremented the next time around. */
xPollingConsumerCount = pollqINITIAL_VALUE;
xPollingProducerCount = pollqINITIAL_VALUE;
return xReturn;
}

446
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/QPeek.c
View file

@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* Tests the behaviour when data is peeked from a queue when there are
* multiple tasks blocked on the queue.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "semphr.h"
/* Demo program include files. */
#include "QPeek.h"
#define qpeekQUEUE_LENGTH ( 5 )
#define qpeekNO_BLOCK ( 0 )
#define qpeekSHORT_DELAY ( 10 )
#define qpeekLOW_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 0 )
#define qpeekMEDIUM_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 )
#define qpeekHIGH_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 2 )
#define qpeekHIGHEST_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 3 )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* The following three tasks are used to demonstrate the peeking behaviour.
* Each task is given a different priority to demonstrate the order in which
* tasks are woken as data is peeked from a queue.
*/
static void prvLowPriorityPeekTask( void *pvParameters );
static void prvMediumPriorityPeekTask( void *pvParameters );
static void prvHighPriorityPeekTask( void *pvParameters );
static void prvHighestPriorityPeekTask( void *pvParameters );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Flag that will be latched to pdTRUE should any unexpected behaviour be
detected in any of the tasks. */
static volatile portBASE_TYPE xErrorDetected = pdFALSE;
/* Counter that is incremented on each cycle of a test. This is used to
detect a stalled task - a test that is no longer running. */
static volatile unsigned portLONG ulLoopCounter = 0;
/* Handles to the test tasks. */
xTaskHandle xMediumPriorityTask, xHighPriorityTask, xHighestPriorityTask;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartQueuePeekTasks( void )
{
xQueueHandle xQueue;
/* Create the queue that we are going to use for the test/demo. */
xQueue = xQueueCreate( qpeekQUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( unsigned portLONG ) );
/* vQueueAddToRegistry() adds the queue to the queue registry, if one is
in use. The queue registry is provided as a means for kernel aware
debuggers to locate queues and has no purpose if a kernel aware debugger
is not being used. The call to vQueueAddToRegistry() will be removed
by the pre-processor if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE is not defined or is
defined to be less than 1. */
vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, ( signed portCHAR * ) "QPeek_Test_Queue" );
/* Create the demo tasks and pass it the queue just created. We are
passing the queue handle by value so it does not matter that it is declared
on the stack here. */
xTaskCreate( prvLowPriorityPeekTask, ( signed portCHAR * )"PeekL", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) xQueue, qpeekLOW_PRIORITY, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvMediumPriorityPeekTask, ( signed portCHAR * )"PeekM", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) xQueue, qpeekMEDIUM_PRIORITY, &xMediumPriorityTask );
xTaskCreate( prvHighPriorityPeekTask, ( signed portCHAR * )"PeekH1", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) xQueue, qpeekHIGH_PRIORITY, &xHighPriorityTask );
xTaskCreate( prvHighestPriorityPeekTask, ( signed portCHAR * )"PeekH2", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) xQueue, qpeekHIGHEST_PRIORITY, &xHighestPriorityTask );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHighestPriorityPeekTask( void *pvParameters )
{
xQueueHandle xQueue = ( xQueueHandle ) pvParameters;
unsigned portLONG ulValue;
#ifdef USE_STDIO
{
void vPrintDisplayMessage( const portCHAR * const * ppcMessageToSend );
const portCHAR * const pcTaskStartMsg = "Queue peek test started.\r\n";
/* Queue a message for printing to say the task has started. */
vPrintDisplayMessage( &pcTaskStartMsg );
}
#endif
for( ;; )
{
/* Try peeking from the queue. The queue should be empty so we will
block, allowing the high priority task to execute. */
if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulValue, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We expected to have received something by the time we unblock. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* When we reach here the high and medium priority tasks should still
be blocked on the queue. We unblocked because the low priority task
wrote a value to the queue, which we should have peeked. Peeking the
data (rather than receiving it) will leave the data on the queue, so
the high priority task should then have also been unblocked, but not
yet executed. */
if( ulValue != 0x11223344 )
{
/* We did not receive the expected value. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 1 )
{
/* The message should have been left on the queue. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Now we are going to actually receive the data, so when the high
priority task runs it will find the queue empty and return to the
blocked state. */
ulValue = 0;
if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &ulValue, qpeekNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We expected to receive the value. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( ulValue != 0x11223344 )
{
/* We did not receive the expected value - which should have been
the same value as was peeked. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Now we will block again as the queue is once more empty. The low
priority task can then execute again. */
if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulValue, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We expected to have received something by the time we unblock. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* When we get here the low priority task should have again written to the
queue. */
if( ulValue != 0x01234567 )
{
/* We did not receive the expected value. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 1 )
{
/* The message should have been left on the queue. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* We only peeked the data, so suspending ourselves now should enable
the high priority task to also peek the data. The high priority task
will have been unblocked when we peeked the data as we left the data
in the queue. */
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
/* This time we are going to do the same as the above test, but the
high priority task is going to receive the data, rather than peek it.
This means that the medium priority task should never peek the value. */
if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulValue, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( ulValue != 0xaabbaabb )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHighPriorityPeekTask( void *pvParameters )
{
xQueueHandle xQueue = ( xQueueHandle ) pvParameters;
unsigned portLONG ulValue;
for( ;; )
{
/* Try peeking from the queue. The queue should be empty so we will
block, allowing the medium priority task to execute. Both the high
and highest priority tasks will then be blocked on the queue. */
if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulValue, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We expected to have received something by the time we unblock. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* When we get here the highest priority task should have peeked the data
(unblocking this task) then suspended (allowing this task to also peek
the data). */
if( ulValue != 0x01234567 )
{
/* We did not receive the expected value. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 1 )
{
/* The message should have been left on the queue. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* We only peeked the data, so suspending ourselves now should enable
the medium priority task to also peek the data. The medium priority task
will have been unblocked when we peeked the data as we left the data
in the queue. */
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
/* This time we are going actually receive the value, so the medium
priority task will never peek the data - we removed it from the queue. */
if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &ulValue, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( ulValue != 0xaabbaabb )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvMediumPriorityPeekTask( void *pvParameters )
{
xQueueHandle xQueue = ( xQueueHandle ) pvParameters;
unsigned portLONG ulValue;
for( ;; )
{
/* Try peeking from the queue. The queue should be empty so we will
block, allowing the low priority task to execute. The highest, high
and medium priority tasks will then all be blocked on the queue. */
if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulValue, portMAX_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We expected to have received something by the time we unblock. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* When we get here the high priority task should have peeked the data
(unblocking this task) then suspended (allowing this task to also peek
the data). */
if( ulValue != 0x01234567 )
{
/* We did not receive the expected value. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 1 )
{
/* The message should have been left on the queue. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Just so we know the test is still running. */
ulLoopCounter++;
/* Now we can suspend ourselves so the low priority task can execute
again. */
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvLowPriorityPeekTask( void *pvParameters )
{
xQueueHandle xQueue = ( xQueueHandle ) pvParameters;
unsigned portLONG ulValue;
for( ;; )
{
/* Write some data to the queue. This should unblock the highest
priority task that is waiting to peek data from the queue. */
ulValue = 0x11223344;
if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, &ulValue, qpeekNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We were expecting the queue to be empty so we should not of
had a problem writing to the queue. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* By the time we get here the data should have been removed from
the queue. */
if( uxQueueMessagesWaiting( xQueue ) != 0 )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Write another value to the queue, again waking the highest priority
task that is blocked on the queue. */
ulValue = 0x01234567;
if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, &ulValue, qpeekNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We were expecting the queue to be empty so we should not of
had a problem writing to the queue. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* All the other tasks should now have successfully peeked the data.
The data is still in the queue so we should be able to receive it. */
ulValue = 0;
if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &ulValue, qpeekNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We expected to receive the data. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
if( ulValue != 0x01234567 )
{
/* We did not receive the expected value. */
}
/* Lets just delay a while as this is an intensive test as we don't
want to starve other tests of processing time. */
vTaskDelay( qpeekSHORT_DELAY );
/* Unsuspend the other tasks so we can repeat the test - this time
however not all the other tasks will peek the data as the high
priority task is actually going to remove it from the queue. Send
to front is used just to be different. As the queue is empty it
makes no difference to the result. */
vTaskResume( xMediumPriorityTask );
vTaskResume( xHighPriorityTask );
vTaskResume( xHighestPriorityTask );
ulValue = 0xaabbaabb;
if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, &ulValue, qpeekNO_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
/* We were expecting the queue to be empty so we should not of
had a problem writing to the queue. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* This time we should find that the queue is empty. The high priority
task actually removed the data rather than just peeking it. */
if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &ulValue, qpeekNO_BLOCK ) != errQUEUE_EMPTY )
{
/* We expected to receive the data. */
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
/* Unsuspend the highest and high priority tasks so we can go back
and repeat the whole thing. The medium priority task should not be
suspended as it was not able to peek the data in this last case. */
vTaskResume( xHighPriorityTask );
vTaskResume( xHighestPriorityTask );
/* Lets just delay a while as this is an intensive test as we don't
want to starve other tests of processing time. */
vTaskDelay( qpeekSHORT_DELAY );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is called to check that all the created tasks are still running. */
portBASE_TYPE xAreQueuePeekTasksStillRunning( void )
{
static unsigned portLONG ulLastLoopCounter = 0;
/* If the demo task is still running then we expect the loopcounter to
have incremented since this function was last called. */
if( ulLastLoopCounter == ulLoopCounter )
{
xErrorDetected = pdTRUE;
}
ulLastLoopCounter = ulLoopCounter;
/* Errors detected in the task itself will have latched xErrorDetected
to true. */
return !xErrorDetected;
}

1048
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/TimerDemo.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

493
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/blocktim.c
View file

@ -1,493 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* This file contains some test scenarios that ensure tasks do not exit queue
* send or receive functions prematurely. A description of the tests is
* included within the code.
*/
/* Kernel includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
/* Demo includes. */
#include "blocktim.h"
/* Task priorities. Allow these to be overridden. */
#ifndef bktPRIMARY_PRIORITY
#define bktPRIMARY_PRIORITY ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - 3 )
#endif
#ifndef bktSECONDARY_PRIORITY
#define bktSECONDARY_PRIORITY ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - 4 )
#endif
/* Task behaviour. */
#define bktQUEUE_LENGTH ( 5 )
#define bktSHORT_WAIT ( ( ( portTickType ) 20 ) / portTICK_RATE_MS )
#define bktPRIMARY_BLOCK_TIME ( 10 )
#define bktALLOWABLE_MARGIN ( 15 )
#define bktTIME_TO_BLOCK ( 175 )
#define bktDONT_BLOCK ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
#define bktRUN_INDICATOR ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x55 )
/* The queue on which the tasks block. */
static xQueueHandle xTestQueue;
/* Handle to the secondary task is required by the primary task for calls
to vTaskSuspend/Resume(). */
static xTaskHandle xSecondary;
/* Used to ensure that tasks are still executing without error. */
static volatile portBASE_TYPE xPrimaryCycles = 0, xSecondaryCycles = 0;
static volatile portBASE_TYPE xErrorOccurred = pdFALSE;
/* Provides a simple mechanism for the primary task to know when the
secondary task has executed. */
static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE xRunIndicator;
/* The two test tasks. Their behaviour is commented within the files. */
static void vPrimaryBlockTimeTestTask( void *pvParameters );
static void vSecondaryBlockTimeTestTask( void *pvParameters );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCreateBlockTimeTasks( void )
{
/* Create the queue on which the two tasks block. */
xTestQueue = xQueueCreate( bktQUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( portBASE_TYPE ) );
/* vQueueAddToRegistry() adds the queue to the queue registry, if one is
in use. The queue registry is provided as a means for kernel aware
debuggers to locate queues and has no purpose if a kernel aware debugger
is not being used. The call to vQueueAddToRegistry() will be removed
by the pre-processor if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE is not defined or is
defined to be less than 1. */
vQueueAddToRegistry( xTestQueue, ( signed char * ) "Block_Time_Queue" );
/* Create the two test tasks. */
xTaskCreate( vPrimaryBlockTimeTestTask, ( signed char * )"BTest1", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, bktPRIMARY_PRIORITY, NULL );
xTaskCreate( vSecondaryBlockTimeTestTask, ( signed char * )"BTest2", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, bktSECONDARY_PRIORITY, &xSecondary );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void vPrimaryBlockTimeTestTask( void *pvParameters )
{
portBASE_TYPE xItem, xData;
portTickType xTimeWhenBlocking;
portTickType xTimeToBlock, xBlockedTime;
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/*********************************************************************
Test 1
Simple block time wakeup test on queue receives. */
for( xItem = 0; xItem < bktQUEUE_LENGTH; xItem++ )
{
/* The queue is empty. Attempt to read from the queue using a block
time. When we wake, ensure the delta in time is as expected. */
xTimeToBlock = bktPRIMARY_BLOCK_TIME << xItem;
xTimeWhenBlocking = xTaskGetTickCount();
/* We should unblock after xTimeToBlock having not received
anything on the queue. */
if( xQueueReceive( xTestQueue, &xData, xTimeToBlock ) != errQUEUE_EMPTY )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* How long were we blocked for? */
xBlockedTime = xTaskGetTickCount() - xTimeWhenBlocking;
if( xBlockedTime < xTimeToBlock )
{
/* Should not have blocked for less than we requested. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
if( xBlockedTime > ( xTimeToBlock + bktALLOWABLE_MARGIN ) )
{
/* Should not have blocked for longer than we requested,
although we would not necessarily run as soon as we were
unblocked so a margin is allowed. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
/*********************************************************************
Test 2
Simple block time wakeup test on queue sends.
First fill the queue. It should be empty so all sends should pass. */
for( xItem = 0; xItem < bktQUEUE_LENGTH; xItem++ )
{
if( xQueueSend( xTestQueue, &xItem, bktDONT_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
}
for( xItem = 0; xItem < bktQUEUE_LENGTH; xItem++ )
{
/* The queue is full. Attempt to write to the queue using a block
time. When we wake, ensure the delta in time is as expected. */
xTimeToBlock = bktPRIMARY_BLOCK_TIME << xItem;
xTimeWhenBlocking = xTaskGetTickCount();
/* We should unblock after xTimeToBlock having not received
anything on the queue. */
if( xQueueSend( xTestQueue, &xItem, xTimeToBlock ) != errQUEUE_FULL )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* How long were we blocked for? */
xBlockedTime = xTaskGetTickCount() - xTimeWhenBlocking;
if( xBlockedTime < xTimeToBlock )
{
/* Should not have blocked for less than we requested. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
if( xBlockedTime > ( xTimeToBlock + bktALLOWABLE_MARGIN ) )
{
/* Should not have blocked for longer than we requested,
although we would not necessarily run as soon as we were
unblocked so a margin is allowed. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
/*********************************************************************
Test 3
Wake the other task, it will block attempting to post to the queue.
When we read from the queue the other task will wake, but before it
can run we will post to the queue again. When the other task runs it
will find the queue still full, even though it was woken. It should
recognise that its block time has not expired and return to block for
the remains of its block time.
Wake the other task so it blocks attempting to post to the already
full queue. */
xRunIndicator = 0;
vTaskResume( xSecondary );
/* We need to wait a little to ensure the other task executes. */
while( xRunIndicator != bktRUN_INDICATOR )
{
/* The other task has not yet executed. */
vTaskDelay( bktSHORT_WAIT );
}
/* Make sure the other task is blocked on the queue. */
vTaskDelay( bktSHORT_WAIT );
xRunIndicator = 0;
for( xItem = 0; xItem < bktQUEUE_LENGTH; xItem++ )
{
/* Now when we make space on the queue the other task should wake
but not execute as this task has higher priority. */
if( xQueueReceive( xTestQueue, &xData, bktDONT_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Now fill the queue again before the other task gets a chance to
execute. If the other task had executed we would find the queue
full ourselves, and the other task have set xRunIndicator. */
if( xQueueSend( xTestQueue, &xItem, bktDONT_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
if( xRunIndicator == bktRUN_INDICATOR )
{
/* The other task should not have executed. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Raise the priority of the other task so it executes and blocks
on the queue again. */
vTaskPrioritySet( xSecondary, bktPRIMARY_PRIORITY + 2 );
/* The other task should now have re-blocked without exiting the
queue function. */
if( xRunIndicator == bktRUN_INDICATOR )
{
/* The other task should not have executed outside of the
queue function. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Set the priority back down. */
vTaskPrioritySet( xSecondary, bktSECONDARY_PRIORITY );
}
/* Let the other task timeout. When it unblockes it will check that it
unblocked at the correct time, then suspend itself. */
while( xRunIndicator != bktRUN_INDICATOR )
{
vTaskDelay( bktSHORT_WAIT );
}
vTaskDelay( bktSHORT_WAIT );
xRunIndicator = 0;
/*********************************************************************
Test 4
As per test 3 - but with the send and receive the other way around.
The other task blocks attempting to read from the queue.
Empty the queue. We should find that it is full. */
for( xItem = 0; xItem < bktQUEUE_LENGTH; xItem++ )
{
if( xQueueReceive( xTestQueue, &xData, bktDONT_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
/* Wake the other task so it blocks attempting to read from the
already empty queue. */
vTaskResume( xSecondary );
/* We need to wait a little to ensure the other task executes. */
while( xRunIndicator != bktRUN_INDICATOR )
{
vTaskDelay( bktSHORT_WAIT );
}
vTaskDelay( bktSHORT_WAIT );
xRunIndicator = 0;
for( xItem = 0; xItem < bktQUEUE_LENGTH; xItem++ )
{
/* Now when we place an item on the queue the other task should
wake but not execute as this task has higher priority. */
if( xQueueSend( xTestQueue, &xItem, bktDONT_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Now empty the queue again before the other task gets a chance to
execute. If the other task had executed we would find the queue
empty ourselves, and the other task would be suspended. */
if( xQueueReceive( xTestQueue, &xData, bktDONT_BLOCK ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
if( xRunIndicator == bktRUN_INDICATOR )
{
/* The other task should not have executed. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Raise the priority of the other task so it executes and blocks
on the queue again. */
vTaskPrioritySet( xSecondary, bktPRIMARY_PRIORITY + 2 );
/* The other task should now have re-blocked without exiting the
queue function. */
if( xRunIndicator == bktRUN_INDICATOR )
{
/* The other task should not have executed outside of the
queue function. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
vTaskPrioritySet( xSecondary, bktSECONDARY_PRIORITY );
}
/* Let the other task timeout. When it unblockes it will check that it
unblocked at the correct time, then suspend itself. */
while( xRunIndicator != bktRUN_INDICATOR )
{
vTaskDelay( bktSHORT_WAIT );
}
vTaskDelay( bktSHORT_WAIT );
xPrimaryCycles++;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void vSecondaryBlockTimeTestTask( void *pvParameters )
{
portTickType xTimeWhenBlocking, xBlockedTime;
portBASE_TYPE xData;
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/*********************************************************************
Test 1 and 2
This task does does not participate in these tests. */
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
/*********************************************************************
Test 3
The first thing we do is attempt to read from the queue. It should be
full so we block. Note the time before we block so we can check the
wake time is as per that expected. */
xTimeWhenBlocking = xTaskGetTickCount();
/* We should unblock after bktTIME_TO_BLOCK having not sent
anything to the queue. */
xData = 0;
xRunIndicator = bktRUN_INDICATOR;
if( xQueueSend( xTestQueue, &xData, bktTIME_TO_BLOCK ) != errQUEUE_FULL )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* How long were we inside the send function? */
xBlockedTime = xTaskGetTickCount() - xTimeWhenBlocking;
/* We should not have blocked for less time than bktTIME_TO_BLOCK. */
if( xBlockedTime < bktTIME_TO_BLOCK )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* We should of not blocked for much longer than bktALLOWABLE_MARGIN
either. A margin is permitted as we would not necessarily run as
soon as we unblocked. */
if( xBlockedTime > ( bktTIME_TO_BLOCK + bktALLOWABLE_MARGIN ) )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Suspend ready for test 3. */
xRunIndicator = bktRUN_INDICATOR;
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
/*********************************************************************
Test 4
As per test three, but with the send and receive reversed. */
xTimeWhenBlocking = xTaskGetTickCount();
/* We should unblock after bktTIME_TO_BLOCK having not received
anything on the queue. */
xRunIndicator = bktRUN_INDICATOR;
if( xQueueReceive( xTestQueue, &xData, bktTIME_TO_BLOCK ) != errQUEUE_EMPTY )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
xBlockedTime = xTaskGetTickCount() - xTimeWhenBlocking;
/* We should not have blocked for less time than bktTIME_TO_BLOCK. */
if( xBlockedTime < bktTIME_TO_BLOCK )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* We should of not blocked for much longer than bktALLOWABLE_MARGIN
either. A margin is permitted as we would not necessarily run as soon
as we unblocked. */
if( xBlockedTime > ( bktTIME_TO_BLOCK + bktALLOWABLE_MARGIN ) )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
xRunIndicator = bktRUN_INDICATOR;
xSecondaryCycles++;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xAreBlockTimeTestTasksStillRunning( void )
{
static portBASE_TYPE xLastPrimaryCycleCount = 0, xLastSecondaryCycleCount = 0;
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdPASS;
/* Have both tasks performed at least one cycle since this function was
last called? */
if( xPrimaryCycles == xLastPrimaryCycleCount )
{
xReturn = pdFAIL;
}
if( xSecondaryCycles == xLastSecondaryCycleCount )
{
xReturn = pdFAIL;
}
if( xErrorOccurred == pdTRUE )
{
xReturn = pdFAIL;
}
xLastSecondaryCycleCount = xSecondaryCycles;
xLastPrimaryCycleCount = xPrimaryCycles;
return xReturn;
}

337
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/comtest_strings.c
View file

@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* Creates a task and a timer that operate on an interrupt driven serial port.
* This demo assumes that the characters transmitted on a port will also be
* received on the same port. Therefore, the UART must either be connected to
* an echo server, or the uart connector must have a loopback connector fitted.
* See http://www.serialporttool.com/CommEcho.htm for a suitable echo server
* for Windows hosts.
*
* The timer sends a string to the UART, toggles an LED, then resets itself by
* changing its own period. The period is calculated as a pseudo random number
* between comTX_MAX_BLOCK_TIME and comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME.
*
* The task blocks on an Rx queue waiting for a character to become available.
* Received characters are checked to ensure they match those transmitted by the
* Tx timer. An error is latched if characters are missing, incorrect, or
* arrive too slowly.
*
* How characters are actually transmitted and received is port specific. Demos
* that include this test/demo file will provide example drivers. The Tx timer
* executes in the context of the timer service (daemon) task, and must
* therefore never attempt to block.
*
*/
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
#error This demo uses timers. configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
#endif
#if configUSE_TIMERS != 1
#error This demo uses timers. configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
#endif
/* Demo program include files. */
#include "serial.h"
#include "comtest_strings.h"
#include "partest.h"
/* The size of the stack given to the Rx task. */
#define comSTACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
/* See the comment above the declaraction of the uxBaseLED variable. */
#define comTX_LED_OFFSET ( 0 )
#define comRX_LED_OFFSET ( 1 )
/* The Tx timer transmits the sequence of characters at a pseudo random
interval that is capped between comTX_MAX_BLOCK_TIME and
comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME. */
#define comTX_MAX_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0x96 )
#define comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0x32 )
#define comOFFSET_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 3 )
/* States for the simple state machine implemented in the Rx task. */
#define comtstWAITING_START_OF_STRING 0
#define comtstWAITING_END_OF_STRING 1
/* A short delay in ticks - this delay is used to allow the Rx queue to fill up
a bit so more than one character can be processed at a time. This is relative
to comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME to ensure it is never longer than the shortest gap
between transmissions. It could be worked out more scientifically from the
baud rate being used. */
#define comSHORT_DELAY ( comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME >> ( portTickType ) 2 )
/* The string that is transmitted and received. */
#define comTRANSACTED_STRING "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890"
/* A block time of 0 simply means "don't block". */
#define comtstDONT_BLOCK ( portTickType ) 0
/* Handle to the com port used by both tasks. */
static xComPortHandle xPort = NULL;
/* The callback function allocated to the transmit timer, as described in the
comments at the top of this file. */
static void prvComTxTimerCallback( xTimerHandle xTimer );
/* The receive task as described in the comments at the top of this file. */
static void vComRxTask( void *pvParameters );
/* The Rx task will toggle LED ( uxBaseLED + comRX_LED_OFFSET). The Tx task
will toggle LED ( uxBaseLED + comTX_LED_OFFSET ). */
static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBaseLED = 0;
/* The Rx task toggles uxRxLoops on each successful iteration of its defined
function - provided no errors have ever been latched. If this variable stops
incrementing, then an error has occurred. */
static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxRxLoops = 0UL;
/* The timer used to periodically transmit the string. This is the timer that
has prvComTxTimerCallback allocated to it as its callback function. */
static xTimerHandle xTxTimer = NULL;
/* The string length is held at file scope so the Tx timer does not need to
calculate it each time it executes. */
static size_t xStringLength = 0U;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartComTestStringsTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned long ulBaudRate, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLED )
{
/* Store values that are used at run time. */
uxBaseLED = uxLED;
/* Calculate the string length here, rather than each time the Tx timer
executes. */
xStringLength = strlen( comTRANSACTED_STRING );
/* Include the null terminator in the string length as this is used to
detect the end of the string in the Rx task. */
xStringLength++;
/* Initialise the com port, then spawn the Rx task and create the Tx
timer. */
xSerialPortInitMinimal( ulBaudRate, ( xStringLength * 2U ) );
/* Create the Rx task and the Tx timer. The timer is started from the
Rx task. */
xTaskCreate( vComRxTask, ( signed char * ) "COMRx", comSTACK_SIZE, NULL, uxPriority, ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
xTxTimer = xTimerCreate( ( const signed char * ) "TxTimer", comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME, pdFALSE, NULL, prvComTxTimerCallback );
configASSERT( xTxTimer );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvComTxTimerCallback( xTimerHandle xTimer )
{
portTickType xTimeToWait;
/* The parameter is not used in this case. */
( void ) xTimer;
/* Send the string. How this is actually performed depends on the
sample driver provided with this demo. However - as this is a timer,
it executes in the context of the timer task and therefore must not
block. */
vSerialPutString( xPort, ( const signed char * const ) comTRANSACTED_STRING, xStringLength );
/* Toggle an LED to give a visible indication that another transmission
has been performed. */
vParTestToggleLED( uxBaseLED + comTX_LED_OFFSET );
/* Wait a pseudo random time before sending the string again. */
xTimeToWait = xTaskGetTickCount() + comOFFSET_TIME;
/* Ensure the time to wait is not greater than comTX_MAX_BLOCK_TIME. */
xTimeToWait %= comTX_MAX_BLOCK_TIME;
/* Ensure the time to wait is not less than comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME. */
if( xTimeToWait < comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME )
{
xTimeToWait = comTX_MIN_BLOCK_TIME;
}
/* Reset the timer to run again xTimeToWait ticks from now. This function
is called from the context of the timer task, so the block time must not
be anything other than zero. */
xTimerChangePeriod( xTxTimer, xTimeToWait, comtstDONT_BLOCK );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void vComRxTask( void *pvParameters )
{
portBASE_TYPE xState = comtstWAITING_START_OF_STRING, xErrorOccurred = pdFALSE;
signed char *pcExpectedByte, cRxedChar;
const xComPortHandle xPort = NULL;
/* The parameter is not used in this example. */
( void ) pvParameters;
/* Start the Tx timer. This only needs to be started once, as it will
reset itself thereafter. */
xTimerStart( xTxTimer, portMAX_DELAY );
/* The first expected Rx character is the first in the string that is
transmitted. */
pcExpectedByte = ( signed char * ) comTRANSACTED_STRING;
for( ;; )
{
/* Wait for the next character. */
if( xSerialGetChar( xPort, &cRxedChar, ( comTX_MAX_BLOCK_TIME * 2 ) ) == pdFALSE )
{
/* A character definitely should have been received by now. As a
character was not received an error must have occurred (which might
just be that the loopback connector is not fitted). */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
switch( xState )
{
case comtstWAITING_START_OF_STRING:
if( cRxedChar == *pcExpectedByte )
{
/* The received character was the first character of the
string. Move to the next state to check each character
as it comes in until the entire string has been received. */
xState = comtstWAITING_END_OF_STRING;
pcExpectedByte++;
/* Block for a short period. This just allows the Rx queue
to contain more than one character, and therefore prevent
thrashing reads to the queue, and repetitive context
switches as each character is received. */
vTaskDelay( comSHORT_DELAY );
}
break;
case comtstWAITING_END_OF_STRING:
if( cRxedChar == *pcExpectedByte )
{
/* The received character was the expected character. Was
it the last character in the string - i.e. the null
terminator? */
if( cRxedChar == 0x00 )
{
/* The entire string has been received. If no errors
have been latched, then increment the loop counter to
show this task is still healthy. */
if( xErrorOccurred == pdFALSE )
{
uxRxLoops++;
/* Toggle an LED to give a visible sign that a
complete string has been received. */
vParTestToggleLED( uxBaseLED + comRX_LED_OFFSET );
}
/* Go back to wait for the start of the next string. */
pcExpectedByte = ( signed char * ) comTRANSACTED_STRING;
xState = comtstWAITING_START_OF_STRING;
}
else
{
/* Wait for the next character in the string. */
pcExpectedByte++;
}
}
else
{
/* The character received was not that expected. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
break;
default:
/* Should not get here. Stop the Rx loop counter from
incrementing to latch the error. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
break;
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xAreComTestTasksStillRunning( void )
{
portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
/* If the count of successful reception loops has not changed than at
some time an error occurred (i.e. a character was received out of sequence)
and false is returned. */
if( uxRxLoops == 0UL )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
/* Reset the count of successful Rx loops. When this function is called
again it should have been incremented again. */
uxRxLoops = 0UL;
return xReturn;
}

255
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/death.c
View file

@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/**
* Create a single persistent task which periodically dynamically creates another
* two tasks. The original task is called the creator task, the two tasks it
* creates are called suicidal tasks.
*
* One of the created suicidal tasks kill one other suicidal task before killing
* itself - leaving just the original task remaining.
*
* The creator task must be spawned after all of the other demo application tasks
* as it keeps a check on the number of tasks under the scheduler control. The
* number of tasks it expects to see running should never be greater than the
* number of tasks that were in existence when the creator task was spawned, plus
* one set of four suicidal tasks. If this number is exceeded an error is flagged.
*
* \page DeathC death.c
* \ingroup DemoFiles
* <HR>
*/
/*
Changes from V3.0.0
+ CreationCount sizes changed from unsigned portBASE_TYPE to
unsigned short to minimize the risk of overflowing.
+ Reset of usLastCreationCount added
Changes from V3.1.0
+ Changed the dummy calculation to use variables of type long, rather than
float. This allows the file to be used with ports that do not support
floating point.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
/* Demo program include files. */
#include "death.h"
#define deathSTACK_SIZE ( configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE + 60 )
/* The task originally created which is responsible for periodically dynamically
creating another four tasks. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vCreateTasks, pvParameters );
/* The task function of the dynamically created tasks. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vSuicidalTask, pvParameters );
/* A variable which is incremented every time the dynamic tasks are created. This
is used to check that the task is still running. */
static volatile unsigned short usCreationCount = 0;
/* Used to store the number of tasks that were originally running so the creator
task can tell if any of the suicidal tasks have failed to die.
*/
static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTasksRunningAtStart = 0;
/* Tasks are deleted by the idle task. Under heavy load the idle task might
not get much processing time, so it would be legitimate for several tasks to
remain undeleted for a short period. */
static const unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxNumberOfExtraTasksRunning = 2;
/* Used to store a handle to the task that should be killed by a suicidal task,
before it kills itself. */
xTaskHandle xCreatedTask;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCreateSuicidalTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority )
{
unsigned portBASE_TYPE *puxPriority;
/* Create the Creator tasks - passing in as a parameter the priority at which
the suicidal tasks should be created. */
puxPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) );
*puxPriority = uxPriority;
xTaskCreate( vCreateTasks, ( signed char * ) "CREATOR", deathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) puxPriority, uxPriority, NULL );
/* Record the number of tasks that are running now so we know if any of the
suicidal tasks have failed to be killed. */
uxTasksRunningAtStart = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks();
/* FreeRTOS.org versions before V3.0 started the idle-task as the very
first task. The idle task was then already included in uxTasksRunningAtStart.
From FreeRTOS V3.0 on, the idle task is started when the scheduler is
started. Therefore the idle task is not yet accounted for. We correct
this by increasing uxTasksRunningAtStart by 1. */
uxTasksRunningAtStart++;
/* From FreeRTOS version 7.0.0 can optionally create a timer service task.
If this is done, then uxTasksRunningAtStart needs incrementing again as that
too is created when the scheduler is started. */
#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
uxTasksRunningAtStart++;
#endif
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vSuicidalTask, pvParameters )
{
volatile long l1, l2;
xTaskHandle xTaskToKill;
const portTickType xDelay = ( portTickType ) 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
if( pvParameters != NULL )
{
/* This task is periodically created four times. Two created tasks are
passed a handle to the other task so it can kill it before killing itself.
The other task is passed in null. */
xTaskToKill = *( xTaskHandle* )pvParameters;
}
else
{
xTaskToKill = NULL;
}
for( ;; )
{
/* Do something random just to use some stack and registers. */
l1 = 2;
l2 = 89;
l2 *= l1;
vTaskDelay( xDelay );
if( xTaskToKill != NULL )
{
/* Make sure the other task has a go before we delete it. */
vTaskDelay( ( portTickType ) 0 );
/* Kill the other task that was created by vCreateTasks(). */
vTaskDelete( xTaskToKill );
/* Kill ourselves. */
vTaskDelete( NULL );
}
}
}/*lint !e818 !e550 Function prototype must be as per standard for task functions. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vCreateTasks, pvParameters )
{
const portTickType xDelay = ( portTickType ) 1000 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
uxPriority = *( unsigned portBASE_TYPE * ) pvParameters;
vPortFree( pvParameters );
for( ;; )
{
/* Just loop round, delaying then creating the four suicidal tasks. */
vTaskDelay( xDelay );
xCreatedTask = NULL;
xTaskCreate( vSuicidalTask, ( signed char * ) "SUICID1", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, uxPriority, &xCreatedTask );
xTaskCreate( vSuicidalTask, ( signed char * ) "SUICID2", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, &xCreatedTask, uxPriority, NULL );
++usCreationCount;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is called to check that the creator task is still running and that there
are not any more than four extra tasks. */
portBASE_TYPE xIsCreateTaskStillRunning( void )
{
static unsigned short usLastCreationCount = 0xfff;
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdTRUE;
static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTasksRunningNow;
if( usLastCreationCount == usCreationCount )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
usLastCreationCount = usCreationCount;
}
uxTasksRunningNow = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks();
if( uxTasksRunningNow < uxTasksRunningAtStart )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else if( ( uxTasksRunningNow - uxTasksRunningAtStart ) > uxMaxNumberOfExtraTasksRunning )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
/* Everything is okay. */
}
return xReturn;
}

427
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/dynamic.c
View file

@ -1,427 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* The first test creates three tasks - two counter tasks (one continuous count
* and one limited count) and one controller. A "count" variable is shared
* between all three tasks. The two counter tasks should never be in a "ready"
* state at the same time. The controller task runs at the same priority as
* the continuous count task, and at a lower priority than the limited count
* task.
*
* One counter task loops indefinitely, incrementing the shared count variable
* on each iteration. To ensure it has exclusive access to the variable it
* raises it's priority above that of the controller task before each
* increment, lowering it again to it's original priority before starting the
* next iteration.
*
* The other counter task increments the shared count variable on each
* iteration of it's loop until the count has reached a limit of 0xff - at
* which point it suspends itself. It will not start a new loop until the
* controller task has made it "ready" again by calling vTaskResume ().
* This second counter task operates at a higher priority than controller
* task so does not need to worry about mutual exclusion of the counter
* variable.
*
* The controller task is in two sections. The first section controls and
* monitors the continuous count task. When this section is operational the
* limited count task is suspended. Likewise, the second section controls
* and monitors the limited count task. When this section is operational the
* continuous count task is suspended.
*
* In the first section the controller task first takes a copy of the shared
* count variable. To ensure mutual exclusion on the count variable it
* suspends the continuous count task, resuming it again when the copy has been
* taken. The controller task then sleeps for a fixed period - during which
* the continuous count task will execute and increment the shared variable.
* When the controller task wakes it checks that the continuous count task
* has executed by comparing the copy of the shared variable with its current
* value. This time, to ensure mutual exclusion, the scheduler itself is
* suspended with a call to vTaskSuspendAll (). This is for demonstration
* purposes only and is not a recommended technique due to its inefficiency.
*
* After a fixed number of iterations the controller task suspends the
* continuous count task, and moves on to its second section.
*
* At the start of the second section the shared variable is cleared to zero.
* The limited count task is then woken from it's suspension by a call to
* vTaskResume (). As this counter task operates at a higher priority than
* the controller task the controller task should not run again until the
* shared variable has been counted up to the limited value causing the counter
* task to suspend itself. The next line after vTaskResume () is therefore
* a check on the shared variable to ensure everything is as expected.
*
*
* The second test consists of a couple of very simple tasks that post onto a
* queue while the scheduler is suspended. This test was added to test parts
* of the scheduler not exercised by the first test.
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "semphr.h"
/* Demo app include files. */
#include "dynamic.h"
/* Function that implements the "limited count" task as described above. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vLimitedIncrementTask, pvParameters );
/* Function that implements the "continuous count" task as described above. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vContinuousIncrementTask, pvParameters );
/* Function that implements the controller task as described above. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vCounterControlTask, pvParameters );
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vQueueReceiveWhenSuspendedTask, pvParameters );
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vQueueSendWhenSuspendedTask, pvParameters );
/* Demo task specific constants. */
#define priSTACK_SIZE ( configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE )
#define priSLEEP_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 128 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
#define priLOOPS ( 5 )
#define priMAX_COUNT ( ( unsigned long ) 0xff )
#define priNO_BLOCK ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
#define priSUSPENDED_QUEUE_LENGTH ( 1 )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Handles to the two counter tasks. These could be passed in as parameters
to the controller task to prevent them having to be file scope. */
static xTaskHandle xContinousIncrementHandle, xLimitedIncrementHandle;
/* The shared counter variable. This is passed in as a parameter to the two
counter variables for demonstration purposes. */
static unsigned long ulCounter;
/* Variables used to check that the tasks are still operating without error.
Each complete iteration of the controller task increments this variable
provided no errors have been found. The variable maintaining the same value
is therefore indication of an error. */
static volatile unsigned short usCheckVariable = ( unsigned short ) 0;
static volatile portBASE_TYPE xSuspendedQueueSendError = pdFALSE;
static volatile portBASE_TYPE xSuspendedQueueReceiveError = pdFALSE;
/* Queue used by the second test. */
xQueueHandle xSuspendedTestQueue;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Start the three tasks as described at the top of the file.
* Note that the limited count task is given a higher priority.
*/
void vStartDynamicPriorityTasks( void )
{
xSuspendedTestQueue = xQueueCreate( priSUSPENDED_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
/* vQueueAddToRegistry() adds the queue to the queue registry, if one is
in use. The queue registry is provided as a means for kernel aware
debuggers to locate queues and has no purpose if a kernel aware debugger
is not being used. The call to vQueueAddToRegistry() will be removed
by the pre-processor if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE is not defined or is
defined to be less than 1. */
vQueueAddToRegistry( xSuspendedTestQueue, ( signed char * ) "Suspended_Test_Queue" );
xTaskCreate( vContinuousIncrementTask, ( signed char * ) "CNT_INC", priSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &ulCounter, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xContinousIncrementHandle );
xTaskCreate( vLimitedIncrementTask, ( signed char * ) "LIM_INC", priSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &ulCounter, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1, &xLimitedIncrementHandle );
xTaskCreate( vCounterControlTask, ( signed char * ) "C_CTRL", priSTACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
xTaskCreate( vQueueSendWhenSuspendedTask, ( signed char * ) "SUSP_TX", priSTACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
xTaskCreate( vQueueReceiveWhenSuspendedTask, ( signed char * ) "SUSP_RX", priSTACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Just loops around incrementing the shared variable until the limit has been
* reached. Once the limit has been reached it suspends itself.
*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vLimitedIncrementTask, pvParameters )
{
unsigned long *pulCounter;
/* Take a pointer to the shared variable from the parameters passed into
the task. */
pulCounter = ( unsigned long * ) pvParameters;
/* This will run before the control task, so the first thing it does is
suspend - the control task will resume it when ready. */
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
for( ;; )
{
/* Just count up to a value then suspend. */
( *pulCounter )++;
if( *pulCounter >= priMAX_COUNT )
{
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Just keep counting the shared variable up. The control task will suspend
* this task when it wants.
*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vContinuousIncrementTask, pvParameters )
{
unsigned long *pulCounter;
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxOurPriority;
/* Take a pointer to the shared variable from the parameters passed into
the task. */
pulCounter = ( unsigned long * ) pvParameters;
/* Query our priority so we can raise it when exclusive access to the
shared variable is required. */
uxOurPriority = uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL );
for( ;; )
{
/* Raise our priority above the controller task to ensure a context
switch does not occur while we are accessing this variable. */
vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, uxOurPriority + 1 );
( *pulCounter )++;
vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, uxOurPriority );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Controller task as described above.
*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vCounterControlTask, pvParameters )
{
unsigned long ulLastCounter;
short sLoops;
short sError = pdFALSE;
/* Just to stop warning messages. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* Start with the counter at zero. */
ulCounter = ( unsigned long ) 0;
/* First section : */
/* Check the continuous count task is running. */
for( sLoops = 0; sLoops < priLOOPS; sLoops++ )
{
/* Suspend the continuous count task so we can take a mirror of the
shared variable without risk of corruption. */
vTaskSuspend( xContinousIncrementHandle );
ulLastCounter = ulCounter;
vTaskResume( xContinousIncrementHandle );
/* Now delay to ensure the other task has processor time. */
vTaskDelay( priSLEEP_TIME );
/* Check the shared variable again. This time to ensure mutual
exclusion the whole scheduler will be locked. This is just for
demo purposes! */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
if( ulLastCounter == ulCounter )
{
/* The shared variable has not changed. There is a problem
with the continuous count task so flag an error. */
sError = pdTRUE;
}
}
xTaskResumeAll();
}
/* Second section: */
/* Suspend the continuous counter task so it stops accessing the shared variable. */
vTaskSuspend( xContinousIncrementHandle );
/* Reset the variable. */
ulCounter = ( unsigned long ) 0;
/* Resume the limited count task which has a higher priority than us.
We should therefore not return from this call until the limited count
task has suspended itself with a known value in the counter variable. */
vTaskResume( xLimitedIncrementHandle );
/* Does the counter variable have the expected value? */
if( ulCounter != priMAX_COUNT )
{
sError = pdTRUE;
}
if( sError == pdFALSE )
{
/* If no errors have occurred then increment the check variable. */
portENTER_CRITICAL();
usCheckVariable++;
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/* Resume the continuous count task and do it all again. */
vTaskResume( xContinousIncrementHandle );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vQueueSendWhenSuspendedTask, pvParameters )
{
static unsigned long ulValueToSend = ( unsigned long ) 0;
/* Just to stop warning messages. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* We must not block while the scheduler is suspended! */
if( xQueueSend( xSuspendedTestQueue, ( void * ) &ulValueToSend, priNO_BLOCK ) != pdTRUE )
{
xSuspendedQueueSendError = pdTRUE;
}
}
xTaskResumeAll();
vTaskDelay( priSLEEP_TIME );
++ulValueToSend;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vQueueReceiveWhenSuspendedTask, pvParameters )
{
static unsigned long ulExpectedValue = ( unsigned long ) 0, ulReceivedValue;
portBASE_TYPE xGotValue;
/* Just to stop warning messages. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
do
{
/* Suspending the scheduler here is fairly pointless and
undesirable for a normal application. It is done here purely
to test the scheduler. The inner xTaskResumeAll() should
never return pdTRUE as the scheduler is still locked by the
outer call. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
xGotValue = xQueueReceive( xSuspendedTestQueue, ( void * ) &ulReceivedValue, priNO_BLOCK );
}
if( xTaskResumeAll() )
{
xSuspendedQueueReceiveError = pdTRUE;
}
}
xTaskResumeAll();
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
{
taskYIELD();
}
#endif
} while( xGotValue == pdFALSE );
if( ulReceivedValue != ulExpectedValue )
{
xSuspendedQueueReceiveError = pdTRUE;
}
++ulExpectedValue;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Called to check that all the created tasks are still running without error. */
portBASE_TYPE xAreDynamicPriorityTasksStillRunning( void )
{
/* Keep a history of the check variables so we know if it has been incremented
since the last call. */
static unsigned short usLastTaskCheck = ( unsigned short ) 0;
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdTRUE;
/* Check the tasks are still running by ensuring the check variable
is still incrementing. */
if( usCheckVariable == usLastTaskCheck )
{
/* The check has not incremented so an error exists. */
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
if( xSuspendedQueueSendError == pdTRUE )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
if( xSuspendedQueueReceiveError == pdTRUE )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
usLastTaskCheck = usCheckVariable;
return xReturn;
}

145
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/flash.c
View file

@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/**
* This version of flash .c is for use on systems that have limited stack space
* and no display facilities. The complete version can be found in the
* Demo/Common/Full directory.
*
* Three tasks are created, each of which flash an LED at a different rate. The first
* LED flashes every 200ms, the second every 400ms, the third every 600ms.
*
* The LED flash tasks provide instant visual feedback. They show that the scheduler
* is still operational.
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
/* Demo program include files. */
#include "partest.h"
#include "flash.h"
#define ledSTACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
#define ledNUMBER_OF_LEDS ( 3 )
#define ledFLASH_RATE_BASE ( ( portTickType ) 333 )
/* Variable used by the created tasks to calculate the LED number to use, and
the rate at which they should flash the LED. */
static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxFlashTaskNumber = 0;
/* The task that is created three times. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vLEDFlashTask, pvParameters );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartLEDFlashTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority )
{
signed portBASE_TYPE xLEDTask;
/* Create the three tasks. */
for( xLEDTask = 0; xLEDTask < ledNUMBER_OF_LEDS; ++xLEDTask )
{
/* Spawn the task. */
xTaskCreate( vLEDFlashTask, ( signed char * ) "LEDx", ledSTACK_SIZE, NULL, uxPriority, ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( vLEDFlashTask, pvParameters )
{
portTickType xFlashRate, xLastFlashTime;
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLED;
/* The parameters are not used. */
( void ) pvParameters;
/* Calculate the LED and flash rate. */
portENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* See which of the eight LED's we should use. */
uxLED = uxFlashTaskNumber;
/* Update so the next task uses the next LED. */
uxFlashTaskNumber++;
}
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
xFlashRate = ledFLASH_RATE_BASE + ( ledFLASH_RATE_BASE * ( portTickType ) uxLED );
xFlashRate /= portTICK_RATE_MS;
/* We will turn the LED on and off again in the delay period, so each
delay is only half the total period. */
xFlashRate /= ( portTickType ) 2;
/* We need to initialise xLastFlashTime prior to the first call to
vTaskDelayUntil(). */
xLastFlashTime = xTaskGetTickCount();
for(;;)
{
/* Delay for half the flash period then turn the LED on. */
vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastFlashTime, xFlashRate );
vParTestToggleLED( uxLED );
/* Delay for half the flash period then turn the LED off. */
vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastFlashTime, xFlashRate );
vParTestToggleLED( uxLED );
}
} /*lint !e715 !e818 !e830 Function definition must be standard for task creation. */

62
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/BlockQ.h
View file

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef BLOCK_Q_H
#define BLOCK_Q_H
void vStartBlockingQueueTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority );
portBASE_TYPE xAreBlockingQueuesStillRunning( void );
#endif

63
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/GenQTest.h
View file

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef GEN_Q_TEST_H
#define GEN_Q_TEST_H
void vStartGenericQueueTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority );
portBASE_TYPE xAreGenericQueueTasksStillRunning( void );
#endif /* GEN_Q_TEST_H */

62
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/PollQ.h
View file

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef POLLED_Q_H
#define POLLED_Q_H
void vStartPolledQueueTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority );
portBASE_TYPE xArePollingQueuesStillRunning( void );
#endif

63
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/QPeek.h
View file

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef Q_PEEK_TEST_H
#define Q_PEEK_TEST_H
void vStartQueuePeekTasks( void );
portBASE_TYPE xAreQueuePeekTasksStillRunning( void );
#endif /* Q_PEEK_TEST_H */

64
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/TimerDemo.h
View file

@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef TIMER_DEMO_H
#define TIMER_DEMO_H
void vStartTimerDemoTask( portTickType xBaseFrequencyIn );
portBASE_TYPE xAreTimerDemoTasksStillRunning( portTickType xCycleFrequency );
void vTimerPeriodicISRTests( void );
#endif /* TIMER_DEMO_H */

62
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/blocktim.h
View file

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef BLOCK_TIME_TEST_H
#define BLOCK_TIME_TEST_H
void vCreateBlockTimeTasks( void );
portBASE_TYPE xAreBlockTimeTestTasksStillRunning( void );
#endif

63
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/comtest.h
View file

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef COMTEST_H
#define COMTEST_H
void vAltStartComTestTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned long ulBaudRate, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLED );
void vStartComTestTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, eCOMPort ePort, eBaud eBaudRate );
portBASE_TYPE xAreComTestTasksStillRunning( void );
void vComTestUnsuspendTask( void );
#endif

61
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/comtest_strings.h
View file

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef COMTEST_STRINGS_H
#define COMTEST_STRINGS_H
void vStartComTestStringsTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned long ulBaudRate, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLED );
portBASE_TYPE xAreComTestTasksStillRunning( void );
#endif

62
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/death.h
View file

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef SUICIDE_TASK_H
#define SUICIDE_TASK_H
void vCreateSuicidalTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority );
portBASE_TYPE xIsCreateTaskStillRunning( void );
#endif

62
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/dynamic.h
View file

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef DYNAMIC_MANIPULATION_H
#define DYNAMIC_MANIPULATION_H
void vStartDynamicPriorityTasks( void );
portBASE_TYPE xAreDynamicPriorityTasksStillRunning( void );
#endif

60
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/flash.h
View file

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef FLASH_LED_H
#define FLASH_LED_H
void vStartLEDFlashTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority );
#endif

62
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/flop.h
View file

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef FLOP_TASKS_H
#define FLOP_TASKS_H
void vStartMathTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority );
portBASE_TYPE xAreMathsTaskStillRunning( void );
#endif

64
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/partest.h
View file

@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef PARTEST_H
#define PARTEST_H
#define partstDEFAULT_PORT_ADDRESS ( ( unsigned short ) 0x378 )
void vParTestInitialise( void );
void vParTestSetLED( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLED, signed portBASE_TYPE xValue );
void vParTestToggleLED( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLED );
#endif

61
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/recmutex.h
View file

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef RECURSIVE_MUTEX_TEST_H
#define RECURSIVE_MUTEX_TEST_H
void vStartRecursiveMutexTasks( void );
portBASE_TYPE xAreRecursiveMutexTasksStillRunning( void );
#endif

61
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/semtest.h
View file

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef SEMAPHORE_TEST_H
#define SEMAPHORE_TEST_H
void vStartSemaphoreTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority );
portBASE_TYPE xAreSemaphoreTasksStillRunning( void );
#endif

124
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/include/serial.h
View file

@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef SERIAL_COMMS_H
#define SERIAL_COMMS_H
typedef void * xComPortHandle;
typedef enum
{
serCOM1,
serCOM2,
serCOM3,
serCOM4,
serCOM5,
serCOM6,
serCOM7,
serCOM8
} eCOMPort;
typedef enum
{
serNO_PARITY,
serODD_PARITY,
serEVEN_PARITY,
serMARK_PARITY,
serSPACE_PARITY
} eParity;
typedef enum
{
serSTOP_1,
serSTOP_2
} eStopBits;
typedef enum
{
serBITS_5,
serBITS_6,
serBITS_7,
serBITS_8
} eDataBits;
typedef enum
{
ser50,
ser75,
ser110,
ser134,
ser150,
ser200,
ser300,
ser600,
ser1200,
ser1800,
ser2400,
ser4800,
ser9600,
ser19200,
ser38400,
ser57600,
ser115200
} eBaud;
xComPortHandle xSerialPortInitMinimal( unsigned long ulWantedBaud, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength );
xComPortHandle xSerialPortInit( eCOMPort ePort, eBaud eWantedBaud, eParity eWantedParity, eDataBits eWantedDataBits, eStopBits eWantedStopBits, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBufferLength );
void vSerialPutString( xComPortHandle pxPort, const signed char * const pcString, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxStringLength );
signed portBASE_TYPE xSerialGetChar( xComPortHandle pxPort, signed char *pcRxedChar, portTickType xBlockTime );
signed portBASE_TYPE xSerialPutChar( xComPortHandle pxPort, signed char cOutChar, portTickType xBlockTime );
portBASE_TYPE xSerialWaitForSemaphore( xComPortHandle xPort );
void vSerialClose( xComPortHandle xPort );
#endif

395
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/recmutex.c
View file

@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
The tasks defined on this page demonstrate the use of recursive mutexes.
For recursive mutex functionality the created mutex should be created using
xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex(), then be manipulated
using the xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() API
functions.
This demo creates three tasks all of which access the same recursive mutex:
prvRecursiveMutexControllingTask() has the highest priority so executes
first and grabs the mutex. It then performs some recursive accesses -
between each of which it sleeps for a short period to let the lower
priority tasks execute. When it has completed its demo functionality
it gives the mutex back before suspending itself.
prvRecursiveMutexBlockingTask() attempts to access the mutex by performing
a blocking 'take'. The blocking task has a lower priority than the
controlling task so by the time it executes the mutex has already been
taken by the controlling task, causing the blocking task to block. It
does not unblock until the controlling task has given the mutex back,
and it does not actually run until the controlling task has suspended
itself (due to the relative priorities). When it eventually does obtain
the mutex all it does is give the mutex back prior to also suspending
itself. At this point both the controlling task and the blocking task are
suspended.
prvRecursiveMutexPollingTask() runs at the idle priority. It spins round
a tight loop attempting to obtain the mutex with a non-blocking call. As
the lowest priority task it will not successfully obtain the mutex until
both the controlling and blocking tasks are suspended. Once it eventually
does obtain the mutex it first unsuspends both the controlling task and
blocking task prior to giving the mutex back - resulting in the polling
task temporarily inheriting the controlling tasks priority.
*/
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "semphr.h"
/* Demo app include files. */
#include "recmutex.h"
/* Priorities assigned to the three tasks. */
#define recmuCONTROLLING_TASK_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 2 )
#define recmuBLOCKING_TASK_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 )
#define recmuPOLLING_TASK_PRIORITY ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 0 )
/* The recursive call depth. */
#define recmuMAX_COUNT ( 10 )
/* Misc. */
#define recmuSHORT_DELAY ( 20 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
#define recmuNO_DELAY ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
#define recmuTWO_TICK_DELAY ( ( portTickType ) 2 )
/* The three tasks as described at the top of this file. */
static void prvRecursiveMutexControllingTask( void *pvParameters );
static void prvRecursiveMutexBlockingTask( void *pvParameters );
static void prvRecursiveMutexPollingTask( void *pvParameters );
/* The mutex used by the demo. */
static xSemaphoreHandle xMutex;
/* Variables used to detect and latch errors. */
static volatile portBASE_TYPE xErrorOccurred = pdFALSE, xControllingIsSuspended = pdFALSE, xBlockingIsSuspended = pdFALSE;
static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxControllingCycles = 0, uxBlockingCycles = 0, uxPollingCycles = 0;
/* Handles of the two higher priority tasks, required so they can be resumed
(unsuspended). */
static xTaskHandle xControllingTaskHandle, xBlockingTaskHandle;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartRecursiveMutexTasks( void )
{
/* Just creates the mutex and the three tasks. */
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
/* vQueueAddToRegistry() adds the mutex to the registry, if one is
in use. The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware
debuggers to locate mutex and has no purpose if a kernel aware debugger
is not being used. The call to vQueueAddToRegistry() will be removed
by the pre-processor if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE is not defined or is
defined to be less than 1. */
vQueueAddToRegistry( ( xQueueHandle ) xMutex, ( signed portCHAR * ) "Recursive_Mutex" );
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
xTaskCreate( prvRecursiveMutexControllingTask, ( signed portCHAR * ) "Rec1", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, recmuCONTROLLING_TASK_PRIORITY, &xControllingTaskHandle );
xTaskCreate( prvRecursiveMutexBlockingTask, ( signed portCHAR * ) "Rec2", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, recmuBLOCKING_TASK_PRIORITY, &xBlockingTaskHandle );
xTaskCreate( prvRecursiveMutexPollingTask, ( signed portCHAR * ) "Rec3", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, recmuPOLLING_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvRecursiveMutexControllingTask( void *pvParameters )
{
unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux;
/* Just to remove compiler warning. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* Should not be able to 'give' the mutex, as we have not yet 'taken'
it. The first time through, the mutex will not have been used yet,
subsequent times through, at this point the mutex will be held by the
polling task. */
if( xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) == pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
for( ux = 0; ux < recmuMAX_COUNT; ux++ )
{
/* We should now be able to take the mutex as many times as
we like.
The first time through the mutex will be immediately available, on
subsequent times through the mutex will be held by the polling task
at this point and this Take will cause the polling task to inherit
the priority of this task. In this case the block time must be
long enough to ensure the polling task will execute again before the
block time expires. If the block time does expire then the error
flag will be set here. */
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, recmuTWO_TICK_DELAY ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Ensure the other task attempting to access the mutex (and the
other demo tasks) are able to execute to ensure they either block
(where a block time is specified) or return an error (where no
block time is specified) as the mutex is held by this task. */
vTaskDelay( recmuSHORT_DELAY );
}
/* For each time we took the mutex, give it back. */
for( ux = 0; ux < recmuMAX_COUNT; ux++ )
{
/* Ensure the other task attempting to access the mutex (and the
other demo tasks) are able to execute. */
vTaskDelay( recmuSHORT_DELAY );
/* We should now be able to give the mutex as many times as we
took it. When the mutex is available again the Blocking task
should be unblocked but not run because it has a lower priority
than this task. The polling task should also not run at this point
as it too has a lower priority than this task. */
if( xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
/* Having given it back the same number of times as it was taken, we
should no longer be the mutex owner, so the next give sh ould fail. */
if( xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) == pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Keep count of the number of cycles this task has performed so a
stall can be detected. */
uxControllingCycles++;
/* Suspend ourselves to the blocking task can execute. */
xControllingIsSuspended = pdTRUE;
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
xControllingIsSuspended = pdFALSE;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvRecursiveMutexBlockingTask( void *pvParameters )
{
/* Just to remove compiler warning. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* This task will run while the controlling task is blocked, and the
controlling task will block only once it has the mutex - therefore
this call should block until the controlling task has given up the
mutex, and not actually execute past this call until the controlling
task is suspended. */
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, portMAX_DELAY ) == pdPASS )
{
if( xControllingIsSuspended != pdTRUE )
{
/* Did not expect to execute until the controlling task was
suspended. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Give the mutex back before suspending ourselves to allow
the polling task to obtain the mutex. */
if( xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
xBlockingIsSuspended = pdTRUE;
vTaskSuspend( NULL );
xBlockingIsSuspended = pdFALSE;
}
}
else
{
/* We should not leave the xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() function
until the mutex was obtained. */
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* The controlling and blocking tasks should be in lock step. */
if( uxControllingCycles != ( uxBlockingCycles + 1 ) )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Keep count of the number of cycles this task has performed so a
stall can be detected. */
uxBlockingCycles++;
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvRecursiveMutexPollingTask( void *pvParameters )
{
/* Just to remove compiler warning. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* Keep attempting to obtain the mutex. We should only obtain it when
the blocking task has suspended itself, which in turn should only
happen when the controlling task is also suspended. */
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, recmuNO_DELAY ) == pdPASS )
{
/* Is the blocking task suspended? */
if( ( xBlockingIsSuspended != pdTRUE ) || ( xControllingIsSuspended != pdTRUE ) )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Keep count of the number of cycles this task has performed
so a stall can be detected. */
uxPollingCycles++;
/* We can resume the other tasks here even though they have a
higher priority than the polling task. When they execute they
will attempt to obtain the mutex but fail because the polling
task is still the mutex holder. The polling task (this task)
will then inherit the higher priority. The Blocking task will
block indefinitely when it attempts to obtain the mutex, the
Controlling task will only block for a fixed period and an
error will be latched if the polling task has not returned the
mutex by the time this fixed period has expired. */
vTaskResume( xBlockingTaskHandle );
vTaskResume( xControllingTaskHandle );
/* The other two tasks should now have executed and no longer
be suspended. */
if( ( xBlockingIsSuspended == pdTRUE ) || ( xControllingIsSuspended == pdTRUE ) )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
/* Release the mutex, disinheriting the higher priority again. */
if( xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) != pdPASS )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
}
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
{
taskYIELD();
}
#endif
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is called to check that all the created tasks are still running. */
portBASE_TYPE xAreRecursiveMutexTasksStillRunning( void )
{
portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLastControllingCycles = 0, uxLastBlockingCycles = 0, uxLastPollingCycles = 0;
/* Is the controlling task still cycling? */
if( uxLastControllingCycles == uxControllingCycles )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
uxLastControllingCycles = uxControllingCycles;
}
/* Is the blocking task still cycling? */
if( uxLastBlockingCycles == uxBlockingCycles )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
uxLastBlockingCycles = uxBlockingCycles;
}
/* Is the polling task still cycling? */
if( uxLastPollingCycles == uxPollingCycles )
{
xErrorOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
uxLastPollingCycles = uxPollingCycles;
}
if( xErrorOccurred == pdTRUE )
{
xReturn = pdFAIL;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
return xReturn;
}

284
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/semtest.c
View file

@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* Creates two sets of two tasks. The tasks within a set share a variable, access
* to which is guarded by a semaphore.
*
* Each task starts by attempting to obtain the semaphore. On obtaining a
* semaphore a task checks to ensure that the guarded variable has an expected
* value. It then clears the variable to zero before counting it back up to the
* expected value in increments of 1. After each increment the variable is checked
* to ensure it contains the value to which it was just set. When the starting
* value is again reached the task releases the semaphore giving the other task in
* the set a chance to do exactly the same thing. The starting value is high
* enough to ensure that a tick is likely to occur during the incrementing loop.
*
* An error is flagged if at any time during the process a shared variable is
* found to have a value other than that expected. Such an occurrence would
* suggest an error in the mutual exclusion mechanism by which access to the
* variable is restricted.
*
* The first set of two tasks poll their semaphore. The second set use blocking
* calls.
*
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "semphr.h"
/* Demo app include files. */
#include "semtest.h"
/* The value to which the shared variables are counted. */
#define semtstBLOCKING_EXPECTED_VALUE ( ( unsigned long ) 0xfff )
#define semtstNON_BLOCKING_EXPECTED_VALUE ( ( unsigned long ) 0xff )
#define semtstSTACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
#define semtstNUM_TASKS ( 4 )
#define semtstDELAY_FACTOR ( ( portTickType ) 10 )
/* The task function as described at the top of the file. */
static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvSemaphoreTest, pvParameters );
/* Structure used to pass parameters to each task. */
typedef struct SEMAPHORE_PARAMETERS
{
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
volatile unsigned long *pulSharedVariable;
portTickType xBlockTime;
} xSemaphoreParameters;
/* Variables used to check that all the tasks are still running without errors. */
static volatile short sCheckVariables[ semtstNUM_TASKS ] = { 0 };
static volatile short sNextCheckVariable = 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartSemaphoreTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority )
{
xSemaphoreParameters *pxFirstSemaphoreParameters, *pxSecondSemaphoreParameters;
const portTickType xBlockTime = ( portTickType ) 100;
/* Create the structure used to pass parameters to the first two tasks. */
pxFirstSemaphoreParameters = ( xSemaphoreParameters * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xSemaphoreParameters ) );
if( pxFirstSemaphoreParameters != NULL )
{
/* Create the semaphore used by the first two tasks. */
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( pxFirstSemaphoreParameters->xSemaphore );
if( pxFirstSemaphoreParameters->xSemaphore != NULL )
{
/* Create the variable which is to be shared by the first two tasks. */
pxFirstSemaphoreParameters->pulSharedVariable = ( unsigned long * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( unsigned long ) );
/* Initialise the share variable to the value the tasks expect. */
*( pxFirstSemaphoreParameters->pulSharedVariable ) = semtstNON_BLOCKING_EXPECTED_VALUE;
/* The first two tasks do not block on semaphore calls. */
pxFirstSemaphoreParameters->xBlockTime = ( portTickType ) 0;
/* Spawn the first two tasks. As they poll they operate at the idle priority. */
xTaskCreate( prvSemaphoreTest, ( signed char * ) "PolSEM1", semtstSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxFirstSemaphoreParameters, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvSemaphoreTest, ( signed char * ) "PolSEM2", semtstSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxFirstSemaphoreParameters, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
}
}
/* Do exactly the same to create the second set of tasks, only this time
provide a block time for the semaphore calls. */
pxSecondSemaphoreParameters = ( xSemaphoreParameters * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xSemaphoreParameters ) );
if( pxSecondSemaphoreParameters != NULL )
{
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( pxSecondSemaphoreParameters->xSemaphore );
if( pxSecondSemaphoreParameters->xSemaphore != NULL )
{
pxSecondSemaphoreParameters->pulSharedVariable = ( unsigned long * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( unsigned long ) );
*( pxSecondSemaphoreParameters->pulSharedVariable ) = semtstBLOCKING_EXPECTED_VALUE;
pxSecondSemaphoreParameters->xBlockTime = xBlockTime / portTICK_RATE_MS;
xTaskCreate( prvSemaphoreTest, ( signed char * ) "BlkSEM1", semtstSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxSecondSemaphoreParameters, uxPriority, ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvSemaphoreTest, ( signed char * ) "BlkSEM2", semtstSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) pxSecondSemaphoreParameters, uxPriority, ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
}
}
/* vQueueAddToRegistry() adds the semaphore to the registry, if one is
in use. The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware
debuggers to locate semaphores and has no purpose if a kernel aware debugger
is not being used. The call to vQueueAddToRegistry() will be removed
by the pre-processor if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE is not defined or is
defined to be less than 1. */
vQueueAddToRegistry( ( xQueueHandle ) pxFirstSemaphoreParameters->xSemaphore, ( signed char * ) "Counting_Sem_1" );
vQueueAddToRegistry( ( xQueueHandle ) pxSecondSemaphoreParameters->xSemaphore, ( signed char * ) "Counting_Sem_2" );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvSemaphoreTest, pvParameters )
{
xSemaphoreParameters *pxParameters;
volatile unsigned long *pulSharedVariable, ulExpectedValue;
unsigned long ulCounter;
short sError = pdFALSE, sCheckVariableToUse;
/* See which check variable to use. sNextCheckVariable is not semaphore
protected! */
portENTER_CRITICAL();
sCheckVariableToUse = sNextCheckVariable;
sNextCheckVariable++;
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
/* A structure is passed in as the parameter. This contains the shared
variable being guarded. */
pxParameters = ( xSemaphoreParameters * ) pvParameters;
pulSharedVariable = pxParameters->pulSharedVariable;
/* If we are blocking we use a much higher count to ensure loads of context
switches occur during the count. */
if( pxParameters->xBlockTime > ( portTickType ) 0 )
{
ulExpectedValue = semtstBLOCKING_EXPECTED_VALUE;
}
else
{
ulExpectedValue = semtstNON_BLOCKING_EXPECTED_VALUE;
}
for( ;; )
{
/* Try to obtain the semaphore. */
if( xSemaphoreTake( pxParameters->xSemaphore, pxParameters->xBlockTime ) == pdPASS )
{
/* We have the semaphore and so expect any other tasks using the
shared variable to have left it in the state we expect to find
it. */
if( *pulSharedVariable != ulExpectedValue )
{
sError = pdTRUE;
}
/* Clear the variable, then count it back up to the expected value
before releasing the semaphore. Would expect a context switch or
two during this time. */
for( ulCounter = ( unsigned long ) 0; ulCounter <= ulExpectedValue; ulCounter++ )
{
*pulSharedVariable = ulCounter;
if( *pulSharedVariable != ulCounter )
{
sError = pdTRUE;
}
}
/* Release the semaphore, and if no errors have occurred increment the check
variable. */
if( xSemaphoreGive( pxParameters->xSemaphore ) == pdFALSE )
{
sError = pdTRUE;
}
if( sError == pdFALSE )
{
if( sCheckVariableToUse < semtstNUM_TASKS )
{
( sCheckVariables[ sCheckVariableToUse ] )++;
}
}
/* If we have a block time then we are running at a priority higher
than the idle priority. This task takes a long time to complete
a cycle (deliberately so to test the guarding) so will be starving
out lower priority tasks. Block for some time to allow give lower
priority tasks some processor time. */
vTaskDelay( pxParameters->xBlockTime * semtstDELAY_FACTOR );
}
else
{
if( pxParameters->xBlockTime == ( portTickType ) 0 )
{
/* We have not got the semaphore yet, so no point using the
processor. We are not blocking when attempting to obtain the
semaphore. */
taskYIELD();
}
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is called to check that all the created tasks are still running. */
portBASE_TYPE xAreSemaphoreTasksStillRunning( void )
{
static short sLastCheckVariables[ semtstNUM_TASKS ] = { 0 };
portBASE_TYPE xTask, xReturn = pdTRUE;
for( xTask = 0; xTask < semtstNUM_TASKS; xTask++ )
{
if( sLastCheckVariables[ xTask ] == sCheckVariables[ xTask ] )
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
sLastCheckVariables[ xTask ] = sCheckVariables[ xTask ];
}
return xReturn;
}

357
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/Demo_Source/sp_flop.c
View file

@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* Creates eight tasks, each of which loops continuously performing a floating
* point calculation - using single precision variables.
*
* All the tasks run at the idle priority and never block or yield. This causes
* all eight tasks to time slice with the idle task, and other idle priority
* tasks. Running at the idle priority means that these tasks will get
* pre-empted any time another task is ready to run or a time slice occurs.
* More often than not the pre-emption will occur mid calculation, creating a
* good test of the schedulers context switch mechanism - a calculation
* producing an unexpected result could be a symptom of a corruption in the
* context of a task.
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <math.h>
/* Scheduler include files. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
/* Demo program include files. */
#include "flop.h"
/* The size of the stack allocated to each floating point test task. */
#define mathSTACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
/* The number of tasks that are created. */
#define mathNUMBER_OF_TASKS ( 8 )
/* Four tasks, each of which performs a different floating point calculation.
Each of the four is created twice. */
static void prvCompetingMathTask1( void *pvParameters );
static void prvCompetingMathTask2( void *pvParameters );
static void prvCompetingMathTask3( void *pvParameters );
static void prvCompetingMathTask4( void *pvParameters );
/* These variables are used to check that all the tasks are still running. If a
task gets a calculation wrong it will stop incrementing its check variable. */
static volatile unsigned short usTaskCheck[ mathNUMBER_OF_TASKS ] = { ( unsigned short ) 0 };
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vStartMathTasks( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority )
{
xTaskCreate( prvCompetingMathTask1, ( signed char * ) "Math1", mathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &( usTaskCheck[ 0 ] ), uxPriority, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvCompetingMathTask2, ( signed char * ) "Math2", mathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &( usTaskCheck[ 1 ] ), uxPriority, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvCompetingMathTask3, ( signed char * ) "Math3", mathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &( usTaskCheck[ 2 ] ), uxPriority, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvCompetingMathTask4, ( signed char * ) "Math4", mathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &( usTaskCheck[ 3 ] ), uxPriority, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvCompetingMathTask1, ( signed char * ) "Math5", mathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &( usTaskCheck[ 4 ] ), uxPriority, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvCompetingMathTask2, ( signed char * ) "Math6", mathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &( usTaskCheck[ 5 ] ), uxPriority, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvCompetingMathTask3, ( signed char * ) "Math7", mathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &( usTaskCheck[ 6 ] ), uxPriority, NULL );
xTaskCreate( prvCompetingMathTask4, ( signed char * ) "Math8", mathSTACK_SIZE, ( void * ) &( usTaskCheck[ 7 ] ), uxPriority, NULL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCompetingMathTask1( void *pvParameters )
{
volatile float f1, f2, f3, f4;
volatile unsigned short *pusTaskCheckVariable;
volatile float fAnswer;
short sError = pdFALSE;
f1 = 123.4567F;
f2 = 2345.6789F;
f3 = -918.222F;
fAnswer = ( f1 + f2 ) * f3;
/* The variable this task increments to show it is still running is passed in
as the parameter. */
pusTaskCheckVariable = ( unsigned short * ) pvParameters;
/* Keep performing a calculation and checking the result against a constant. */
for(;;)
{
f1 = 123.4567F;
f2 = 2345.6789F;
f3 = -918.222F;
f4 = ( f1 + f2 ) * f3;
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
/* If the calculation does not match the expected constant, stop the
increment of the check variable. */
if( fabs( f4 - fAnswer ) > 0.001F )
{
sError = pdTRUE;
}
if( sError == pdFALSE )
{
/* If the calculation has always been correct, increment the check
variable so we know this task is still running okay. */
( *pusTaskCheckVariable )++;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCompetingMathTask2( void *pvParameters )
{
volatile float f1, f2, f3, f4;
volatile unsigned short *pusTaskCheckVariable;
volatile float fAnswer;
short sError = pdFALSE;
f1 = -389.38F;
f2 = 32498.2F;
f3 = -2.0001F;
fAnswer = ( f1 / f2 ) * f3;
/* The variable this task increments to show it is still running is passed in
as the parameter. */
pusTaskCheckVariable = ( unsigned short * ) pvParameters;
/* Keep performing a calculation and checking the result against a constant. */
for( ;; )
{
f1 = -389.38F;
f2 = 32498.2F;
f3 = -2.0001F;
f4 = ( f1 / f2 ) * f3;
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
/* If the calculation does not match the expected constant, stop the
increment of the check variable. */
if( fabs( f4 - fAnswer ) > 0.001F )
{
sError = pdTRUE;
}
if( sError == pdFALSE )
{
/* If the calculation has always been correct, increment the check
variable so we know
this task is still running okay. */
( *pusTaskCheckVariable )++;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCompetingMathTask3( void *pvParameters )
{
volatile float *pfArray, fTotal1, fTotal2, fDifference, fPosition;
volatile unsigned short *pusTaskCheckVariable;
const size_t xArraySize = 10;
size_t xPosition;
short sError = pdFALSE;
/* The variable this task increments to show it is still running is passed in
as the parameter. */
pusTaskCheckVariable = ( unsigned short * ) pvParameters;
pfArray = ( float * ) pvPortMalloc( xArraySize * sizeof( float ) );
/* Keep filling an array, keeping a running total of the values placed in the
array. Then run through the array adding up all the values. If the two totals
do not match, stop the check variable from incrementing. */
for( ;; )
{
fTotal1 = 0.0F;
fTotal2 = 0.0F;
fPosition = 0.0F;
for( xPosition = 0; xPosition < xArraySize; xPosition++ )
{
pfArray[ xPosition ] = fPosition + 5.5F;
fTotal1 += fPosition + 5.5F;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
for( xPosition = 0; xPosition < xArraySize; xPosition++ )
{
fTotal2 += pfArray[ xPosition ];
}
fDifference = fTotal1 - fTotal2;
if( fabs( fDifference ) > 0.001F )
{
sError = pdTRUE;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
if( sError == pdFALSE )
{
/* If the calculation has always been correct, increment the check
variable so we know this task is still running okay. */
( *pusTaskCheckVariable )++;
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCompetingMathTask4( void *pvParameters )
{
volatile float *pfArray, fTotal1, fTotal2, fDifference, fPosition;
volatile unsigned short *pusTaskCheckVariable;
const size_t xArraySize = 10;
size_t xPosition;
short sError = pdFALSE;
/* The variable this task increments to show it is still running is passed in
as the parameter. */
pusTaskCheckVariable = ( unsigned short * ) pvParameters;
pfArray = ( float * ) pvPortMalloc( xArraySize * sizeof( float ) );
/* Keep filling an array, keeping a running total of the values placed in the
array. Then run through the array adding up all the values. If the two totals
do not match, stop the check variable from incrementing. */
for( ;; )
{
fTotal1 = 0.0F;
fTotal2 = 0.0F;
fPosition = 0.0F;
for( xPosition = 0; xPosition < xArraySize; xPosition++ )
{
pfArray[ xPosition ] = fPosition * 12.123F;
fTotal1 += fPosition * 12.123F;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
for( xPosition = 0; xPosition < xArraySize; xPosition++ )
{
fTotal2 += pfArray[ xPosition ];
}
fDifference = fTotal1 - fTotal2;
if( fabs( fDifference ) > 0.001F )
{
sError = pdTRUE;
}
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0
taskYIELD();
#endif
if( sError == pdFALSE )
{
/* If the calculation has always been correct, increment the check
variable so we know this task is still running okay. */
( *pusTaskCheckVariable )++;
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is called to check that all the created tasks are still running. */
portBASE_TYPE xAreMathsTaskStillRunning( void )
{
/* Keep a history of the check variables so it can be determined if they have
been incremented since the last call of this function. */
static unsigned short usLastTaskCheck[ mathNUMBER_OF_TASKS ] = { ( unsigned short ) 0 };
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdTRUE, xTask;
/* Check the maths tasks are still running by ensuring their check variables
are still incrementing. */
for( xTask = 0; xTask < mathNUMBER_OF_TASKS; xTask++ )
{
if( usTaskCheck[ xTask ] == usLastTaskCheck[ xTask ] )
{
/* The check has not incremented so an error exists. */
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
usLastTaskCheck[ xTask ] = usTaskCheck[ xTask ];
}
return xReturn;
}

468
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/FreeRTOS.h
View file

@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_FREERTOS_H
/*
* Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
*/
#include <stddef.h>
/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
#include "projdefs.h"
/* Application specific configuration options. */
#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
#include "portable.h"
/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must
conform. */
typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * );
/*
* Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
* These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*/
#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
#error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
#error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
#error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
#error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
#error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
#endif
#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
#endif
#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
#endif
#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
#error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
#define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
#endif
#ifndef configASSERT
#define configASSERT( x )
#endif
/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
#ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
#endif
#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
#endif
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1U )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
#endif
/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
#ifndef traceSTART
/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
into which trace is to be written. */
#define traceSTART()
#endif
#ifndef traceEND
/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
written. */
#define traceEND()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
/* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
to the task control block of the selected task. */
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
/* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
#endif
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
task that attempted the read. */
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
task that attempted the write. */
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
#endif
/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
#define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
#define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
#define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
#define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
#define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
#define traceTASK_DELAY()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
#define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
#define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
#define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
#define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
#define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
#define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
#endif
#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
#endif
#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
#endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
#ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
#ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
#endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
#endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
#endif
#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
#define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 )
#endif
#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
#endif
#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
#define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
#endif
#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
#define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
#endif
#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */

174
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/StackMacros.h
View file

@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
overflow checking. */
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

752
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/croutine.h
View file

@ -1,752 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate(
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex
);</pre>
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
// LED to flash and how long to delay. This assumes xQueue has
// already been created.
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}
// Function that creates two co-routines.
void vOtherFunction( void )
{
unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
xTaskHandle xHandle;
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
{
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex );
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
*
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
// infinite loop.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
for( ;; )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static long ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crEND();</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static long ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
// We are to delay for 200ms.
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Delay for 200ms.
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
// Do something here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
/**
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND(
xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
portTickType xTicksToWait,
portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
// a queue.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0;
static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult != pdPASS )
{
// The message was not posted!
}
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
xNumberToPost++;
// Delay for 100 ticks.
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
}
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
portTickType xTicksToWait,
portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
}
}
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
{
char cRxedChar;
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
// Was a character received?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// Process the character here.
}
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
// a co-routine.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cRxedChar;
portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
{
// Obtain the character from the UART.
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
// many characters are posted to the queue.
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
// period. The character is incremented each time.
static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
{
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
// be declared static.
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Send the next character to the queue.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
}
else
{
// Could not post the character to the queue.
}
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
// from the queue and send it.
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
// declared static.
cCharToTx++;
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
{
cCharToTx = 'a';
}
crDELAY( 100 );
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cCharToTx;
portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
{
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
{
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
}
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

314
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/list.h
View file

@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */
volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
void * pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
portTickType xItemValue;
volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxNext;
volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems;
volatile xListItem * pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */
volatile xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
} xList;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue )
/*
* Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( xListItem * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
* pointer against
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( xList *pxList );
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem );
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem );
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem );
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param vListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* \page vListRemove vListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

141
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h
View file

@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define vTaskStartTrace MPU_vTaskStartTrace
#define ulTaskEndTrace MPU_ulTaskEndTrace
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#define xQueueCreate MPU_xQueueCreate
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
#define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
#define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
#define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
#define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#endif
/* Remove the privileged function macro. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
//#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

396
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/portable.h
View file

@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos
have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from
the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then
portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a
portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo
to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters );
#endif
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

83
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/projdefs.h
View file

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */
typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * );
#define pdTRUE ( 1 )
#define pdFALSE ( 0 )
#define pdPASS ( 1 )
#define pdFAIL ( 0 )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( 0 )
/* Error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

1270
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/queue.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

730
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/semphr.h
View file

@ -1,730 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
#define SEMAPHORE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include semphr.h"
#endif
#include "queue.h"
typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle;
#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U )
#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U )
#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
* as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
* queue is empty or full.
*
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) { \
( xSemaphore ) = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ); \
if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
{ \
xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
} \
}
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
* xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
* portTickType xBlockTime
* )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
* the semaphore was created.
*
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
* available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
* time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
* if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
// A task that creates a semaphore.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
}
// A task that uses the semaphore.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
// semaphore.
xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
/**
* semphr. h
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
* xSemaphoreHandle xMutex,
* portTickType xBlockTime
* )
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
* macro to be available.
*
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
* available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
* the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
* return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
* expired without the semaphore becoming available.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
// A task that creates a mutex.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
}
// A task that uses the mutex.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
// a more complex call structure.
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
// available to another task until it has also been given back
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
// these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
// call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
/*
* xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
*
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
*/
#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
*
* This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
* an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
*
* This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
* Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
* no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
* semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
{
// We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
// a semaphore without first "taking" it!
}
// Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
// immediately available.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
{
// We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
// ...
// We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
// semaphore.
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
{
// We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
// obtained the semaphore to get here.
}
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
* macro to be available.
*
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
// A task that creates a mutex.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
}
// A task that uses the mutex.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
// a more complex call structure.
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
// available to another task until it has also been given back
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
// unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
/*
* xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
*
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
*/
#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
)</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
* must not be used with this macro.
*
* This macro can be used from an ISR.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
\#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
\#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
// Repetitive task.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
// was created before this task was started.
// Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
{
// It is time to execute.
// ...
// We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
// we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
// again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
}
}
}
// Timer ISR
void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
{
static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0;
static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
// A timer tick has occurred.
// ... Do other time functions.
// Is it time for vATask () to run?
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
ucLocalTickCount++;
if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
{
// Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
ucLocalTickCount = 0;
}
if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
{
// We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
// ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
// to find the syntax required.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
* mechanism.
*
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
* and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
*
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
* semaphore it is no longer required.
*
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
*
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
* service routines.
*
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
* xSemaphoreHandle.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex()
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
* mechanism.
*
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
* xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
* semaphore it is no longer required.
*
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
*
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
* service routines.
*
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
* xSemaphoreHandle.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex()
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
* queue mechanism.
*
* Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
*
* 1) Counting events.
*
* In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
* an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
* task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
* (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
* the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
* number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
* initial count value to be zero.
*
* 2) Resource management.
*
* In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
* available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
* semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
* reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
* resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
* value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
* equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
*
* @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
* semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
*
* @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
* created.
*
* @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
* created.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
// The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
// initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>void vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore );</pre>
*
* Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example,
* do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
*
* \page vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( xQueueHandle ) xSemaphore )
#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */

1328
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/task.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

526
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/timer_test.h
View file

@ -1,526 +0,0 @@
#ifndef TIMER_TEST_H
#define TIMER_TEST_H
#define tmrtestNUM_TIMERS 15
extern portTickType xTickCount;
extern xTaskHandle pxCurrentTCB;
extern portTickType xNumOfOverflows;
static void vTimerTest_Initialise( void );
static portBASE_TYPE xTimerTest1_xTimeStartAndResetWakeTimeCalculation( void );
portBASE_TYPE xTimerTest2_xTestFreeRunningBehaviour( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPeriodMultiplier );
static void prvCheckServiceTaskBehaviour( portBASE_TYPE x, portBASE_TYPE xExpireTimeHasOverflowed, portBASE_TYPE xTickCountOverflowed );
static void prvTestFailed( void );
xTIMER *xAutoReloadTimers[ tmrtestNUM_TIMERS ];
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReloadTimerCounters[ tmrtestNUM_TIMERS ];
portBASE_TYPE xTestStatus = pdPASS;
xTaskHandle xTestTask1 = NULL, xTestTask2 = NULL;
struct xTestData
{
portTickType xStartTickCount;
portTickType xTimerPeriod;
portTickType xTickIncrementBetweenCommandAndProcessing;
portTickType xExpectedCalculatedExpiryTime;
xList * pxExpectedList;
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxExpectedCallbackCount;
};
const struct xTestData xTestCase[] =
{
/* xStartTickCount, xTimerPeriod, Tck Inc, Expected Expire Time, Expected list, Expected callback count, Second tick inc */
/* Test cases when the command to start a timer and the processing of the
start command execute without the tick count incrementing in between. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 8, 2, 0, ( portMAX_DELAY - 8 ) + 2, &xActiveTimerList1, 0 }, /* Expire before an overflow. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 8, 8, 0, ( portMAX_DELAY - 8 ) + 8, &xActiveTimerList1, 0 }, /* Expire immediately before and overflow. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 8, 9, 0, 0, &xActiveTimerList2, 0 }, /* Expire on an overflow. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 8, portMAX_DELAY, 0, ( ( portMAX_DELAY - 8 ) - 1 ), &xActiveTimerList2, 0 }, /* Delay for the longest possible time. */
{ portMAX_DELAY, portMAX_DELAY, 0, ( portMAX_DELAY - 1 ), &xActiveTimerList2, 0 }, /* Delay for the longest possible time starting from the maximum tick count. */
{ 0, portMAX_DELAY, 0, ( portMAX_DELAY ), &xActiveTimerList1, 0 }, /* Delay for the maximum ticks, starting with from the minimum tick count. */
/* Test cases when the command to start a timer and the processing of the
start command execute at different tick count values. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 8, 2, 1, ( portMAX_DELAY - 8 ) + 2, &xActiveTimerList1, 0 }, /* The expire time does not overflow, and the tick count does not overflow between the command and processing the command. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 8, 8, 2, ( portMAX_DELAY - 8 ) + 8, &xActiveTimerList1, 0 }, /* The expire time does not overflow but is on the portMAX_DELAY limit, and the tick count does not overflow between the command and processing the command. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 8, 9, 3, 0, &xActiveTimerList2, 0 }, /* The expire time overflows to 0, and the tick count does not overflow between the command and processing the command. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 2, 9, 1, ( portMAX_DELAY - 2 ) + 9, &xActiveTimerList2, 0 }, /* The expire time overflows, but the tick count does not overflow between the command and processing the command. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 2, 9, 3, ( portMAX_DELAY - 2 ) + 9, &xActiveTimerList2, 0 }, /* The timer overflows between the command and processing the command. The expire time also overflows. */
/* Add tests where the timer should have expired by the time the command is processed. */
{ 10, 9, 10, ( 10 + ( 2 * 9 ) ), &xActiveTimerList1, 1 }, /* Nothing overflows, but the time between the timer being set and the command being processed is greater than the timers expiry time. The timer should get processed immediately, so the expected expire time is twice the period as the timer will get auto-reloaded. */
{ portMAX_DELAY - 2, 9, 10, ( portMAX_DELAY - 2 ) + ( 2 * 9 ), &xActiveTimerList2, 1 }, /* The timer overflows between the command and processing the command. The expire time also overflows and the number of ticks that occur between the command and the processing exceeds the timer expiry period. The timer should get processed immediately, so the expected expire time is twice the period as the timer will get auto-reloaded.*/
{ portMAX_DELAY - 2, 9, 9, ( portMAX_DELAY - 2 ) + ( 2 * 9 ), &xActiveTimerList2, 1 }, /* The timer overflows between the command and processing the command. The expire time also overflows and the number of ticks between command and processing equals the timer expiry period. The timer should get processed immediately, so the expected expire time is twice the period as the timer will get auto-reloaded.*/
{ portMAX_DELAY - 20, 9, 21, ( portMAX_DELAY - 20 ) + ( 3 * 9 ), &xActiveTimerList2, 2 }, /* The tick count has overflowed but the timer expire time has not overflowed. The tick count overflows to 0. The timer should get processed immediately, so the expected expire time is twice the period as the timer will get auto-reloaded.*/
{ portMAX_DELAY - 20, 9, 22, ( portMAX_DELAY - 20 ) + ( 3 * 9 ), &xActiveTimerList2, 2 }, /* The tick count has overflowed but the timer expire time has not overflowed. The tick count overflows to greater than 0. The timer should get processed immediately, so the expected expire time is twice the period as the timer will get auto-reloaded.*/
{ portMAX_DELAY - 5, 2, 20, ( portMAX_DELAY - 5 ) + ( 11 * 2 ), &xActiveTimerList2, 10 }, /* The tick and expire time overflow, but the first expire time overflow results in a time that is less than the tick count. */
};
typedef struct tskTaskControlBlockx
{
volatile portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack. THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */
#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer. THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */
#endif
xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in ready and blocked queues. */
xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in event lists. */
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the task where 0 is the lowest priority. */
portSTACK_TYPE *pxStack; /*< Points to the start of the stack. */
signed char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created. Facilitates debugging only. */
#if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
portSTACK_TYPE *pxEndOfStack; /*< Used for stack overflow checking on architectures where the stack grows up from low memory. */
#endif
#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting;
#endif
#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTCBNumber; /*< This is used for tracing the scheduler and making debugging easier only. */
#endif
#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
#endif
#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxTaskTag;
#endif
#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
unsigned long ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Used for calculating how much CPU time each task is utilising. */
#endif
} tskTCBx;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void vAutoReloadTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
{
portBASE_TYPE xTimerID = ( portBASE_TYPE ) pxTimer->pvTimerID;
if( xTimerID < tmrtestNUM_TIMERS )
{
( uxAutoReloadTimerCounters[ xTimerID ] )++;
}
else
{
prvTestFailed();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void vTimerTest_Initialise( void )
{
portBASE_TYPE xTimerNumber;
extern void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void );
extern portBASE_TYPE xSchedulerRunning;
prvInitialiseTaskLists();
xTimerQueue = NULL;
xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
for( xTimerNumber = 0; xTimerNumber < tmrtestNUM_TIMERS; xTimerNumber++ )
{
/* Delete any existing timers. */
if( xAutoReloadTimers[ xTimerNumber ] != NULL )
{
vPortFree( xAutoReloadTimers[ xTimerNumber ] );
}
/* Create new autoreload timers. */
xAutoReloadTimers[ xTimerNumber ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", 0xffff, pdTRUE, ( void * ) xTimerNumber, vAutoReloadTimerCallback );
uxAutoReloadTimerCounters[ xTimerNumber ] = 0;
if( xAutoReloadTimers == NULL )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
}
/* Initialise lists so they are empty. */
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
/* Call prvSampleTimeNow with a tick count of zero so it sets its
internal static "last time" variable to zero. */
xTickCount = 0;
xNumOfOverflows = 0;
prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerNumber );
/* Initialise the list pointers in case prvSampleTimeNow() changed them. */
pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
// if( xTestTask1 == NULL )
{
xTaskCreate( (pdTASK_CODE)prvTestFailed, "Task1", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, 0, &xTestTask1 );
}
// if( xTestTask2 == NULL )
{
xTaskCreate( (pdTASK_CODE)prvTestFailed, "Task1", configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE, NULL, 0, &xTestTask2 );
}
pxCurrentTCB = xTestTask1;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTestFailed( void )
{
static unsigned long ulFailures = 0;
ulFailures++;
xTestStatus = pdFAIL;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckServiceTaskBehaviour( portBASE_TYPE x, portBASE_TYPE xExpireTimeHasOverflowed, portBASE_TYPE xTickCountOverflowed )
{
portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty;
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
extern xList * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, *pxDelayedTaskList;
extern xList pxReadyTasksLists[];
xListWasEmpty = portMAX_DELAY;
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
/* If the timer expire time has overflowed it should be present in the overflow
list of active timers, unless the tick count has also overflowed and the expire
time has not passed. If the expire time has not overflowed it should be
present in the current list of active timers. Either way, its expire time should
equal the expected expire time. */
if( ( xExpireTimeHasOverflowed == pdTRUE ) && ( xTickCountOverflowed == pdFALSE ) )
{
/* The timer will be in the overflow list, so prvGetNextExpireTime()
should not have found it, but instead returned an expire time that
will ensure the timer service task will unblock when the lists need
switching. */
if( ( xNextExpireTime != 0 ) || ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
}
else
{
if( ( xNextExpireTime != xTestCase[ x ].xExpectedCalculatedExpiryTime ) || ( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE ) )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
}
prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
/* Has the timer expired the expected number of times? */
if( uxAutoReloadTimerCounters[ 0 ] != xTestCase[ x ].uxExpectedCallbackCount )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
/* The task should now be blocked. It should only appear in the overflow
delayed task list if xNextExpireTime is equal to 0. */
if( xNextExpireTime == 0 )
{
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, &( ( ( tskTCBx * ) pxCurrentTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
if( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( ( ( tskTCBx * ) pxCurrentTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) != 0 )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
}
else
{
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxDelayedTaskList, &( ( ( tskTCBx * ) pxCurrentTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
if( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( ( ( tskTCBx * ) pxCurrentTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) != xTestCase[ x ].xExpectedCalculatedExpiryTime )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
}
/* The timer should have be re-loaded, and still be referenced from one
or other of the active lists. */
if( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( xAutoReloadTimers[ 0 ]->xTimerListItem ) ) != xTestCase[ x ].xExpectedCalculatedExpiryTime )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( xAutoReloadTimers[ 0 ]->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdTRUE )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
/* Move the task back to the ready list from the delayed list. */
vListRemove( &( ( ( tskTCBx * ) pxCurrentTCB )->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ 0 ] ), &( ( ( tskTCBx * ) pxCurrentTCB )->xGenericListItem ) );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portBASE_TYPE xTimerTest1_xTimeStartAndResetWakeTimeCalculation( void )
{
portBASE_TYPE x, xListWasEmpty;
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
if( sizeof( portTickType ) != 2 )
{
/* This test should be performed using 16bit ticks. */
prvTestFailed();
}
for( x = 0; x < ( sizeof( xTestCase ) / sizeof( struct xTestData ) ); x++ )
{
/* Set everything back to its start condition. */
vTimerTest_Initialise();
/* Load the tick count with the test case data. */
xTickCount = xTestCase[ x ].xStartTickCount;
/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. The list should be
empty, so 0 should be returned (to cause the task to unblock when a
tick overflow occurs. Likewise xListWasEmpty should be set to pdTRUE. */
xListWasEmpty = portMAX_DELAY;
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
if( ( xListWasEmpty != pdTRUE ) || ( xNextExpireTime != ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
/* Call prvProcessReceivedCommands() just so the code under test knows
what the tick count is in the pre-condition state. */
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
xAutoReloadTimers[ 0 ]->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTestCase[ x ].xTimerPeriod;
xTimerStart( xAutoReloadTimers[ 0 ], 0 );
/* Move the tick count on to the time at which the command should be
processed. */
xTickCount += xTestCase[ x ].xTickIncrementBetweenCommandAndProcessing;
/* Process the sent command with the updated tick count. */
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
if( listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( xAutoReloadTimers[ 0 ]->xTimerListItem ) ) != xTestCase[ x ].xExpectedCalculatedExpiryTime )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( xTestCase[ x ].pxExpectedList, &( xAutoReloadTimers[ 0 ]->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
if( uxAutoReloadTimerCounters[ 0 ] != xTestCase[ x ].uxExpectedCallbackCount )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
if( xTickCount < xTestCase[ x ].xStartTickCount ) /* The tick count has overflowed */
{
if( xTestCase[ x ].pxExpectedList == &xActiveTimerList2 ) /* The timer expire time has overflowed. */
{
if( xTestCase[ x ].xExpectedCalculatedExpiryTime <= xTickCount ) /* The timer expire time has passed */
{
/* The expire time should never have passed when here is
reached because the timer whould have been processed enough
times to make the expire time catch up. */
prvTestFailed();
}
else /* The timer expire time has not passed. */
{
prvCheckServiceTaskBehaviour( x, pdTRUE, pdTRUE );
}
}
else /* The timer expire time has not overflowed. */
{
/* If the timer expire time has not overflowed but the tick count has
overflowed, then the timer expire time must have been passed. The
expire time should never have passed when here is reached because
the timer whould have been processed enough times to make the expire
time catch up. */
prvTestFailed();
}
}
else /* The tick count has not overflowed. */
{
if( xTestCase[ x ].pxExpectedList == &xActiveTimerList2 ) /* The timer expire time has overflowed */
{
/* If the expire time has overflowed, but the tick count has not
overflowed, then the timer expire time cannot have been passed. */
prvCheckServiceTaskBehaviour( x, pdTRUE, pdFALSE );
}
else /* The timer expire time has not overflowed. */
{
if( xTickCount >= xTestCase[ x ].xExpectedCalculatedExpiryTime ) /* The timer expire time has passed */
{
/* The expire time should never have passed when here is
reached because the timer whould have been processed enough
times to make the expire time catch up. */
prvTestFailed();
}
else /* The timer expire time has not passed. */
{
prvCheckServiceTaskBehaviour( x, pdFALSE, pdFALSE );
}
}
}
}
return xTestStatus;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xTimerTest2_xTestFreeRunningBehaviour( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPeriodMultiplier )
{
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxExpectedIncrements, x, uxMix = 0, uxPeriod;
const unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxIterations = 0x1fffff;
extern xList pxReadyTasksLists[];
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty;
extern xTaskHandle pxCurrentTCB;
if( sizeof( portTickType ) != 2 )
{
/* This test should be performed using 16bit ticks. */
prvTestFailed();
}
/* Initialise the test. This will create tmrtestNUM_TIMERS timers. */
vTimerTest_Initialise();
/* Give each timer a period, then start it running. */
for( x = 0; x < tmrtestNUM_TIMERS; x++ )
{
uxPeriod = ( x + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) * uxPeriodMultiplier;
xTimerChangePeriod( xAutoReloadTimers[ x ], ( portTickType ) uxPeriod, 0 );
xTimerStart( xAutoReloadTimers[ x ], 0 );
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
}
xTickCount = 1;
x = 1;
/* Simulate the task running. */
while( x <= uxMaxIterations )
{
/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
/* It is legitimate for tick increments to occur here. */
if( ( uxMix < 2 ) && ( x < uxMaxIterations - 5 ) )
{
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
}
/* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
/* If the task blocked, increment the tick until it unblocks. */
while( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ 0 ] ), &( ( ( tskTCBx * ) pxCurrentTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
{
if( ( uxMix == 1 ) && ( x < ( uxMaxIterations + 3 ) ) )
{
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
}
if( ( uxMix == 2 ) && ( x < ( uxMaxIterations + 2 ) ) )
{
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
}
else
{
vTaskIncrementTick();
x++;
}
}
uxMix++;
if( uxMix > 8 )
{
uxMix = 0;
}
/* Make sure time does not go past that expected. */
if( x > uxMaxIterations )
{
xTickCount -= ( portTickType ) ( x - uxMaxIterations );
}
/* Empty the command queue. */
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
}
/* Catch up with the tick count, if it was incremented more than once in one
go. */
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
/* This time, if the task blocked, there is nothing left to do. If it didn't
block then empty the command queue for good measure. */
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ 0 ] ), &( ( ( tskTCBx * ) pxCurrentTCB )->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
{
/* Empty the command queue. */
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
}
/* Check each timer has incremented the expected number of times. */
for( x = 0; x < tmrtestNUM_TIMERS; x++ )
{
uxPeriod = ( x + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 ) * uxPeriodMultiplier;
uxExpectedIncrements = ( uxMaxIterations / ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) uxPeriod );
if( ( uxExpectedIncrements - uxAutoReloadTimerCounters[ x ] ) > 1 )
{
prvTestFailed();
}
}
return xTestStatus;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vRunTimerModuleTests( void )
{
unsigned long x;
xTimerTest1_xTimeStartAndResetWakeTimeCalculation();
for( x = 1; x < 1000; x++ )
{
xTimerTest2_xTestFreeRunningBehaviour( x );
}
for( ;; );
}
#endif TIMER_TEST_H

945
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/include/timers.h
View file

@ -1,945 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef TIMERS_H
#define TIMERS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
#endif
#include "portable.h"
#include "list.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to
be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
as defined below. */
#define tmrCOMMAND_START 0
#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP 1
#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD 2
#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE 3
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to
* xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to
* reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
* (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
*/
typedef void * xTimerHandle;
/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */
typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer );
/**
* xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName,
* portTickType xTimerPeriod,
* unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload,
* void * pvTimerID,
* tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction );
*
* Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required
* by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a
* handle by which the new timer can be referenced.
*
* Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
* xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
* active state.
*
* @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done
* purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by
* its handle, and never by its name.
*
* @param xTimerPeriod The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so
* the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been
* specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100
* ticks, then xTimerPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer
* must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
* provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000.
*
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriod parameter. If
* uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
*
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
* Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
* timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
* timer.
*
* @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
* Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK,
* which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer );".
*
* @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly
* created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either
* there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
* structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned.
*
* Example usage:
*
*
* #define NUM_TIMERS 5
*
* // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
* xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
*
* // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
* long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
*
* // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
* // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
* // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
* // 10 times.
* void vTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
* {
* long lArrayIndex;
* const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
*
* // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
* configASSERT( pxTimer );
*
* // Which timer expired?
* lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
*
* // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
* lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
*
* // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
* if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
* {
* // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
* // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
* xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
* }
* }
*
* void main( void )
* {
* long x;
*
* // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler
* // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
* // the scheduler starts.
* for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
* {
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
* ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
* );
*
* if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
* {
* // The timer was not created.
* }
* else
* {
* // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
* // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
* // started.
* if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
* {
* // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
* }
* }
* }
*
* // ...
* // Create tasks here.
* // ...
*
* // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
* // been set into the active state.
* xTaskStartScheduler();
*
* // Should not reach here.
* for( ;; );
* }
*/
xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer );
*
* Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
*
* IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
* xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
*
* If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
* ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually
* expired.
*
* @param xTimer The timer being queried.
*
* @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
*
* Example usage:
*
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
*/
void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer );
*
* Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
*
* A timer will be dormant if:
* 1) It has been created but not started, or
* 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted.
*
* Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
* xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
* active state.
*
* @param xTimer The timer being queried.
*
* @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than
* pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
*
* Example usage:
*
* // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
* void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
* {
* if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
* {
* // xTimer is active, do something.
* }
* else
* {
* // xTimer is not active, do something else.
* }
* }
*/
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle() is only available if
* INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task. It it not valid
* to call xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
*/
xTaskHandle xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle( void );
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
*
* xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
* xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
* already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
* to the xTimerReset() API function.
*
* Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
* is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
* associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
* called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
*
* It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
* when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
* started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
* started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
*
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
* to be available.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
*
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
* xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
* before the scheduler is started.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
* timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
* timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
* configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
*
*/
#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
*
* xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
* The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
* xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
*
* Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
*
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
* to be available.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
*
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
* xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
* before the scheduler is started.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
* service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
* configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
*
*/
#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer,
* portTickType xNewPeriod,
* portTickType xBlockTime );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
*
* xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
* created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
*
* xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
* dormant state timer.
*
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
* xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
*
* @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
* tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
* that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
* expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
* if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
* ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
* or equal to 1000.
*
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
* successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
* full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if
* xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
* sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed.
* pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
* command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the
* priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
* system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer
* // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
* // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
* // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
* // started.
* void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
* {
* if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
* {
* // xTimer is already active - delete it.
* xTimerDelete( xTimer );
* }
* else
* {
* // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also
* // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
* // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
* // command queue.
* if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
* {
* // The command was successfully sent.
* }
* else
* {
* // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
* // to pass. Take appropriate action here.
* }
* }
* }
*/
#define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
*
* xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
* xTimerCreate() API function.
*
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
* xTimerDelete() to be available.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
*
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
* successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
* full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete()
* is called before the scheduler is started.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
* service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
* configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
*/
#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
*
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
*
* xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
* xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
* already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
* re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
* called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
* equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
*
* Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
* is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
* associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
* called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
*
* It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
* when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
* started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
* started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
*
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
* to be available.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
*
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
* xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
* before the scheduler is started.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
* timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
* timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
* configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
*
* xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL;
*
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
* // parameter is not used.
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
* {
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
* }
*
* // The key press event handler.
* void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
* {
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
* // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
* // if it cannot be sent immediately.
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
* if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
* {
* // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
* // action here.
* }
*
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
* }
*
* void main( void )
* {
* long x;
*
* // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
* // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
* xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
* ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
* pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer.
* 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
* vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
* );
*
* if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
* {
* // The timer was not created.
* }
* else
* {
* // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
* // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
* // started.
* if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
* {
* // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
* }
* }
*
* // ...
* // Create tasks here.
* // ...
*
* // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
* // been set into the active state.
* xTaskStartScheduler();
*
* // Should not reach here.
* for( ;; );
* }
*/
#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
* command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If
* xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
* relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
* relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
* task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
* // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
* // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
* // service routine.
*
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
* // parameter is not used.
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
* {
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
* }
*
* // The key press interrupt service routine.
* void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
* {
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
*
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
* // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
* // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
*
* // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
* // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
* // declared (in this function).
* if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
* {
* // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
* // action here.
* }
*
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
* // actual syntax required.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
* {
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
* }
* }
*/
#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
* command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If
* xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
* relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
* priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
* // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
*
* // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
* void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
* {
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
*
* // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
* // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
* // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
* if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
* {
* // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
* // action here.
* }
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
* // actual syntax required.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
* {
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
* }
* }
*/
#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
* portTickType xNewPeriod,
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
* service routine.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
*
* @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
* tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
* that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
* expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
* if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
* ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
* or equal to 1000.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
* command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
* timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
* daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
* causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
* timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
* currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
* this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
* interrupt exits.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
* could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the
* command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command
* is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
* task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
* priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
* // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
*
* // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
* void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
* {
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
*
* // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
* // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
* // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
* if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
* {
* // The command to change the timers period was not executed
* // successfully. Take appropriate action here.
* }
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
* // actual syntax required.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
* {
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
* }
* }
*/
#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
/**
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
*
* A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
* routine.
*
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
* restarted.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
* command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If
* xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
*
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
* relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
* relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
* task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
*
* Example usage:
*
* // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
* // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
* // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
* // service routine.
*
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
* // parameter is not used.
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
* {
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
* }
*
* // The key press interrupt service routine.
* void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
* {
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
*
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
* // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
* // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
*
* // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
* // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
* // declared (in this function).
* if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
* {
* // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
* // action here.
* }
*
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
*
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
* // actual syntax required.
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
* {
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
* }
* }
*/
#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
/*
* Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
* for use by the kernel only.
*/
portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* TIMERS_H */

197
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/list.c
View file

@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( xList *pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem )
{
volatile xListItem * pxIndex;
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. This means it has to be the item pointed to by
the pxIndex member. */
pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxList->pxIndex;
pxIndex->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
pxList->pxIndex = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem )
{
volatile xListItem *pxIterator;
portTickType xValueOfInsertion;
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */
xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then
the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which
are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value)
get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as
the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need
to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the
algorithm slightly if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are:
1) Stack overflow -
see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
the scheduler is suspended.
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips.
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext )
{
/* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the
wanted insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
item later. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove )
{
xList * pxList;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
item. */
pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

470
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/port.c
View file

@ -1,470 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the MicroBlaze port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
/* Standard includes. */
#include <string.h>
/* Hardware includes. */
#include <xintc_i.h>
#include <xil_exception.h>
#include <microblaze_exceptions_g.h>
/* Tasks are started with a critical section nesting of 0 - however, prior to
the scheduler being commenced interrupts should not be enabled, so the critical
nesting variable is initialised to a non-zero value. */
#define portINITIAL_NESTING_VALUE ( 0xff )
/* The bit within the MSR register that enabled/disables interrupts. */
#define portMSR_IE ( 0x02U )
/* If the floating point unit is included in the MicroBlaze build, then the
FSR register is saved as part of the task context. portINITIAL_FSR is the value
given to the FSR register when the initial context is set up for a task being
created. */
#define portINITIAL_FSR ( 0U )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Initialise the interrupt controller instance.
*/
static long prvInitialiseInterruptController( void );
/* Ensure the interrupt controller instance variable is initialised before it is
* used, and that the initialisation only happens once.
*/
static long prvEnsureInterruptControllerIsInitialised( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Counts the nesting depth of calls to portENTER_CRITICAL(). Each task
maintains its own count, so this variable is saved as part of the task
context. */
volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting = portINITIAL_NESTING_VALUE;
/* This port uses a separate stack for interrupts. This prevents the stack of
every task needing to be large enough to hold an entire interrupt stack on top
of the task stack. */
unsigned long *pulISRStack;
/* If an interrupt requests a context switch, then ulTaskSwitchRequested will
get set to 1. ulTaskSwitchRequested is inspected just before the main interrupt
handler exits. If, at that time, ulTaskSwitchRequested is set to 1, the kernel
will call vTaskSwitchContext() to ensure the task that runs immediately after
the interrupt exists is the highest priority task that is able to run. This is
an unusual mechanism, but is used for this port because a single interrupt can
cause the servicing of multiple peripherals - and it is inefficient to call
vTaskSwitchContext() multiple times as each peripheral is serviced. */
volatile unsigned long ulTaskSwitchRequested = 0UL;
/* The instance of the interrupt controller used by this port. This is required
by the Xilinx library API functions. */
static XIntc xInterruptControllerInstance;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Initialise the stack of a task to look exactly as if a call to
* portSAVE_CONTEXT had been made.
*
* See the portable.h header file.
*/
portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters )
{
extern void *_SDA2_BASE_, *_SDA_BASE_;
const unsigned long ulR2 = ( unsigned long ) &_SDA2_BASE_;
const unsigned long ulR13 = ( unsigned long ) &_SDA_BASE_;
/* Place a few bytes of known values on the bottom of the stack.
This is essential for the Microblaze port and these lines must
not be omitted. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x00000000;
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x00000000;
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x00000000;
pxTopOfStack--;
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_USE_FPU == 1
/* The FSR value placed in the initial task context is just 0. */
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_FSR;
pxTopOfStack--;
#endif
/* The MSR value placed in the initial task context should have interrupts
disabled. Each task will enable interrupts automatically when it enters
the running state for the first time. */
*pxTopOfStack = mfmsr() & ~portMSR_IE;
pxTopOfStack--;
/* First stack an initial value for the critical section nesting. This
is initialised to zero. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x00;
/* R0 is always zero. */
/* R1 is the SP. */
/* Place an initial value for all the general purpose registers. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) ulR2; /* R2 - read only small data area. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x03; /* R3 - return values and temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x04; /* R4 - return values and temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pvParameters;/* R5 contains the function call parameters. */
#ifdef portPRE_LOAD_STACK_FOR_DEBUGGING
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x06; /* R6 - other parameters and temporaries. Used as the return address from vPortTaskEntryPoint. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x07; /* R7 - other parameters and temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x08; /* R8 - other parameters and temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x09; /* R9 - other parameters and temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x0a; /* R10 - other parameters and temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x0b; /* R11 - temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x0c; /* R12 - temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
#else
pxTopOfStack-= 8;
#endif
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) ulR13; /* R13 - read/write small data area. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pxCode; /* R14 - return address for interrupt. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) NULL; /* R15 - return address for subroutine. */
#ifdef portPRE_LOAD_STACK_FOR_DEBUGGING
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x10; /* R16 - return address for trap (debugger). */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x11; /* R17 - return address for exceptions, if configured. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x12; /* R18 - reserved for assembler and compiler temporaries. */
pxTopOfStack--;
#else
pxTopOfStack -= 4;
#endif
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x00; /* R19 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. Seems to be interpreted as the frame pointer. */
#ifdef portPRE_LOAD_STACK_FOR_DEBUGGING
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x14; /* R20 - reserved for storing a pointer to the Global Offset Table (GOT) in Position Independent Code (PIC). Non-volatile in non-PIC code. Must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. Not used by FreeRTOS. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x15; /* R21 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x16; /* R22 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x17; /* R23 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x18; /* R24 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x19; /* R25 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x1a; /* R26 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x1b; /* R27 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x1c; /* R28 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x1d; /* R29 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x1e; /* R30 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) 0x1f; /* R31 - must be saved across function calls. Callee-save. */
pxTopOfStack--;
#else
pxTopOfStack -= 13;
#endif
/* Return a pointer to the top of the stack that has been generated so this
can be stored in the task control block for the task. */
return pxTopOfStack;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
extern void ( vPortStartFirstTask )( void );
extern unsigned long _stack[];
/* Setup the hardware to generate the tick. Interrupts are disabled when
this function is called.
This port uses an application defined callback function to install the tick
interrupt handler because the kernel will run on lots of different
MicroBlaze and FPGA configurations - not all of which will have the same
timer peripherals defined or available. An example definition of
vApplicationSetupTimerInterrupt() is provided in the official demo
application that accompanies this port. */
vApplicationSetupTimerInterrupt();
/* Reuse the stack from main() as the stack for the interrupts/exceptions. */
pulISRStack = ( unsigned long * ) _stack;
/* Ensure there is enough space for the functions called from the interrupt
service routines to write back into the stack frame of the caller. */
pulISRStack -= 2;
/* Restore the context of the first task that is going to run. From here
on, the created tasks will be executing. */
vPortStartFirstTask();
/* Should not get here as the tasks are now running! */
return pdFALSE;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* Not implemented. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Manual context switch called by portYIELD or taskYIELD.
*/
void vPortYield( void )
{
extern void VPortYieldASM( void );
/* Perform the context switch in a critical section to assure it is
not interrupted by the tick ISR. It is not a problem to do this as
each task maintains its own interrupt status. */
portENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* Jump directly to the yield function to ensure there is no
compiler generated prologue code. */
asm volatile ( "bralid r14, VPortYieldASM \n\t" \
"or r0, r0, r0 \n\t" );
}
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEnableInterrupt( unsigned char ucInterruptID )
{
long lReturn;
/* An API function is provided to enable an interrupt in the interrupt
controller because the interrupt controller instance variable is private
to this file. */
lReturn = prvEnsureInterruptControllerIsInitialised();
if( lReturn == pdPASS )
{
XIntc_Enable( &xInterruptControllerInstance, ucInterruptID );
}
configASSERT( lReturn );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortDisableInterrupt( unsigned char ucInterruptID )
{
long lReturn;
/* An API function is provided to disable an interrupt in the interrupt
controller because the interrupt controller instance variable is private
to this file. */
lReturn = prvEnsureInterruptControllerIsInitialised();
if( lReturn == pdPASS )
{
XIntc_Disable( &xInterruptControllerInstance, ucInterruptID );
}
configASSERT( lReturn );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xPortInstallInterruptHandler( unsigned char ucInterruptID, XInterruptHandler pxHandler, void *pvCallBackRef )
{
long lReturn;
/* An API function is provided to install an interrupt handler because the
interrupt controller instance variable is private to this file. */
lReturn = prvEnsureInterruptControllerIsInitialised();
if( lReturn == pdPASS )
{
lReturn = XIntc_Connect( &xInterruptControllerInstance, ucInterruptID, pxHandler, pvCallBackRef );
}
if( lReturn == XST_SUCCESS )
{
lReturn = pdPASS;
}
configASSERT( lReturn == pdPASS );
return lReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static long prvEnsureInterruptControllerIsInitialised( void )
{
static long lInterruptControllerInitialised = pdFALSE;
long lReturn;
/* Ensure the interrupt controller instance variable is initialised before
it is used, and that the initialisation only happens once. */
if( lInterruptControllerInitialised != pdTRUE )
{
lReturn = prvInitialiseInterruptController();
if( lReturn == pdPASS )
{
lInterruptControllerInitialised = pdTRUE;
}
}
else
{
lReturn = pdPASS;
}
return lReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Handler for the timer interrupt. This is the handler that the application
* defined callback function vApplicationSetupTimerInterrupt() should install.
*/
void vPortTickISR( void *pvUnused )
{
extern void vApplicationClearTimerInterrupt( void );
/* Ensure the unused parameter does not generate a compiler warning. */
( void ) pvUnused;
/* This port uses an application defined callback function to clear the tick
interrupt because the kernel will run on lots of different MicroBlaze and
FPGA configurations - not all of which will have the same timer peripherals
defined or available. An example definition of
vApplicationClearTimerInterrupt() is provided in the official demo
application that accompanies this port. */
vApplicationClearTimerInterrupt();
/* Increment the RTOS tick - this might cause a task to unblock. */
vTaskIncrementTick();
/* If the preemptive scheduler is being used then a context switch should be
requested in case incrementing the tick unblocked a task, or a time slice
should cause another task to enter the Running state. */
#if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1
/* Force vTaskSwitchContext() to be called as the interrupt exits. */
ulTaskSwitchRequested = 1;
#endif
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static long prvInitialiseInterruptController( void )
{
long lStatus;
lStatus = XIntc_Initialize( &xInterruptControllerInstance, configINTERRUPT_CONTROLLER_TO_USE );
if( lStatus == XST_SUCCESS )
{
/* Initialise the exception table. */
Xil_ExceptionInit();
/* Service all pending interrupts each time the handler is entered. */
XIntc_SetIntrSvcOption( xInterruptControllerInstance.BaseAddress, XIN_SVC_ALL_ISRS_OPTION );
/* Install exception handlers if the MicroBlaze is configured to handle
exceptions, and the application defined constant
configINSTALL_EXCEPTION_HANDLERS is set to 1. */
#if ( MICROBLAZE_EXCEPTIONS_ENABLED == 1 ) && ( configINSTALL_EXCEPTION_HANDLERS == 1 )
{
vPortExceptionsInstallHandlers();
}
#endif /* MICROBLAZE_EXCEPTIONS_ENABLED */
/* Start the interrupt controller. Interrupts are enabled when the
scheduler starts. */
lStatus = XIntc_Start( &xInterruptControllerInstance, XIN_REAL_MODE );
if( lStatus == XST_SUCCESS )
{
lStatus = pdPASS;
}
else
{
lStatus = pdFAIL;
}
}
configASSERT( lStatus == pdPASS );
return lStatus;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

307
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/port_exceptions.c
View file

@ -1,307 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
/* Hardware includes. */
#include <microblaze_exceptions_i.h>
#include <microblaze_exceptions_g.h>
/* The Xilinx library defined exception entry point stacks a number of
registers. These definitions are offsets from the stack pointer to the various
stacked register values. */
#define portexR3_STACK_OFFSET 4
#define portexR4_STACK_OFFSET 5
#define portexR5_STACK_OFFSET 6
#define portexR6_STACK_OFFSET 7
#define portexR7_STACK_OFFSET 8
#define portexR8_STACK_OFFSET 9
#define portexR9_STACK_OFFSET 10
#define portexR10_STACK_OFFSET 11
#define portexR11_STACK_OFFSET 12
#define portexR12_STACK_OFFSET 13
#define portexR15_STACK_OFFSET 16
#define portexR18_STACK_OFFSET 19
#define portexMSR_STACK_OFFSET 20
#define portexR19_STACK_OFFSET -1
/* This is defined to equal the size, in bytes, of the stack frame generated by
the Xilinx standard library exception entry point. It is required to determine
the stack pointer value prior to the exception being entered. */
#define portexASM_HANDLER_STACK_FRAME_SIZE 84UL
/* The number of bytes a MicroBlaze instruction consumes. */
#define portexINSTRUCTION_SIZE 4
/* Exclude this entire file if the MicroBlaze is not configured to handle
exceptions, or the application defined configuration constant
configINSTALL_EXCEPTION_HANDLERS is not set to 1. */
#if ( MICROBLAZE_EXCEPTIONS_ENABLED == 1 ) && ( configINSTALL_EXCEPTION_HANDLERS == 1 )
/* This variable is set in the exception entry code, before
vPortExceptionHandler is called. */
unsigned long *pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry = NULL;
/* This is the structure that is filled with the MicroBlaze context as it
existed immediately prior to the exception occurrence. A pointer to this
structure is passed into the vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump() callback
function, if one is defined. */
static xPortRegisterDump xRegisterDump;
/* This is the FreeRTOS exception handler that is installed for all exception
types. It is called from vPortExceptionHanlderEntry() - which is itself defined
in portasm.S. */
void vPortExceptionHandler( void *pvExceptionID );
extern void vPortExceptionHandlerEntry( void *pvExceptionID );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump() is a callback function that the
application can optionally define to receive a populated xPortRegisterDump
structure. If the application chooses not to define a version of
vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump() then this weekly defined default
implementation will be called instead. */
extern void vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump( xPortRegisterDump *xRegisterDump ) __attribute__((weak));
void vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump( xPortRegisterDump *xRegisterDump )
{
( void ) xRegisterDump;
for( ;; )
{
portNOP();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortExceptionHandler( void *pvExceptionID )
{
extern void *pxCurrentTCB;
/* Fill an xPortRegisterDump structure with the MicroBlaze context as it
was immediately before the exception occurrence. */
/* First fill in the name and handle of the task that was in the Running
state when the exception occurred. */
xRegisterDump.xCurrentTaskHandle = pxCurrentTCB;
xRegisterDump.pcCurrentTaskName = pcTaskGetTaskName( NULL );
configASSERT( pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry );
/* Obtain the values of registers that were stacked prior to this function
being called, and may have changed since they were stacked. */
xRegisterDump.ulR3 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR3_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR4 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR4_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR5 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR5_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR6 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR6_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR7 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR7_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR8 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR8_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR9 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR9_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR10 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR10_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR11 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR11_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR12 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR12_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR15_return_address_from_subroutine = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR15_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR18 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR18_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulR19 = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexR19_STACK_OFFSET ];
xRegisterDump.ulMSR = pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry[ portexMSR_STACK_OFFSET ];
/* Obtain the value of all other registers. */
xRegisterDump.ulR2_small_data_area = mfgpr( R2 );
xRegisterDump.ulR13_read_write_small_data_area = mfgpr( R13 );
xRegisterDump.ulR14_return_address_from_interrupt = mfgpr( R14 );
xRegisterDump.ulR16_return_address_from_trap = mfgpr( R16 );
xRegisterDump.ulR17_return_address_from_exceptions = mfgpr( R17 );
xRegisterDump.ulR20 = mfgpr( R20 );
xRegisterDump.ulR21 = mfgpr( R21 );
xRegisterDump.ulR22 = mfgpr( R22 );
xRegisterDump.ulR23 = mfgpr( R23 );
xRegisterDump.ulR24 = mfgpr( R24 );
xRegisterDump.ulR25 = mfgpr( R25 );
xRegisterDump.ulR26 = mfgpr( R26 );
xRegisterDump.ulR27 = mfgpr( R27 );
xRegisterDump.ulR28 = mfgpr( R28 );
xRegisterDump.ulR29 = mfgpr( R29 );
xRegisterDump.ulR30 = mfgpr( R30 );
xRegisterDump.ulR31 = mfgpr( R31 );
xRegisterDump.ulR1_SP = ( ( unsigned long ) pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry ) + portexASM_HANDLER_STACK_FRAME_SIZE;
xRegisterDump.ulEAR = mfear();
xRegisterDump.ulESR = mfesr();
xRegisterDump.ulEDR = mfedr();
/* Move the saved program counter back to the instruction that was executed
when the exception occurred. This is only valid for certain types of
exception. */
xRegisterDump.ulPC = xRegisterDump.ulR17_return_address_from_exceptions - portexINSTRUCTION_SIZE;
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_USE_FPU == 1
{
xRegisterDump.ulFSR = mffsr();
}
#else
{
xRegisterDump.ulFSR = 0UL;
}
#endif
/* Also fill in a string that describes what type of exception this is.
The string uses the same ID names as defined in the MicroBlaze standard
library exception header files. */
switch( ( unsigned long ) pvExceptionID )
{
case XEXC_ID_FSL :
xRegisterDump.pcExceptionCause = ( signed char * const ) "XEXC_ID_FSL";
break;
case XEXC_ID_UNALIGNED_ACCESS :
xRegisterDump.pcExceptionCause = ( signed char * const ) "XEXC_ID_UNALIGNED_ACCESS";
break;
case XEXC_ID_ILLEGAL_OPCODE :
xRegisterDump.pcExceptionCause = ( signed char * const ) "XEXC_ID_ILLEGAL_OPCODE";
break;
case XEXC_ID_M_AXI_I_EXCEPTION :
xRegisterDump.pcExceptionCause = ( signed char * const ) "XEXC_ID_M_AXI_I_EXCEPTION or XEXC_ID_IPLB_EXCEPTION";
break;
case XEXC_ID_M_AXI_D_EXCEPTION :
xRegisterDump.pcExceptionCause = ( signed char * const ) "XEXC_ID_M_AXI_D_EXCEPTION or XEXC_ID_DPLB_EXCEPTION";
break;
case XEXC_ID_DIV_BY_ZERO :
xRegisterDump.pcExceptionCause = ( signed char * const ) "XEXC_ID_DIV_BY_ZERO";
break;
case XEXC_ID_STACK_VIOLATION :
xRegisterDump.pcExceptionCause = ( signed char * const ) "XEXC_ID_STACK_VIOLATION or XEXC_ID_MMU";
break;
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_USE_FPU == 1
case XEXC_ID_FPU :
/*_RB_ More decoding required here and in other exceptions. */
xRegisterDump.pcExceptionCause = ( signed char * const ) "XEXC_ID_FPU see ulFSR value";
break;
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_USE_FPU */
}
/* vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump() is a callback function that the
application can optionally define to receive the populated xPortRegisterDump
structure. If the application chooses not to define a version of
vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump() then the weekly defined default
implementation within this file will be called instead. */
vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump( &xRegisterDump );
/* Must not attempt to leave this function! */
for( ;; )
{
portNOP();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortExceptionsInstallHandlers( void )
{
static unsigned long ulHandlersAlreadyInstalled = pdFALSE;
if( ulHandlersAlreadyInstalled == pdFALSE )
{
ulHandlersAlreadyInstalled = pdTRUE;
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_UNALIGNED_EXCEPTIONS == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_UNALIGNED_ACCESS, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_UNALIGNED_ACCESS );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_UNALIGNED_EXCEPTIONS*/
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_ILL_OPCODE_EXCEPTION == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_ILLEGAL_OPCODE, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_ILLEGAL_OPCODE );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_ILL_OPCODE_EXCEPTION*/
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_M_AXI_I_BUS_EXCEPTION == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_M_AXI_I_EXCEPTION, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_M_AXI_I_EXCEPTION );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_M_AXI_I_BUS_EXCEPTION*/
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_M_AXI_D_BUS_EXCEPTION == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_M_AXI_D_EXCEPTION, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_M_AXI_D_EXCEPTION );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_M_AXI_D_BUS_EXCEPTION*/
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_IPLB_BUS_EXCEPTION == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_IPLB_EXCEPTION, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_IPLB_EXCEPTION );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_IPLB_BUS_EXCEPTION*/
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_DPLB_BUS_EXCEPTION == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_DPLB_EXCEPTION, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_DPLB_EXCEPTION );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_DPLB_BUS_EXCEPTION*/
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_DIV_ZERO_EXCEPTION == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_DIV_BY_ZERO, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_DIV_BY_ZERO );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_DIV_ZERO_EXCEPTION*/
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_FPU_EXCEPTION == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_FPU, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_FPU );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_FPU_EXCEPTION*/
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_FSL_EXCEPTION == 1
microblaze_register_exception_handler( XEXC_ID_FSL, vPortExceptionHandlerEntry, ( void * ) XEXC_ID_FSL );
#endif /* XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_FSL_EXCEPTION*/
}
}
/* Exclude the entire file if the MicroBlaze is not configured to handle
exceptions, or the application defined configuration item
configINSTALL_EXCEPTION_HANDLERS is not set to 1. */
#endif /* ( MICROBLAZE_EXCEPTIONS_ENABLED == 1 ) && ( configINSTALL_EXCEPTION_HANDLERS == 1 ) */

360
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portasm.S
View file

@ -1,360 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
/* Xilinx library includes. */
#include "microblaze_exceptions_g.h"
#include "xparameters.h"
/* The context is oversized to allow functions called from the ISR to write
back into the caller stack. */
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_USE_FPU == 1
#define portCONTEXT_SIZE 136
#define portMINUS_CONTEXT_SIZE -136
#else
#define portCONTEXT_SIZE 132
#define portMINUS_CONTEXT_SIZE -132
#endif
/* Offsets from the stack pointer at which saved registers are placed. */
#define portR31_OFFSET 4
#define portR30_OFFSET 8
#define portR29_OFFSET 12
#define portR28_OFFSET 16
#define portR27_OFFSET 20
#define portR26_OFFSET 24
#define portR25_OFFSET 28
#define portR24_OFFSET 32
#define portR23_OFFSET 36
#define portR22_OFFSET 40
#define portR21_OFFSET 44
#define portR20_OFFSET 48
#define portR19_OFFSET 52
#define portR18_OFFSET 56
#define portR17_OFFSET 60
#define portR16_OFFSET 64
#define portR15_OFFSET 68
#define portR14_OFFSET 72
#define portR13_OFFSET 76
#define portR12_OFFSET 80
#define portR11_OFFSET 84
#define portR10_OFFSET 88
#define portR9_OFFSET 92
#define portR8_OFFSET 96
#define portR7_OFFSET 100
#define portR6_OFFSET 104
#define portR5_OFFSET 108
#define portR4_OFFSET 112
#define portR3_OFFSET 116
#define portR2_OFFSET 120
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_OFFSET 124
#define portMSR_OFFSET 128
#define portFSR_OFFSET 132
.extern pxCurrentTCB
.extern XIntc_DeviceInterruptHandler
.extern vTaskSwitchContext
.extern uxCriticalNesting
.extern pulISRStack
.extern ulTaskSwitchRequested
.extern vPortExceptionHandler
.extern pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry
.global _interrupt_handler
.global VPortYieldASM
.global vPortStartFirstTask
.global vPortExceptionHandlerEntry
.macro portSAVE_CONTEXT
/* Make room for the context on the stack. */
addik r1, r1, portMINUS_CONTEXT_SIZE
/* Stack general registers. */
swi r31, r1, portR31_OFFSET
swi r30, r1, portR30_OFFSET
swi r29, r1, portR29_OFFSET
swi r28, r1, portR28_OFFSET
swi r27, r1, portR27_OFFSET
swi r26, r1, portR26_OFFSET
swi r25, r1, portR25_OFFSET
swi r24, r1, portR24_OFFSET
swi r23, r1, portR23_OFFSET
swi r22, r1, portR22_OFFSET
swi r21, r1, portR21_OFFSET
swi r20, r1, portR20_OFFSET
swi r19, r1, portR19_OFFSET
swi r18, r1, portR18_OFFSET
swi r17, r1, portR17_OFFSET
swi r16, r1, portR16_OFFSET
swi r15, r1, portR15_OFFSET
/* R14 is saved later as it needs adjustment if a yield is performed. */
swi r13, r1, portR13_OFFSET
swi r12, r1, portR12_OFFSET
swi r11, r1, portR11_OFFSET
swi r10, r1, portR10_OFFSET
swi r9, r1, portR9_OFFSET
swi r8, r1, portR8_OFFSET
swi r7, r1, portR7_OFFSET
swi r6, r1, portR6_OFFSET
swi r5, r1, portR5_OFFSET
swi r4, r1, portR4_OFFSET
swi r3, r1, portR3_OFFSET
swi r2, r1, portR2_OFFSET
/* Stack the critical section nesting value. */
lwi r18, r0, uxCriticalNesting
swi r18, r1, portCRITICAL_NESTING_OFFSET
/* Stack MSR. */
mfs r18, rmsr
swi r18, r1, portMSR_OFFSET
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_USE_FPU == 1
/* Stack FSR. */
mfs r18, rfsr
swi r18, r1, portFSR_OFFSET
#endif
/* Save the top of stack value to the TCB. */
lwi r3, r0, pxCurrentTCB
sw r1, r0, r3
.endm
.macro portRESTORE_CONTEXT
/* Load the top of stack value from the TCB. */
lwi r18, r0, pxCurrentTCB
lw r1, r0, r18
/* Restore the general registers. */
lwi r31, r1, portR31_OFFSET
lwi r30, r1, portR30_OFFSET
lwi r29, r1, portR29_OFFSET
lwi r28, r1, portR28_OFFSET
lwi r27, r1, portR27_OFFSET
lwi r26, r1, portR26_OFFSET
lwi r25, r1, portR25_OFFSET
lwi r24, r1, portR24_OFFSET
lwi r23, r1, portR23_OFFSET
lwi r22, r1, portR22_OFFSET
lwi r21, r1, portR21_OFFSET
lwi r20, r1, portR20_OFFSET
lwi r19, r1, portR19_OFFSET
lwi r17, r1, portR17_OFFSET
lwi r16, r1, portR16_OFFSET
lwi r15, r1, portR15_OFFSET
lwi r14, r1, portR14_OFFSET
lwi r13, r1, portR13_OFFSET
lwi r12, r1, portR12_OFFSET
lwi r11, r1, portR11_OFFSET
lwi r10, r1, portR10_OFFSET
lwi r9, r1, portR9_OFFSET
lwi r8, r1, portR8_OFFSET
lwi r7, r1, portR7_OFFSET
lwi r6, r1, portR6_OFFSET
lwi r5, r1, portR5_OFFSET
lwi r4, r1, portR4_OFFSET
lwi r3, r1, portR3_OFFSET
lwi r2, r1, portR2_OFFSET
/* Reload the rmsr from the stack. */
lwi r18, r1, portMSR_OFFSET
mts rmsr, r18
#if XPAR_MICROBLAZE_0_USE_FPU == 1
/* Reload the FSR from the stack. */
lwi r18, r1, portFSR_OFFSET
mts rfsr, r18
#endif
/* Load the critical nesting value. */
lwi r18, r1, portCRITICAL_NESTING_OFFSET
swi r18, r0, uxCriticalNesting
/* Test the critical nesting value. If it is non zero then the task last
exited the running state using a yield. If it is zero, then the task
last exited the running state through an interrupt. */
xori r18, r18, 0
bnei r18, exit_from_yield
/* r18 was being used as a temporary. Now restore its true value from the
stack. */
lwi r18, r1, portR18_OFFSET
/* Remove the stack frame. */
addik r1, r1, portCONTEXT_SIZE
/* Return using rtid so interrupts are re-enabled as this function is
exited. */
rtid r14, 0
or r0, r0, r0
.endm
/* This function is used to exit portRESTORE_CONTEXT() if the task being
returned to last left the Running state by calling taskYIELD() (rather than
being preempted by an interrupt). */
.text
.align 2
exit_from_yield:
/* r18 was being used as a temporary. Now restore its true value from the
stack. */
lwi r18, r1, portR18_OFFSET
/* Remove the stack frame. */
addik r1, r1, portCONTEXT_SIZE
/* Return to the task. */
rtsd r14, 0
or r0, r0, r0
.text
.align 2
_interrupt_handler:
portSAVE_CONTEXT
/* Stack the return address. */
swi r14, r1, portR14_OFFSET
/* Switch to the ISR stack. */
lwi r1, r0, pulISRStack
/* The parameter to the interrupt handler. */
ori r5, r0, configINTERRUPT_CONTROLLER_TO_USE
/* Execute any pending interrupts. */
bralid r15, XIntc_DeviceInterruptHandler
or r0, r0, r0
/* See if a new task should be selected to execute. */
lwi r18, r0, ulTaskSwitchRequested
or r18, r18, r0
/* If ulTaskSwitchRequested is already zero, then jump straight to
restoring the task that is already in the Running state. */
beqi r18, task_switch_not_requested
/* Set ulTaskSwitchRequested back to zero as a task switch is about to be
performed. */
swi r0, r0, ulTaskSwitchRequested
/* ulTaskSwitchRequested was not 0 when tested. Select the next task to
execute. */
bralid r15, vTaskSwitchContext
or r0, r0, r0
task_switch_not_requested:
/* Restore the context of the next task scheduled to execute. */
portRESTORE_CONTEXT
.text
.align 2
VPortYieldASM:
portSAVE_CONTEXT
/* Modify the return address so a return is done to the instruction after
the call to VPortYieldASM. */
addi r14, r14, 8
swi r14, r1, portR14_OFFSET
/* Switch to use the ISR stack. */
lwi r1, r0, pulISRStack
/* Select the next task to execute. */
bralid r15, vTaskSwitchContext
or r0, r0, r0
/* Restore the context of the next task scheduled to execute. */
portRESTORE_CONTEXT
.text
.align 2
vPortStartFirstTask:
portRESTORE_CONTEXT
#if MICROBLAZE_EXCEPTIONS_ENABLED == 1
.text
.align 2
vPortExceptionHandlerEntry:
/* Take a copy of the stack pointer before vPortExecptionHandler is called,
storing its value prior to the function stack frame being created. */
swi r1, r0, pulStackPointerOnFunctionEntry
bralid r15, vPortExceptionHandler
or r0, r0, r0
#endif /* MICROBLAZE_EXCEPTIONS_ENABLED */

361
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h
View file

@ -1,361 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* BSP includes. */
#include <mb_interface.h>
#include <xparameters.h>
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
#define portSTACK_TYPE unsigned long
#define portBASE_TYPE long
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
typedef unsigned portSHORT portTickType;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffff
#else
typedef unsigned portLONG portTickType;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffffffff
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Interrupt control macros and functions. */
void microblaze_disable_interrupts( void );
void microblaze_enable_interrupts( void );
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() microblaze_disable_interrupts()
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() microblaze_enable_interrupts()
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section macros. */
void vPortEnterCritical( void );
void vPortExitCritical( void );
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() { \
extern volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting; \
microblaze_disable_interrupts(); \
uxCriticalNesting++; \
}
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() { \
extern volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting; \
/* Interrupts are disabled, so we can */ \
/* access the variable directly. */ \
uxCriticalNesting--; \
if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 ) \
{ \
/* The nesting has unwound and we \
can enable interrupts again. */ \
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS(); \
} \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The yield macro maps directly to the vPortYield() function. */
void vPortYield( void );
#define portYIELD() vPortYield()
/* portYIELD_FROM_ISR() does not directly call vTaskSwitchContext(), but instead
sets a flag to say that a yield has been requested. The interrupt exit code
then checks this flag, and calls vTaskSwitchContext() before restoring a task
context, if the flag is not false. This is done to prevent multiple calls to
vTaskSwitchContext() being made from a single interrupt, as a single interrupt
can result in multiple peripherals being serviced. */
extern volatile unsigned long ulTaskSwitchRequested;
#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) if( x != pdFALSE ) ulTaskSwitchRequested = 1
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Hardware specifics. */
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 4
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_RATE_MS ( ( portTickType ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#define portNOP() asm volatile ( "NOP" )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The following structure is used by the FreeRTOS exception handler. It is
filled with the MicroBlaze context as it was at the time the exception occurred.
This is done as an aid to debugging exception occurrences. */
typedef struct PORT_REGISTER_DUMP
{
/* The following structure members hold the values of the MicroBlaze
registers at the time the exception was raised. */
unsigned long ulR1_SP;
unsigned long ulR2_small_data_area;
unsigned long ulR3;
unsigned long ulR4;
unsigned long ulR5;
unsigned long ulR6;
unsigned long ulR7;
unsigned long ulR8;
unsigned long ulR9;
unsigned long ulR10;
unsigned long ulR11;
unsigned long ulR12;
unsigned long ulR13_read_write_small_data_area;
unsigned long ulR14_return_address_from_interrupt;
unsigned long ulR15_return_address_from_subroutine;
unsigned long ulR16_return_address_from_trap;
unsigned long ulR17_return_address_from_exceptions; /* The exception entry code will copy the BTR into R17 if the exception occurred in the delay slot of a branch instruction. */
unsigned long ulR18;
unsigned long ulR19;
unsigned long ulR20;
unsigned long ulR21;
unsigned long ulR22;
unsigned long ulR23;
unsigned long ulR24;
unsigned long ulR25;
unsigned long ulR26;
unsigned long ulR27;
unsigned long ulR28;
unsigned long ulR29;
unsigned long ulR30;
unsigned long ulR31;
unsigned long ulPC;
unsigned long ulESR;
unsigned long ulMSR;
unsigned long ulEAR;
unsigned long ulFSR;
unsigned long ulEDR;
/* A human readable description of the exception cause. The strings used
are the same as the #define constant names found in the
microblaze_exceptions_i.h header file */
signed char *pcExceptionCause;
/* The human readable name of the task that was running at the time the
exception occurred. This is the name that was given to the task when the
task was created using the FreeRTOS xTaskCreate() API function. */
signed char *pcCurrentTaskName;
/* The handle of the task that was running a the time the exception
occurred. */
void * xCurrentTaskHandle;
} xPortRegisterDump;
/*
* Installs pxHandler as the interrupt handler for the peripheral specified by
* the ucInterruptID parameter.
*
* ucInterruptID:
*
* The ID of the peripheral that will have pxHandler assigned as its interrupt
* handler. Peripheral IDs are defined in the xparameters.h header file, which
* is itself part of the BSP project. For example, in the official demo
* application for this port, xparameters.h defines the following IDs for the
* four possible interrupt sources:
*
* XPAR_INTC_0_UARTLITE_1_VEC_ID - for the UARTlite peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_TMRCTR_0_VEC_ID - for the AXI Timer 0 peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_EMACLITE_0_VEC_ID - for the Ethernet lite peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_GPIO_1_VEC_ID - for the button inputs.
*
*
* pxHandler:
*
* A pointer to the interrupt handler function itself. This must be a void
* function that takes a (void *) parameter.
*
*
* pvCallBackRef:
*
* The parameter passed into the handler function. In many cases this will not
* be used and can be NULL. Some times it is used to pass in a reference to
* the peripheral instance variable, so it can be accessed from inside the
* handler function.
*
*
* pdPASS is returned if the function executes successfully. Any other value
* being returned indicates that the function did not execute correctly.
*/
portBASE_TYPE xPortInstallInterruptHandler( unsigned char ucInterruptID, XInterruptHandler pxHandler, void *pvCallBackRef );
/*
* Enables the interrupt, within the interrupt controller, for the peripheral
* specified by the ucInterruptID parameter.
*
* ucInterruptID:
*
* The ID of the peripheral that will have its interrupt enabled in the
* interrupt controller. Peripheral IDs are defined in the xparameters.h header
* file, which is itself part of the BSP project. For example, in the official
* demo application for this port, xparameters.h defines the following IDs for
* the four possible interrupt sources:
*
* XPAR_INTC_0_UARTLITE_1_VEC_ID - for the UARTlite peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_TMRCTR_0_VEC_ID - for the AXI Timer 0 peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_EMACLITE_0_VEC_ID - for the Ethernet lite peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_GPIO_1_VEC_ID - for the button inputs.
*
*/
void vPortEnableInterrupt( unsigned char ucInterruptID );
/*
* Disables the interrupt, within the interrupt controller, for the peripheral
* specified by the ucInterruptID parameter.
*
* ucInterruptID:
*
* The ID of the peripheral that will have its interrupt disabled in the
* interrupt controller. Peripheral IDs are defined in the xparameters.h header
* file, which is itself part of the BSP project. For example, in the official
* demo application for this port, xparameters.h defines the following IDs for
* the four possible interrupt sources:
*
* XPAR_INTC_0_UARTLITE_1_VEC_ID - for the UARTlite peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_TMRCTR_0_VEC_ID - for the AXI Timer 0 peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_EMACLITE_0_VEC_ID - for the Ethernet lite peripheral.
* XPAR_INTC_0_GPIO_1_VEC_ID - for the button inputs.
*
*/
void vPortDisableInterrupt( unsigned char ucInterruptID );
/*
* This is an application defined callback function used to install the tick
* interrupt handler. It is provided as an application callback because the
* kernel will run on lots of different MicroBlaze and FPGA configurations - not
* all of which will have the same timer peripherals defined or available. This
* example uses the AXI Timer 0. If that is available on your hardware platform
* then this example callback implementation should not require modification.
* The name of the interrupt handler that should be installed is vPortTickISR(),
* which the function below declares as an extern.
*/
void vApplicationSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
/*
* This is an application defined callback function used to clear whichever
* interrupt was installed by the the vApplicationSetupTimerInterrupt() callback
* function - in this case the interrupt generated by the AXI timer. It is
* provided as an application callback because the kernel will run on lots of
* different MicroBlaze and FPGA configurations - not all of which will have the
* same timer peripherals defined or available. This example uses the AXI Timer 0.
* If that is available on your hardware platform then this example callback
* implementation should not require modification provided the example definition
* of vApplicationSetupTimerInterrupt() is also not modified.
*/
void vApplicationClearTimerInterrupt( void );
/*
* vPortExceptionsInstallHandlers() is only available when the MicroBlaze
* is configured to include exception functionality, and
* configINSTALL_EXCEPTION_HANDLERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*
* vPortExceptionsInstallHandlers() installs the FreeRTOS exception handler
* for every possible exception cause.
*
* vPortExceptionsInstallHandlers() can be called explicitly from application
* code. After that is done, the default FreeRTOS exception handler that will
* have been installed can be replaced for any specific exception cause by using
* the standard Xilinx library function microblaze_register_exception_handler().
*
* If vPortExceptionsInstallHandlers() is not called explicitly by the
* application, it will be called automatically by the kernel the first time
* xPortInstallInterruptHandler() is called. At that time, any exception
* handlers that may have already been installed will be replaced.
*
* See the description of vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump() for information
* on the processing performed by the FreeRTOS exception handler.
*/
void vPortExceptionsInstallHandlers( void );
/*
* The FreeRTOS exception handler fills an xPortRegisterDump structure (defined
* in portmacro.h) with the MicroBlaze context, as it was at the time the
* exception occurred. The exception handler then calls
* vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump(), passing in the completed
* xPortRegisterDump structure as its parameter.
*
* The FreeRTOS kernel provides its own implementation of
* vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump(), but the kernel provided implementation
* is declared as being 'weak'. The weak definition allows the application
* writer to provide their own implementation, should they wish to use the
* register dump information. For example, an implementation could be provided
* that wrote the register dump data to a display, or a UART port.
*/
void vApplicationExceptionRegisterDump( xPortRegisterDump *xRegisterDump );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */

278
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
View file

@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
* allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
* into a single larger block.
*
* See heap_1.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the memory
* management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. The struct is used to force byte
alignment without using any non-portable code. */
static union xRTOS_HEAP
{
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
volatile portDOUBLE dDummy;
#else
volatile unsigned long ulDummy;
#endif
unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
} xHeap;
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
of their size. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
} xBlockLink;
static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) + portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) % portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) );
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd;
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
fragmentation. */
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
/*
* Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
* the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
* of the list.
*/
#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \
{ \
xBlockLink *pxIterator; \
size_t xBlockSize; \
\
xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \
\
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \
/* than the block we are inserting. */ \
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
{ \
/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \
} \
\
/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \
/* position. */ \
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define prvHeapInit() \
{ \
xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock; \
\
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free */ \
/* blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */ \
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0; \
\
/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */ \
xEnd.xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \
xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; \
\
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the \
entire heap space. */ \
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd; \
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
void *pvReturn = NULL;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
{
prvHeapInit();
xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
}
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
}
}
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ) )
{
/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
(smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure
at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken our of the
list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block
following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
}
}
}
xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
}
#endif
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv;
xBlockLink *pxLink;
if( pv )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately
before it. */
puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) );
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
}
xTaskResumeAll();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
}

1539
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/queue.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2561
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/tasks.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

679
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/FreeRTOS_Source/timers.c
View file

@ -1,679 +0,0 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
See http://www.atollic.com
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
* Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
* available. *
* *
* Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
* ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
* in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
* the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
* professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
* for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
* *
* >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
* *
* Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
* *
***************************************************************************
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
>>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
FreeRTOS WEB site.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
contact details.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
critical systems.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
licensing and training services.
*/
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "timers.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
/* Misc definitions. */
#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U
/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
typedef struct tmrTimerControl
{
const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */
xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */
void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
} xTIMER;
/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer
queue. */
typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
{
portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
} xTIMER_MESSAGE;
/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire
time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the
timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList;
/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL;
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle == 1 )
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xTaskHandle xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
* been initialised already.
*/
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this
* task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
* xTimerQueue queue.
*/
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
* received on the timer queue.
*/
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
* depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
*/
static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
* auto reload timer, then call its callback.
*/
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
* current timer list does not still reference some timers.
*/
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
* if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
*/
static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
* the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the
* timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
* to pdTRUE.
*/
static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task
* until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
*/
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
{
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the
timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already
been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle == 1 )
{
/* Create the timer task, storing its handle in xTimerTaskHandle so
it can be returned by the xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle() function. */
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY, &xTimerTaskHandle );
}
#else
{
/* Create the timer task without storing its handle. */
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL);
}
#endif
}
configASSERT( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction )
{
xTIMER *pxNewTimer;
/* Allocate the timer structure. */
if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U )
{
pxNewTimer = NULL;
configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
}
else
{
pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) );
if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
{
/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
created/initialised. */
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */
pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
}
else
{
traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED();
}
}
return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime )
{
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
on a particular timer definition. */
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL )
{
if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime );
}
else
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
}
}
else
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle == 1 )
xTaskHandle xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle( void )
{
/* If xTimerGetTimerTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
return xTimerTaskHandle;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow )
{
xTIMER *pxTimer;
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
{
/* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using
a time relative to anything other than the current time. It
will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to
the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to
switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in
the timer queue. */
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE )
{
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
list. Reload it now. */
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
}
/* Call the timer callback. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
{
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty;
/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
/* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
/* Empty the command queue. */
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty )
{
portTickType xTimeNow;
portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
prvSampelTimeNow() function. */
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
{
/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
{
xTaskResumeAll();
prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
}
else
{
/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore
block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot
be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
case when the current timer list is empty. */
vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) );
if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
{
/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time
to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being
exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task
to block. */
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
}
}
else
{
xTaskResumeAll();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty )
{
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which
the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no
active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause
this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
re-assessed. */
*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
{
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
}
else
{
/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
}
return xNextExpireTime;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
{
portTickType xTimeNow;
static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
{
prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime );
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
}
xLastTime = xTimeNow;
return xTimeNow;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime )
{
portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
{
/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
if( ( ( portTickType ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks )
{
/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
processed actually exceeds the timers period. */
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
}
else
{
if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
{
/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
}
return xProcessTimerNow;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
{
xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
xTIMER *pxTimer;
portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
portTickType xTimeNow;
/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but it
must be present in the function call. */
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL )
{
pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer;
/* Is the timer already in a list of active timers? When the command
is trmCOMMAND_PROCESS_TIMER_OVERFLOW, the timer will be NULL as the
command is to the task rather than to an individual timer. */
if( pxTimer != NULL )
{
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
{
/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
}
traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue );
switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
{
case tmrCOMMAND_START :
/* Start or restart a timer. */
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE )
{
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
list. Process it now. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
{
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
}
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
There is nothing to do here. */
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue;
configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
just free up the memory. */
vPortFree( pxTimer );
break;
default :
/* Don't expect to get here. */
break;
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime )
{
portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
xList *pxTemp;
xTIMER *pxTimer;
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
/* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */
( void ) xLastTime;
/* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
are switched. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
{
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
/* Remove the timer from the list. */
pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
have not yet been switched. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
{
/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
the lists have been swapped. */
xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
{
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
else
{
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
}
}
pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
{
/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
initialised. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
{
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) );
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer )
{
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList;
xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return xTimerIsInActiveList;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer )
{
xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
return pxTimer->pvTimerID;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer
functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */

740
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/api/api_lib.c
View file

@ -1,740 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Sequential API External module
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/* This is the part of the API that is linked with
the application */
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/api.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include <string.h>
/**
* Create a new netconn (of a specific type) that has a callback function.
* The corresponding pcb is also created.
*
* @param t the type of 'connection' to create (@see enum netconn_type)
* @param proto the IP protocol for RAW IP pcbs
* @param callback a function to call on status changes (RX available, TX'ed)
* @return a newly allocated struct netconn or
* NULL on memory error
*/
struct netconn*
netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto, netconn_callback callback)
{
struct netconn *conn;
struct api_msg msg;
conn = netconn_alloc(t, callback);
if (conn != NULL) {
msg.function = do_newconn;
msg.msg.msg.n.proto = proto;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
if (TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg) != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_ASSERT("freeing conn without freeing pcb", conn->pcb.tcp == NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("conn has no op_completed", sys_sem_valid(&conn->op_completed));
LWIP_ASSERT("conn has no recvmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox));
#if LWIP_TCP
LWIP_ASSERT("conn->acceptmbox shouldn't exist", !sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox));
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
sys_sem_free(&conn->op_completed);
sys_mbox_free(&conn->recvmbox);
memp_free(MEMP_NETCONN, conn);
return NULL;
}
}
return conn;
}
/**
* Close a netconn 'connection' and free its resources.
* UDP and RAW connection are completely closed, TCP pcbs might still be in a waitstate
* after this returns.
*
* @param conn the netconn to delete
* @return ERR_OK if the connection was deleted
*/
err_t
netconn_delete(struct netconn *conn)
{
struct api_msg msg;
/* No ASSERT here because possible to get a (conn == NULL) if we got an accept error */
if (conn == NULL) {
return ERR_OK;
}
msg.function = do_delconn;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
netconn_free(conn);
/* don't care for return value of do_delconn since it only calls void functions */
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Get the local or remote IP address and port of a netconn.
* For RAW netconns, this returns the protocol instead of a port!
*
* @param conn the netconn to query
* @param addr a pointer to which to save the IP address
* @param port a pointer to which to save the port (or protocol for RAW)
* @param local 1 to get the local IP address, 0 to get the remote one
* @return ERR_CONN for invalid connections
* ERR_OK if the information was retrieved
*/
err_t
netconn_getaddr(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t *port, u8_t local)
{
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid addr", (addr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_getaddr: invalid port", (port != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_getaddr;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.ad.ipaddr = addr;
msg.msg.msg.ad.port = port;
msg.msg.msg.ad.local = local;
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
}
/**
* Bind a netconn to a specific local IP address and port.
* Binding one netconn twice might not always be checked correctly!
*
* @param conn the netconn to bind
* @param addr the local IP address to bind the netconn to (use IP_ADDR_ANY
* to bind to all addresses)
* @param port the local port to bind the netconn to (not used for RAW)
* @return ERR_OK if bound, any other err_t on failure
*/
err_t
netconn_bind(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
{
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_bind: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_bind;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.bc.ipaddr = addr;
msg.msg.msg.bc.port = port;
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
}
/**
* Connect a netconn to a specific remote IP address and port.
*
* @param conn the netconn to connect
* @param addr the remote IP address to connect to
* @param port the remote port to connect to (no used for RAW)
* @return ERR_OK if connected, return value of tcp_/udp_/raw_connect otherwise
*/
err_t
netconn_connect(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
{
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_connect: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_connect;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.bc.ipaddr = addr;
msg.msg.msg.bc.port = port;
/* This is the only function which need to not block tcpip_thread */
err = tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
}
/**
* Disconnect a netconn from its current peer (only valid for UDP netconns).
*
* @param conn the netconn to disconnect
* @return TODO: return value is not set here...
*/
err_t
netconn_disconnect(struct netconn *conn)
{
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_disconnect: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_disconnect;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
}
/**
* Set a TCP netconn into listen mode
*
* @param conn the tcp netconn to set to listen mode
* @param backlog the listen backlog, only used if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG==1
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was set to listen (UDP and RAW netconns
* don't return any error (yet?))
*/
err_t
netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog)
{
#if LWIP_TCP
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
/* This does no harm. If TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG is off, backlog is unused. */
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(backlog);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_listen: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_listen;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
msg.msg.msg.lb.backlog = backlog;
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
#else /* LWIP_TCP */
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(conn);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(backlog);
return ERR_ARG;
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
}
/**
* Accept a new connection on a TCP listening netconn.
*
* @param conn the TCP listen netconn
* @param new_conn pointer where the new connection is stored
* @return ERR_OK if a new connection has been received or an error
* code otherwise
*/
err_t
netconn_accept(struct netconn *conn, struct netconn **new_conn)
{
#if LWIP_TCP
struct netconn *newconn;
err_t err;
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
struct api_msg msg;
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid pointer", (new_conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
*new_conn = NULL;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid acceptmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->acceptmbox), return ERR_ARG;);
err = conn->last_err;
if (ERR_IS_FATAL(err)) {
/* don't recv on fatal errors: this might block the application task
waiting on acceptmbox forever! */
return err;
}
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->acceptmbox, (void **)&newconn, conn->recv_timeout) == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_TIMEOUT);
return ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
#else
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->acceptmbox, (void **)&newconn, 0);
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
/* Register event with callback */
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, 0);
if (newconn == NULL) {
/* connection has been aborted */
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_ABRT);
return ERR_ABRT;
}
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
/* Let the stack know that we have accepted the connection. */
msg.function = do_recv;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
/* don't care for the return value of do_recv */
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
*new_conn = newconn;
/* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
return ERR_OK;
#else /* LWIP_TCP */
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(conn);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(new_conn);
return ERR_ARG;
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
}
/**
* Receive data: actual implementation that doesn't care whether pbuf or netbuf
* is received
*
* @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
* @param new_buf pointer where a new pbuf/netbuf is stored when received data
* @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
* memory error or another error)
*/
static err_t
netconn_recv_data(struct netconn *conn, void **new_buf)
{
void *buf = NULL;
u16_t len;
err_t err;
#if LWIP_TCP
struct api_msg msg;
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid pointer", (new_buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
*new_buf = NULL;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid recvmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox), return ERR_CONN;);
err = conn->last_err;
if (ERR_IS_FATAL(err)) {
/* don't recv on fatal errors: this might block the application task
waiting on recvmbox forever! */
/* @todo: this does not allow us to fetch data that has been put into recvmbox
before the fatal error occurred - is that a problem? */
return err;
}
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
if (sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->recvmbox, &buf, conn->recv_timeout) == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_TIMEOUT);
return ERR_TIMEOUT;
}
#else
sys_arch_mbox_fetch(&conn->recvmbox, &buf, 0);
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO*/
#if LWIP_TCP
if (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP) {
if (!netconn_get_noautorecved(conn) || (buf == NULL)) {
/* Let the stack know that we have taken the data. */
/* TODO: Speedup: Don't block and wait for the answer here
(to prevent multiple thread-switches). */
msg.function = do_recv;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
if (buf != NULL) {
msg.msg.msg.r.len = ((struct pbuf *)buf)->tot_len;
} else {
msg.msg.msg.r.len = 1;
}
/* don't care for the return value of do_recv */
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
}
/* If we are closed, we indicate that we no longer wish to use the socket */
if (buf == NULL) {
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, 0);
/* Avoid to lose any previous error code */
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_CLSD);
return ERR_CLSD;
}
len = ((struct pbuf *)buf)->tot_len;
}
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
else
#endif /* LWIP_TCP && (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
{
LWIP_ASSERT("buf != NULL", buf != NULL);
len = netbuf_len((struct netbuf *)buf);
}
#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
SYS_ARCH_DEC(conn->recv_avail, len);
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
/* Register event with callback */
API_EVENT(conn, NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS, len);
LWIP_DEBUGF(API_LIB_DEBUG, ("netconn_recv_data: received %p, len=%"U16_F"\n", buf, len));
*new_buf = buf;
/* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Receive data (in form of a pbuf) from a TCP netconn
*
* @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
* @param new_buf pointer where a new pbuf is stored when received data
* @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
* memory error or another error)
* ERR_ARG if conn is not a TCP netconn
*/
err_t
netconn_recv_tcp_pbuf(struct netconn *conn, struct pbuf **new_buf)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn", (conn != NULL) &&
netconn_type(conn) == NETCONN_TCP, return ERR_ARG;);
return netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)new_buf);
}
/**
* Receive data (in form of a netbuf containing a packet buffer) from a netconn
*
* @param conn the netconn from which to receive data
* @param new_buf pointer where a new netbuf is stored when received data
* @return ERR_OK if data has been received, an error code otherwise (timeout,
* memory error or another error)
*/
err_t
netconn_recv(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf **new_buf)
{
#if LWIP_TCP
struct netbuf *buf = NULL;
err_t err;
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid pointer", (new_buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
*new_buf = NULL;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_recv: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_accept: invalid recvmbox", sys_mbox_valid(&conn->recvmbox), return ERR_CONN;);
#if LWIP_TCP
if (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP) {
struct pbuf *p = NULL;
/* This is not a listening netconn, since recvmbox is set */
buf = (struct netbuf *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
if (buf == NULL) {
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, ERR_MEM);
return ERR_MEM;
}
err = netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)&p);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
return err;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
buf->p = p;
buf->ptr = p;
buf->port = 0;
ip_addr_set_any(&buf->addr);
*new_buf = buf;
/* don't set conn->last_err: it's only ERR_OK, anyway */
return ERR_OK;
} else
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
{
#if (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW)
return netconn_recv_data(conn, (void **)new_buf);
#endif /* (LWIP_UDP || LWIP_RAW) */
}
}
/**
* TCP: update the receive window: by calling this, the application
* tells the stack that it has processed data and is able to accept
* new data.
* ATTENTION: use with care, this is mainly used for sockets!
* Can only be used when calling netconn_set_noautorecved(conn, 1) before.
*
* @param conn the netconn for which to update the receive window
* @param length amount of data processed (ATTENTION: this must be accurate!)
*/
void
netconn_recved(struct netconn *conn, u32_t length)
{
#if LWIP_TCP
if ((conn != NULL) && (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP) &&
(netconn_get_noautorecved(conn))) {
struct api_msg msg;
/* Let the stack know that we have taken the data. */
/* TODO: Speedup: Don't block and wait for the answer here
(to prevent multiple thread-switches). */
msg.function = do_recv;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.r.len = length;
/* don't care for the return value of do_recv */
TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
}
#else /* LWIP_TCP */
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(conn);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(length);
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
}
/**
* Send data (in form of a netbuf) to a specific remote IP address and port.
* Only to be used for UDP and RAW netconns (not TCP).
*
* @param conn the netconn over which to send data
* @param buf a netbuf containing the data to send
* @param addr the remote IP address to which to send the data
* @param port the remote port to which to send the data
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_sendto(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
{
if (buf != NULL) {
ip_addr_set(&buf->addr, addr);
buf->port = port;
return netconn_send(conn, buf);
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
/**
* Send data over a UDP or RAW netconn (that is already connected).
*
* @param conn the UDP or RAW netconn over which to send data
* @param buf a netbuf containing the data to send
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_send(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf)
{
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_send: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_DEBUGF(API_LIB_DEBUG, ("netconn_send: sending %"U16_F" bytes\n", buf->p->tot_len));
msg.function = do_send;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.b = buf;
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
}
/**
* Send data over a TCP netconn.
*
* @param conn the TCP netconn over which to send data
* @param dataptr pointer to the application buffer that contains the data to send
* @param size size of the application data to send
* @param apiflags combination of following flags :
* - NETCONN_COPY: data will be copied into memory belonging to the stack
* - NETCONN_MORE: for TCP connection, PSH flag will be set on last segment sent
* - NETCONN_DONTBLOCK: only write the data if all dat can be written at once
* @return ERR_OK if data was sent, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_write(struct netconn *conn, const void *dataptr, size_t size, u8_t apiflags)
{
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_write: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_write: invalid conn->type", (conn->type == NETCONN_TCP), return ERR_VAL;);
if (size == 0) {
return ERR_OK;
}
/* @todo: for non-blocking write, check if 'size' would ever fit into
snd_queue or snd_buf */
msg.function = do_write;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.w.dataptr = dataptr;
msg.msg.msg.w.apiflags = apiflags;
msg.msg.msg.w.len = size;
/* For locking the core: this _can_ be delayed on low memory/low send buffer,
but if it is, this is done inside api_msg.c:do_write(), so we can use the
non-blocking version here. */
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
}
/**
* Close ot shutdown a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
*
* @param conn the TCP netconn to close or shutdown
* @param how fully close or only shutdown one side?
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
*/
static err_t
netconn_close_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t how)
{
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_close: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_close;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
/* shutting down both ends is the same as closing */
msg.msg.msg.sd.shut = how;
/* because of the LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING implementation of do_close,
don't use TCPIP_APIMSG here */
err = tcpip_apimsg(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
}
/**
* Close a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
*
* @param conn the TCP netconn to close
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_close(struct netconn *conn)
{
/* shutting down both ends is the same as closing */
return netconn_close_shutdown(conn, NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR);
}
/**
* Shut down one or both sides of a TCP netconn (doesn't delete it).
*
* @param conn the TCP netconn to shut down
* @return ERR_OK if the netconn was closed, any other err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t shut_rx, u8_t shut_tx)
{
return netconn_close_shutdown(conn, (shut_rx ? NETCONN_SHUT_RD : 0) | (shut_tx ? NETCONN_SHUT_WR : 0));
}
#if LWIP_IGMP
/**
* Join multicast groups for UDP netconns.
*
* @param conn the UDP netconn for which to change multicast addresses
* @param multiaddr IP address of the multicast group to join or leave
* @param netif_addr the IP address of the network interface on which to send
* the igmp message
* @param join_or_leave flag whether to send a join- or leave-message
* @return ERR_OK if the action was taken, any err_t on error
*/
err_t
netconn_join_leave_group(struct netconn *conn,
ip_addr_t *multiaddr,
ip_addr_t *netif_addr,
enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave)
{
struct api_msg msg;
err_t err;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_join_leave_group: invalid conn", (conn != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
msg.function = do_join_leave_group;
msg.msg.conn = conn;
msg.msg.msg.jl.multiaddr = multiaddr;
msg.msg.msg.jl.netif_addr = netif_addr;
msg.msg.msg.jl.join_or_leave = join_or_leave;
err = TCPIP_APIMSG(&msg);
NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err);
return err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
/**
* Execute a DNS query, only one IP address is returned
*
* @param name a string representation of the DNS host name to query
* @param addr a preallocated ip_addr_t where to store the resolved IP address
* @return ERR_OK: resolving succeeded
* ERR_MEM: memory error, try again later
* ERR_ARG: dns client not initialized or invalid hostname
* ERR_VAL: dns server response was invalid
*/
err_t
netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, ip_addr_t *addr)
{
struct dns_api_msg msg;
err_t err;
sys_sem_t sem;
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_gethostbyname: invalid name", (name != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netconn_gethostbyname: invalid addr", (addr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
err = sys_sem_new(&sem, 0);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
return err;
}
msg.name = name;
msg.addr = addr;
msg.err = &err;
msg.sem = &sem;
tcpip_callback(do_gethostbyname, &msg);
sys_sem_wait(&sem);
sys_sem_free(&sem);
return err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_DNS*/
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */

1535
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/api/api_msg.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

75
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/api/err.c
View file

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Error Management module
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/err.h"
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
static const char *err_strerr[] = {
"Ok.", /* ERR_OK 0 */
"Out of memory error.", /* ERR_MEM -1 */
"Buffer error.", /* ERR_BUF -2 */
"Timeout.", /* ERR_TIMEOUT -3 */
"Routing problem.", /* ERR_RTE -4 */
"Operation in progress.", /* ERR_INPROGRESS -5 */
"Illegal value.", /* ERR_VAL -6 */
"Operation would block.", /* ERR_WOULDBLOCK -7 */
"Address in use.", /* ERR_USE -8 */
"Already connected.", /* ERR_ISCONN -9 */
"Connection aborted.", /* ERR_ABRT -10 */
"Connection reset.", /* ERR_RST -11 */
"Connection closed.", /* ERR_CLSD -12 */
"Not connected.", /* ERR_CONN -13 */
"Illegal argument.", /* ERR_ARG -14 */
"Low-level netif error.", /* ERR_IF -15 */
};
/**
* Convert an lwip internal error to a string representation.
*
* @param err an lwip internal err_t
* @return a string representation for err
*/
const char *
lwip_strerr(err_t err)
{
return err_strerr[-err];
}
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */

245
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/api/netbuf.c
View file

@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Network buffer management
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include <string.h>
/**
* Create (allocate) and initialize a new netbuf.
* The netbuf doesn't yet contain a packet buffer!
*
* @return a pointer to a new netbuf
* NULL on lack of memory
*/
struct
netbuf *netbuf_new(void)
{
struct netbuf *buf;
buf = (struct netbuf *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETBUF);
if (buf != NULL) {
buf->p = NULL;
buf->ptr = NULL;
ip_addr_set_any(&buf->addr);
buf->port = 0;
#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO || LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
buf->flags = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
buf->toport_chksum = 0;
#if LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO
ip_addr_set_any(&buf->toaddr);
#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO */
#endif /* LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO || LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
return buf;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
/**
* Deallocate a netbuf allocated by netbuf_new().
*
* @param buf pointer to a netbuf allocated by netbuf_new()
*/
void
netbuf_delete(struct netbuf *buf)
{
if (buf != NULL) {
if (buf->p != NULL) {
pbuf_free(buf->p);
buf->p = buf->ptr = NULL;
}
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, buf);
}
}
/**
* Allocate memory for a packet buffer for a given netbuf.
*
* @param buf the netbuf for which to allocate a packet buffer
* @param size the size of the packet buffer to allocate
* @return pointer to the allocated memory
* NULL if no memory could be allocated
*/
void *
netbuf_alloc(struct netbuf *buf, u16_t size)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_alloc: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return NULL;);
/* Deallocate any previously allocated memory. */
if (buf->p != NULL) {
pbuf_free(buf->p);
}
buf->p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, size, PBUF_RAM);
if (buf->p == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold size",
(buf->p->len >= size));
buf->ptr = buf->p;
return buf->p->payload;
}
/**
* Free the packet buffer included in a netbuf
*
* @param buf pointer to the netbuf which contains the packet buffer to free
*/
void
netbuf_free(struct netbuf *buf)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return;);
if (buf->p != NULL) {
pbuf_free(buf->p);
}
buf->p = buf->ptr = NULL;
}
/**
* Let a netbuf reference existing (non-volatile) data.
*
* @param buf netbuf which should reference the data
* @param dataptr pointer to the data to reference
* @param size size of the data
* @return ERR_OK if data is referenced
* ERR_MEM if data couldn't be referenced due to lack of memory
*/
err_t
netbuf_ref(struct netbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t size)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_ref: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
if (buf->p != NULL) {
pbuf_free(buf->p);
}
buf->p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, 0, PBUF_REF);
if (buf->p == NULL) {
buf->ptr = NULL;
return ERR_MEM;
}
buf->p->payload = (void*)dataptr;
buf->p->len = buf->p->tot_len = size;
buf->ptr = buf->p;
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Chain one netbuf to another (@see pbuf_chain)
*
* @param head the first netbuf
* @param tail netbuf to chain after head, freed by this function, may not be reference after returning
*/
void
netbuf_chain(struct netbuf *head, struct netbuf *tail)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_ref: invalid head", (head != NULL), return;);
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_chain: invalid tail", (tail != NULL), return;);
pbuf_cat(head->p, tail->p);
head->ptr = head->p;
memp_free(MEMP_NETBUF, tail);
}
/**
* Get the data pointer and length of the data inside a netbuf.
*
* @param buf netbuf to get the data from
* @param dataptr pointer to a void pointer where to store the data pointer
* @param len pointer to an u16_t where the length of the data is stored
* @return ERR_OK if the information was retreived,
* ERR_BUF on error.
*/
err_t
netbuf_data(struct netbuf *buf, void **dataptr, u16_t *len)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_data: invalid len", (len != NULL), return ERR_ARG;);
if (buf->ptr == NULL) {
return ERR_BUF;
}
*dataptr = buf->ptr->payload;
*len = buf->ptr->len;
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Move the current data pointer of a packet buffer contained in a netbuf
* to the next part.
* The packet buffer itself is not modified.
*
* @param buf the netbuf to modify
* @return -1 if there is no next part
* 1 if moved to the next part but now there is no next part
* 0 if moved to the next part and there are still more parts
*/
s8_t
netbuf_next(struct netbuf *buf)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return -1;);
if (buf->ptr->next == NULL) {
return -1;
}
buf->ptr = buf->ptr->next;
if (buf->ptr->next == NULL) {
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* Move the current data pointer of a packet buffer contained in a netbuf
* to the beginning of the packet.
* The packet buffer itself is not modified.
*
* @param buf the netbuf to modify
*/
void
netbuf_first(struct netbuf *buf)
{
LWIP_ERROR("netbuf_free: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return;);
buf->ptr = buf->p;
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */

352
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/api/netdb.c
View file

@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* API functions for name resolving
*
*/
/*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Simon Goldschmidt
*
*/
#include "lwip/netdb.h"
#if LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/api.h"
#include "lwip/dns.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/** helper struct for gethostbyname_r to access the char* buffer */
struct gethostbyname_r_helper {
ip_addr_t *addrs;
ip_addr_t addr;
char *aliases;
};
/** h_errno is exported in netdb.h for access by applications. */
#if LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO
int h_errno;
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_DECLARE_H_ERRNO */
/** define "hostent" variables storage: 0 if we use a static (but unprotected)
* set of variables for lwip_gethostbyname, 1 if we use a local storage */
#ifndef LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
#define LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE 0
#endif
/** define "hostent" variables storage */
#if LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
#define HOSTENT_STORAGE
#else
#define HOSTENT_STORAGE static
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_STATIC_HOSTENT */
/**
* Returns an entry containing addresses of address family AF_INET
* for the host with name name.
* Due to dns_gethostbyname limitations, only one address is returned.
*
* @param name the hostname to resolve
* @return an entry containing addresses of address family AF_INET
* for the host with name name
*/
struct hostent*
lwip_gethostbyname(const char *name)
{
err_t err;
ip_addr_t addr;
/* buffer variables for lwip_gethostbyname() */
HOSTENT_STORAGE struct hostent s_hostent;
HOSTENT_STORAGE char *s_aliases;
HOSTENT_STORAGE ip_addr_t s_hostent_addr;
HOSTENT_STORAGE ip_addr_t *s_phostent_addr[2];
/* query host IP address */
err = netconn_gethostbyname(name, &addr);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("lwip_gethostbyname(%s) failed, err=%d\n", name, err));
h_errno = HOST_NOT_FOUND;
return NULL;
}
/* fill hostent */
s_hostent_addr = addr;
s_phostent_addr[0] = &s_hostent_addr;
s_phostent_addr[1] = NULL;
s_hostent.h_name = (char*)name;
s_hostent.h_aliases = &s_aliases;
s_hostent.h_addrtype = AF_INET;
s_hostent.h_length = sizeof(ip_addr_t);
s_hostent.h_addr_list = (char**)&s_phostent_addr;
#if DNS_DEBUG
/* dump hostent */
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_name == %s\n", s_hostent.h_name));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases == %p\n", s_hostent.h_aliases));
if (s_hostent.h_aliases != NULL) {
u8_t idx;
for ( idx=0; s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]; idx++) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases[%i]-> == %p\n", idx, s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_aliases[%i]-> == %s\n", idx, s_hostent.h_aliases[idx]));
}
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addrtype == %d\n", s_hostent.h_addrtype));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_length == %d\n", s_hostent.h_length));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list == %p\n", s_hostent.h_addr_list));
if (s_hostent.h_addr_list != NULL) {
u8_t idx;
for ( idx=0; s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx]; idx++) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list[%i] == %p\n", idx, s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx]));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("hostent.h_addr_list[%i]-> == %s\n", idx, ip_ntoa((ip_addr_t*)s_hostent.h_addr_list[idx])));
}
}
#endif /* DNS_DEBUG */
#if LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE
/* this function should return the "per-thread" hostent after copy from s_hostent */
return sys_thread_hostent(&s_hostent);
#else
return &s_hostent;
#endif /* LWIP_DNS_API_HOSTENT_STORAGE */
}
/**
* Thread-safe variant of lwip_gethostbyname: instead of using a static
* buffer, this function takes buffer and errno pointers as arguments
* and uses these for the result.
*
* @param name the hostname to resolve
* @param ret pre-allocated struct where to store the result
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to store additional data
* @param buflen the size of buf
* @param result pointer to a hostent pointer that is set to ret on success
* and set to zero on error
* @param h_errnop pointer to an int where to store errors (instead of modifying
* the global h_errno)
* @return 0 on success, non-zero on error, additional error information
* is stored in *h_errnop instead of h_errno to be thread-safe
*/
int
lwip_gethostbyname_r(const char *name, struct hostent *ret, char *buf,
size_t buflen, struct hostent **result, int *h_errnop)
{
err_t err;
struct gethostbyname_r_helper *h;
char *hostname;
size_t namelen;
int lh_errno;
if (h_errnop == NULL) {
/* ensure h_errnop is never NULL */
h_errnop = &lh_errno;
}
if (result == NULL) {
/* not all arguments given */
*h_errnop = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
/* first thing to do: set *result to nothing */
*result = NULL;
if ((name == NULL) || (ret == NULL) || (buf == 0)) {
/* not all arguments given */
*h_errnop = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
namelen = strlen(name);
if (buflen < (sizeof(struct gethostbyname_r_helper) + namelen + 1 + (MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1))) {
/* buf can't hold the data needed + a copy of name */
*h_errnop = ERANGE;
return -1;
}
h = (struct gethostbyname_r_helper*)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(buf);
hostname = ((char*)h) + sizeof(struct gethostbyname_r_helper);
/* query host IP address */
err = netconn_gethostbyname(name, &(h->addr));
if (err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("lwip_gethostbyname(%s) failed, err=%d\n", name, err));
*h_errnop = ENSRNOTFOUND;
return -1;
}
/* copy the hostname into buf */
MEMCPY(hostname, name, namelen);
hostname[namelen] = 0;
/* fill hostent */
h->addrs = &(h->addr);
h->aliases = NULL;
ret->h_name = (char*)hostname;
ret->h_aliases = &(h->aliases);
ret->h_addrtype = AF_INET;
ret->h_length = sizeof(ip_addr_t);
ret->h_addr_list = (char**)&(h->addrs);
/* set result != NULL */
*result = ret;
/* return success */
return 0;
}
/**
* Frees one or more addrinfo structures returned by getaddrinfo(), along with
* any additional storage associated with those structures. If the ai_next field
* of the structure is not null, the entire list of structures is freed.
*
* @param ai struct addrinfo to free
*/
void
lwip_freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *ai)
{
struct addrinfo *next;
while (ai != NULL) {
next = ai->ai_next;
memp_free(MEMP_NETDB, ai);
ai = next;
}
}
/**
* Translates the name of a service location (for example, a host name) and/or
* a service name and returns a set of socket addresses and associated
* information to be used in creating a socket with which to address the
* specified service.
* Memory for the result is allocated internally and must be freed by calling
* lwip_freeaddrinfo()!
*
* Due to a limitation in dns_gethostbyname, only the first address of a
* host is returned.
* Also, service names are not supported (only port numbers)!
*
* @param nodename descriptive name or address string of the host
* (may be NULL -> local address)
* @param servname port number as string of NULL
* @param hints structure containing input values that set socktype and protocol
* @param res pointer to a pointer where to store the result (set to NULL on failure)
* @return 0 on success, non-zero on failure
*/
int
lwip_getaddrinfo(const char *nodename, const char *servname,
const struct addrinfo *hints, struct addrinfo **res)
{
err_t err;
ip_addr_t addr;
struct addrinfo *ai;
struct sockaddr_in *sa = NULL;
int port_nr = 0;
size_t total_size;
size_t namelen = 0;
if (res == NULL) {
return EAI_FAIL;
}
*res = NULL;
if ((nodename == NULL) && (servname == NULL)) {
return EAI_NONAME;
}
if (servname != NULL) {
/* service name specified: convert to port number
* @todo?: currently, only ASCII integers (port numbers) are supported! */
port_nr = atoi(servname);
if ((port_nr <= 0) || (port_nr > 0xffff)) {
return EAI_SERVICE;
}
}
if (nodename != NULL) {
/* service location specified, try to resolve */
err = netconn_gethostbyname(nodename, &addr);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
return EAI_FAIL;
}
} else {
/* service location specified, use loopback address */
ip_addr_set_loopback(&addr);
}
total_size = sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
if (nodename != NULL) {
namelen = strlen(nodename);
LWIP_ASSERT("namelen is too long", (namelen + 1) <= (mem_size_t)-1);
total_size += namelen + 1;
}
/* If this fails, please report to lwip-devel! :-) */
LWIP_ASSERT("total_size <= NETDB_ELEM_SIZE: please report this!",
total_size <= NETDB_ELEM_SIZE);
ai = (struct addrinfo *)memp_malloc(MEMP_NETDB);
if (ai == NULL) {
goto memerr;
}
memset(ai, 0, total_size);
sa = (struct sockaddr_in*)((u8_t*)ai + sizeof(struct addrinfo));
/* set up sockaddr */
inet_addr_from_ipaddr(&sa->sin_addr, &addr);
sa->sin_family = AF_INET;
sa->sin_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
sa->sin_port = htons((u16_t)port_nr);
/* set up addrinfo */
ai->ai_family = AF_INET;
if (hints != NULL) {
/* copy socktype & protocol from hints if specified */
ai->ai_socktype = hints->ai_socktype;
ai->ai_protocol = hints->ai_protocol;
}
if (nodename != NULL) {
/* copy nodename to canonname if specified */
ai->ai_canonname = ((char*)ai + sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
MEMCPY(ai->ai_canonname, nodename, namelen);
ai->ai_canonname[namelen] = 0;
}
ai->ai_addrlen = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
ai->ai_addr = (struct sockaddr*)sa;
*res = ai;
return 0;
memerr:
if (ai != NULL) {
memp_free(MEMP_NETDB, ai);
}
return EAI_MEMORY;
}
#endif /* LWIP_DNS && LWIP_SOCKET */

160
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/api/netifapi.c
View file

@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Network Interface Sequential API module
*
*/
/*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETIF_API /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/netifapi.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
/**
* Call netif_add() inside the tcpip_thread context.
*/
void
do_netifapi_netif_add(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
{
if (!netif_add( msg->netif,
msg->msg.add.ipaddr,
msg->msg.add.netmask,
msg->msg.add.gw,
msg->msg.add.state,
msg->msg.add.init,
msg->msg.add.input)) {
msg->err = ERR_IF;
} else {
msg->err = ERR_OK;
}
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
}
/**
* Call netif_set_addr() inside the tcpip_thread context.
*/
void
do_netifapi_netif_set_addr(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
{
netif_set_addr( msg->netif,
msg->msg.add.ipaddr,
msg->msg.add.netmask,
msg->msg.add.gw);
msg->err = ERR_OK;
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
}
/**
* Call the "errtfunc" (or the "voidfunc" if "errtfunc" is NULL) inside the
* tcpip_thread context.
*/
void
do_netifapi_netif_common(struct netifapi_msg_msg *msg)
{
if (msg->msg.common.errtfunc != NULL) {
msg->err = msg->msg.common.errtfunc(msg->netif);
} else {
msg->err = ERR_OK;
msg->msg.common.voidfunc(msg->netif);
}
TCPIP_NETIFAPI_ACK(msg);
}
/**
* Call netif_add() in a thread-safe way by running that function inside the
* tcpip_thread context.
*
* @note for params @see netif_add()
*/
err_t
netifapi_netif_add(struct netif *netif,
ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
ip_addr_t *netmask,
ip_addr_t *gw,
void *state,
netif_init_fn init,
netif_input_fn input)
{
struct netifapi_msg msg;
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_add;
msg.msg.netif = netif;
msg.msg.msg.add.ipaddr = ipaddr;
msg.msg.msg.add.netmask = netmask;
msg.msg.msg.add.gw = gw;
msg.msg.msg.add.state = state;
msg.msg.msg.add.init = init;
msg.msg.msg.add.input = input;
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
return msg.msg.err;
}
/**
* Call netif_set_addr() in a thread-safe way by running that function inside the
* tcpip_thread context.
*
* @note for params @see netif_set_addr()
*/
err_t
netifapi_netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif,
ip_addr_t *ipaddr,
ip_addr_t *netmask,
ip_addr_t *gw)
{
struct netifapi_msg msg;
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_set_addr;
msg.msg.netif = netif;
msg.msg.msg.add.ipaddr = ipaddr;
msg.msg.msg.add.netmask = netmask;
msg.msg.msg.add.gw = gw;
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
return msg.msg.err;
}
/**
* call the "errtfunc" (or the "voidfunc" if "errtfunc" is NULL) in a thread-safe
* way by running that function inside the tcpip_thread context.
*
* @note use only for functions where there is only "netif" parameter.
*/
err_t
netifapi_netif_common(struct netif *netif, netifapi_void_fn voidfunc,
netifapi_errt_fn errtfunc)
{
struct netifapi_msg msg;
msg.function = do_netifapi_netif_common;
msg.msg.netif = netif;
msg.msg.msg.common.voidfunc = voidfunc;
msg.msg.msg.common.errtfunc = errtfunc;
TCPIP_NETIFAPI(&msg);
return msg.msg.err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */

2347
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/api/sockets.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

460
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/api/tcpip.c
View file

@ -1,460 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Sequential API Main thread module
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if !NO_SYS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "lwip/init.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "netif/ppp_oe.h"
/* global variables */
static tcpip_init_done_fn tcpip_init_done;
static void *tcpip_init_done_arg;
static sys_mbox_t mbox;
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
/** The global semaphore to lock the stack. */
sys_mutex_t lock_tcpip_core;
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
/**
* The main lwIP thread. This thread has exclusive access to lwIP core functions
* (unless access to them is not locked). Other threads communicate with this
* thread using message boxes.
*
* It also starts all the timers to make sure they are running in the right
* thread context.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
tcpip_thread(void *arg)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
if (tcpip_init_done != NULL) {
tcpip_init_done(tcpip_init_done_arg);
}
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
while (1) { /* MAIN Loop */
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE();
/* wait for a message, timeouts are processed while waiting */
sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(&mbox, (void **)&msg);
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
switch (msg->type) {
#if LWIP_NETCONN
case TCPIP_MSG_API:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: API message %p\n", (void *)msg));
msg->msg.apimsg->function(&(msg->msg.apimsg->msg));
break;
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT
case TCPIP_MSG_INPKT:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: PACKET %p\n", (void *)msg));
#if LWIP_ETHERNET
if (msg->msg.inp.netif->flags & (NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP | NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET)) {
ethernet_input(msg->msg.inp.p, msg->msg.inp.netif);
} else
#endif /* LWIP_ETHERNET */
{
ip_input(msg->msg.inp.p, msg->msg.inp.netif);
}
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, msg);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT */
#if LWIP_NETIF_API
case TCPIP_MSG_NETIFAPI:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: Netif API message %p\n", (void *)msg));
msg->msg.netifapimsg->function(&(msg->msg.netifapimsg->msg));
break;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
case TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: CALLBACK %p\n", (void *)msg));
msg->msg.cb.function(msg->msg.cb.ctx);
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
break;
#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
case TCPIP_MSG_TIMEOUT:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: TIMEOUT %p\n", (void *)msg));
sys_timeout(msg->msg.tmo.msecs, msg->msg.tmo.h, msg->msg.tmo.arg);
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
break;
case TCPIP_MSG_UNTIMEOUT:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: UNTIMEOUT %p\n", (void *)msg));
sys_untimeout(msg->msg.tmo.h, msg->msg.tmo.arg);
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
default:
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_thread: invalid message: %d\n", msg->type));
LWIP_ASSERT("tcpip_thread: invalid message", 0);
break;
}
}
}
/**
* Pass a received packet to tcpip_thread for input processing
*
* @param p the received packet, p->payload pointing to the Ethernet header or
* to an IP header (if inp doesn't have NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP or
* NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET flags)
* @param inp the network interface on which the packet was received
*/
err_t
tcpip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT
err_t ret;
LWIP_DEBUGF(TCPIP_DEBUG, ("tcpip_input: PACKET %p/%p\n", (void *)p, (void *)inp));
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
#if LWIP_ETHERNET
if (inp->flags & (NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP | NETIF_FLAG_ETHERNET)) {
ret = ethernet_input(p, inp);
} else
#endif /* LWIP_ETHERNET */
{
ret = ip_input(p, inp);
}
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
return ret;
#else /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT */
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT);
if (msg == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_INPKT;
msg->msg.inp.p = p;
msg->msg.inp.netif = inp;
if (sys_mbox_trypost(&mbox, msg) != ERR_OK) {
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_INPKT, msg);
return ERR_MEM;
}
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT */
}
/**
* Call a specific function in the thread context of
* tcpip_thread for easy access synchronization.
* A function called in that way may access lwIP core code
* without fearing concurrent access.
*
* @param f the function to call
* @param ctx parameter passed to f
* @param block 1 to block until the request is posted, 0 to non-blocking mode
* @return ERR_OK if the function was called, another err_t if not
*/
err_t
tcpip_callback_with_block(tcpip_callback_fn function, void *ctx, u8_t block)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
if (msg == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_CALLBACK;
msg->msg.cb.function = function;
msg->msg.cb.ctx = ctx;
if (block) {
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, msg);
} else {
if (sys_mbox_trypost(&mbox, msg) != ERR_OK) {
memp_free(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API, msg);
return ERR_MEM;
}
}
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#if LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT
/**
* call sys_timeout in tcpip_thread
*
* @param msec time in milliseconds for timeout
* @param h function to be called on timeout
* @param arg argument to pass to timeout function h
* @return ERR_MEM on memory error, ERR_OK otherwise
*/
err_t
tcpip_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
if (msg == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_TIMEOUT;
msg->msg.tmo.msecs = msecs;
msg->msg.tmo.h = h;
msg->msg.tmo.arg = arg;
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, msg);
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
/**
* call sys_untimeout in tcpip_thread
*
* @param msec time in milliseconds for timeout
* @param h function to be called on timeout
* @param arg argument to pass to timeout function h
* @return ERR_MEM on memory error, ERR_OK otherwise
*/
err_t
tcpip_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler h, void *arg)
{
struct tcpip_msg *msg;
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
msg = (struct tcpip_msg *)memp_malloc(MEMP_TCPIP_MSG_API);
if (msg == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
msg->type = TCPIP_MSG_UNTIMEOUT;
msg->msg.tmo.h = h;
msg->msg.tmo.arg = arg;
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, msg);
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_TIMEOUT */
#if LWIP_NETCONN
/**
* Call the lower part of a netconn_* function
* This function is then running in the thread context
* of tcpip_thread and has exclusive access to lwIP core code.
*
* @param apimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
* @return ERR_OK if the function was called, another err_t if not
*/
err_t
tcpip_apimsg(struct api_msg *apimsg)
{
struct tcpip_msg msg;
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
/* catch functions that don't set err */
apimsg->msg.err = ERR_VAL;
#endif
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
msg.type = TCPIP_MSG_API;
msg.msg.apimsg = apimsg;
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, &msg);
sys_arch_sem_wait(&apimsg->msg.conn->op_completed, 0);
return apimsg->msg.err;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
/**
* Call the lower part of a netconn_* function
* This function has exclusive access to lwIP core code by locking it
* before the function is called.
*
* @param apimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
* @return ERR_OK (only for compatibility fo tcpip_apimsg())
*/
err_t
tcpip_apimsg_lock(struct api_msg *apimsg)
{
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
/* catch functions that don't set err */
apimsg->msg.err = ERR_VAL;
#endif
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
apimsg->function(&(apimsg->msg));
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
return apimsg->msg.err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#if LWIP_NETIF_API
#if !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
/**
* Much like tcpip_apimsg, but calls the lower part of a netifapi_*
* function.
*
* @param netifapimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
* @return error code given back by the function that was called
*/
err_t
tcpip_netifapi(struct netifapi_msg* netifapimsg)
{
struct tcpip_msg msg;
if (sys_mbox_valid(&mbox)) {
err_t err = sys_sem_new(&netifapimsg->msg.sem, 0);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
netifapimsg->msg.err = err;
return err;
}
msg.type = TCPIP_MSG_NETIFAPI;
msg.msg.netifapimsg = netifapimsg;
sys_mbox_post(&mbox, &msg);
sys_sem_wait(&netifapimsg->msg.sem);
sys_sem_free(&netifapimsg->msg.sem);
return netifapimsg->msg.err;
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#else /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
/**
* Call the lower part of a netifapi_* function
* This function has exclusive access to lwIP core code by locking it
* before the function is called.
*
* @param netifapimsg a struct containing the function to call and its parameters
* @return ERR_OK (only for compatibility fo tcpip_netifapi())
*/
err_t
tcpip_netifapi_lock(struct netifapi_msg* netifapimsg)
{
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
netifapimsg->function(&(netifapimsg->msg));
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
return netifapimsg->msg.err;
}
#endif /* !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_API */
/**
* Initialize this module:
* - initialize all sub modules
* - start the tcpip_thread
*
* @param initfunc a function to call when tcpip_thread is running and finished initializing
* @param arg argument to pass to initfunc
*/
void
tcpip_init(tcpip_init_done_fn initfunc, void *arg)
{
lwip_init();
tcpip_init_done = initfunc;
tcpip_init_done_arg = arg;
if(sys_mbox_new(&mbox, TCPIP_MBOX_SIZE) != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_ASSERT("failed to create tcpip_thread mbox", 0);
}
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
if(sys_mutex_new(&lock_tcpip_core) != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_ASSERT("failed to create lock_tcpip_core", 0);
}
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
sys_thread_new(TCPIP_THREAD_NAME, tcpip_thread, NULL, TCPIP_THREAD_STACKSIZE, TCPIP_THREAD_PRIO);
}
/**
* Simple callback function used with tcpip_callback to free a pbuf
* (pbuf_free has a wrong signature for tcpip_callback)
*
* @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
*/
static void
pbuf_free_int(void *p)
{
struct pbuf *q = (struct pbuf *)p;
pbuf_free(q);
}
/**
* A simple wrapper function that allows you to free a pbuf from interrupt context.
*
* @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
* @return ERR_OK if callback could be enqueued, an err_t if not
*/
err_t
pbuf_free_callback(struct pbuf *p)
{
return tcpip_callback_with_block(pbuf_free_int, p, 0);
}
/**
* A simple wrapper function that allows you to free heap memory from
* interrupt context.
*
* @param m the heap memory to free
* @return ERR_OK if callback could be enqueued, an err_t if not
*/
err_t
mem_free_callback(void *m)
{
return tcpip_callback_with_block(mem_free, m, 0);
}
#endif /* !NO_SYS */

108
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/def.c
View file

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Common functions used throughout the stack.
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Simon Goldschmidt
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
/**
* These are reference implementations of the byte swapping functions.
* Again with the aim of being simple, correct and fully portable.
* Byte swapping is the second thing you would want to optimize. You will
* need to port it to your architecture and in your cc.h:
*
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 1
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x) <your_htons>
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x) <your_htonl>
*
* Note ntohs() and ntohl() are merely references to the htonx counterparts.
*/
#if (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
/**
* Convert an u16_t from host- to network byte order.
*
* @param n u16_t in host byte order
* @return n in network byte order
*/
u16_t
lwip_htons(u16_t n)
{
return ((n & 0xff) << 8) | ((n & 0xff00) >> 8);
}
/**
* Convert an u16_t from network- to host byte order.
*
* @param n u16_t in network byte order
* @return n in host byte order
*/
u16_t
lwip_ntohs(u16_t n)
{
return lwip_htons(n);
}
/**
* Convert an u32_t from host- to network byte order.
*
* @param n u32_t in host byte order
* @return n in network byte order
*/
u32_t
lwip_htonl(u32_t n)
{
return ((n & 0xff) << 24) |
((n & 0xff00) << 8) |
((n & 0xff0000UL) >> 8) |
((n & 0xff000000UL) >> 24);
}
/**
* Convert an u32_t from network- to host byte order.
*
* @param n u32_t in network byte order
* @return n in host byte order
*/
u32_t
lwip_ntohl(u32_t n)
{
return lwip_htonl(n);
}
#endif /* (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */

1745
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/dhcp.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

970
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/dns.c
View file

@ -1,970 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* DNS - host name to IP address resolver.
*
*/
/**
* This file implements a DNS host name to IP address resolver.
* Port to lwIP from uIP
* by Jim Pettinato April 2007
* uIP version Copyright (c) 2002-2003, Adam Dunkels.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
* products derived from this software without specific prior
* written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
* OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
* GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
* WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
*
* DNS.C
*
* The lwIP DNS resolver functions are used to lookup a host name and
* map it to a numerical IP address. It maintains a list of resolved
* hostnames that can be queried with the dns_lookup() function.
* New hostnames can be resolved using the dns_query() function.
*
* The lwIP version of the resolver also adds a non-blocking version of
* gethostbyname() that will work with a raw API application. This function
* checks for an IP address string first and converts it if it is valid.
* gethostbyname() then does a dns_lookup() to see if the name is
* already in the table. If so, the IP is returned. If not, a query is
* issued and the function returns with a ERR_INPROGRESS status. The app
* using the dns client must then go into a waiting state.
*
* Once a hostname has been resolved (or found to be non-existent),
* the resolver code calls a specified callback function (which
* must be implemented by the module that uses the resolver).
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* RFC 1035 - Domain names - implementation and specification
* RFC 2181 - Clarifications to the DNS Specification
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @todo: define good default values (rfc compliance) */
/** @todo: improve answer parsing, more checkings... */
/** @todo: check RFC1035 - 7.3. Processing responses */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Includes
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_DNS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/dns.h"
#include <string.h>
/** DNS server IP address */
#ifndef DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS
#define DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS(ipaddr) (ip4_addr_set_u32(ipaddr, ipaddr_addr("208.67.222.222"))) /* resolver1.opendns.com */
#endif
/** DNS server port address */
#ifndef DNS_SERVER_PORT
#define DNS_SERVER_PORT 53
#endif
/** DNS maximum number of retries when asking for a name, before "timeout". */
#ifndef DNS_MAX_RETRIES
#define DNS_MAX_RETRIES 4
#endif
/** DNS resource record max. TTL (one week as default) */
#ifndef DNS_MAX_TTL
#define DNS_MAX_TTL 604800
#endif
/* DNS protocol flags */
#define DNS_FLAG1_RESPONSE 0x80
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_STATUS 0x10
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_INVERSE 0x08
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_STANDARD 0x00
#define DNS_FLAG1_AUTHORATIVE 0x04
#define DNS_FLAG1_TRUNC 0x02
#define DNS_FLAG1_RD 0x01
#define DNS_FLAG2_RA 0x80
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_MASK 0x0f
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_NONE 0x00
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_NAME 0x03
/* DNS protocol states */
#define DNS_STATE_UNUSED 0
#define DNS_STATE_NEW 1
#define DNS_STATE_ASKING 2
#define DNS_STATE_DONE 3
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
/** DNS message header */
struct dns_hdr {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags1);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags2);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numquestions);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numanswers);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numauthrr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numextrarr);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define SIZEOF_DNS_HDR 12
/** DNS query message structure.
No packing needed: only used locally on the stack. */
struct dns_query {
/* DNS query record starts with either a domain name or a pointer
to a name already present somewhere in the packet. */
u16_t type;
u16_t cls;
};
#define SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY 4
/** DNS answer message structure.
No packing needed: only used locally on the stack. */
struct dns_answer {
/* DNS answer record starts with either a domain name or a pointer
to a name already present somewhere in the packet. */
u16_t type;
u16_t cls;
u32_t ttl;
u16_t len;
};
#define SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER 10
/** DNS table entry */
struct dns_table_entry {
u8_t state;
u8_t numdns;
u8_t tmr;
u8_t retries;
u8_t seqno;
u8_t err;
u32_t ttl;
char name[DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH];
ip_addr_t ipaddr;
/* pointer to callback on DNS query done */
dns_found_callback found;
void *arg;
};
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
/** Local host-list. For hostnames in this list, no
* external name resolution is performed */
static struct local_hostlist_entry *local_hostlist_dynamic;
#else /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
/** Defining this allows the local_hostlist_static to be placed in a different
* linker section (e.g. FLASH) */
#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE
#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE static
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE */
/** Defining this allows the local_hostlist_static to be placed in a different
* linker section (e.g. FLASH) */
#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST
#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST */
DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE struct local_hostlist_entry local_hostlist_static[]
DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST = DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT;
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
static void dns_init_local();
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
/* forward declarations */
static void dns_recv(void *s, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
static void dns_check_entries(void);
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Globales
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* DNS variables */
static struct udp_pcb *dns_pcb;
static u8_t dns_seqno;
static struct dns_table_entry dns_table[DNS_TABLE_SIZE];
static ip_addr_t dns_servers[DNS_MAX_SERVERS];
/** Contiguous buffer for processing responses */
static u8_t dns_payload_buffer[LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_BUFFER(DNS_MSG_SIZE)];
static u8_t* dns_payload;
/**
* Initialize the resolver: set up the UDP pcb and configure the default server
* (DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS).
*/
void
dns_init()
{
ip_addr_t dnsserver;
dns_payload = (u8_t *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(dns_payload_buffer);
/* initialize default DNS server address */
DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS(&dnsserver);
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_init: initializing\n"));
/* if dns client not yet initialized... */
if (dns_pcb == NULL) {
dns_pcb = udp_new();
if (dns_pcb != NULL) {
/* initialize DNS table not needed (initialized to zero since it is a
* global variable) */
LWIP_ASSERT("For implicit initialization to work, DNS_STATE_UNUSED needs to be 0",
DNS_STATE_UNUSED == 0);
/* initialize DNS client */
udp_bind(dns_pcb, IP_ADDR_ANY, 0);
udp_recv(dns_pcb, dns_recv, NULL);
/* initialize default DNS primary server */
dns_setserver(0, &dnsserver);
}
}
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
dns_init_local();
#endif
}
/**
* Initialize one of the DNS servers.
*
* @param numdns the index of the DNS server to set must be < DNS_MAX_SERVERS
* @param dnsserver IP address of the DNS server to set
*/
void
dns_setserver(u8_t numdns, ip_addr_t *dnsserver)
{
if ((numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS) && (dns_pcb != NULL) &&
(dnsserver != NULL) && !ip_addr_isany(dnsserver)) {
dns_servers[numdns] = (*dnsserver);
}
}
/**
* Obtain one of the currently configured DNS server.
*
* @param numdns the index of the DNS server
* @return IP address of the indexed DNS server or "ip_addr_any" if the DNS
* server has not been configured.
*/
ip_addr_t
dns_getserver(u8_t numdns)
{
if (numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS) {
return dns_servers[numdns];
} else {
return *IP_ADDR_ANY;
}
}
/**
* The DNS resolver client timer - handle retries and timeouts and should
* be called every DNS_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (every second by default).
*/
void
dns_tmr(void)
{
if (dns_pcb != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_tmr: dns_check_entries\n"));
dns_check_entries();
}
}
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
static void
dns_init_local()
{
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)
int i;
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry;
/* Dynamic: copy entries from DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT to list */
struct local_hostlist_entry local_hostlist_init[] = DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT;
size_t namelen;
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(local_hostlist_init) / sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry); i++) {
struct local_hostlist_entry *init_entry = &local_hostlist_init[i];
LWIP_ASSERT("invalid host name (NULL)", init_entry->name != NULL);
namelen = strlen(init_entry->name);
LWIP_ASSERT("namelen <= DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN", namelen <= DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN);
entry = (struct local_hostlist_entry *)memp_malloc(MEMP_LOCALHOSTLIST);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem-error in dns_init_local", entry != NULL);
if (entry != NULL) {
entry->name = (char*)entry + sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry);
MEMCPY((char*)entry->name, init_entry->name, namelen);
((char*)entry->name)[namelen] = 0;
entry->addr = init_entry->addr;
entry->next = local_hostlist_dynamic;
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry;
}
}
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT) */
}
/**
* Scans the local host-list for a hostname.
*
* @param hostname Hostname to look for in the local host-list
* @return The first IP address for the hostname in the local host-list or
* IPADDR_NONE if not found.
*/
static u32_t
dns_lookup_local(const char *hostname)
{
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry = local_hostlist_dynamic;
while(entry != NULL) {
if(strcmp(entry->name, hostname) == 0) {
return ip4_addr_get_u32(&entry->addr);
}
entry = entry->next;
}
#else /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
int i;
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(local_hostlist_static) / sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry); i++) {
if(strcmp(local_hostlist_static[i].name, hostname) == 0) {
return ip4_addr_get_u32(&local_hostlist_static[i].addr);
}
}
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
return IPADDR_NONE;
}
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
/** Remove all entries from the local host-list for a specific hostname
* and/or IP addess
*
* @param hostname hostname for which entries shall be removed from the local
* host-list
* @param addr address for which entries shall be removed from the local host-list
* @return the number of removed entries
*/
int
dns_local_removehost(const char *hostname, const ip_addr_t *addr)
{
int removed = 0;
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry = local_hostlist_dynamic;
struct local_hostlist_entry *last_entry = NULL;
while (entry != NULL) {
if (((hostname == NULL) || !strcmp(entry->name, hostname)) &&
((addr == NULL) || ip_addr_cmp(&entry->addr, addr))) {
struct local_hostlist_entry *free_entry;
if (last_entry != NULL) {
last_entry->next = entry->next;
} else {
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry->next;
}
free_entry = entry;
entry = entry->next;
memp_free(MEMP_LOCALHOSTLIST, free_entry);
removed++;
} else {
last_entry = entry;
entry = entry->next;
}
}
return removed;
}
/**
* Add a hostname/IP address pair to the local host-list.
* Duplicates are not checked.
*
* @param hostname hostname of the new entry
* @param addr IP address of the new entry
* @return ERR_OK if succeeded or ERR_MEM on memory error
*/
err_t
dns_local_addhost(const char *hostname, const ip_addr_t *addr)
{
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry;
size_t namelen;
LWIP_ASSERT("invalid host name (NULL)", hostname != NULL);
namelen = strlen(hostname);
LWIP_ASSERT("namelen <= DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN", namelen <= DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN);
entry = (struct local_hostlist_entry *)memp_malloc(MEMP_LOCALHOSTLIST);
if (entry == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
entry->name = (char*)entry + sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry);
MEMCPY((char*)entry->name, hostname, namelen);
((char*)entry->name)[namelen] = 0;
ip_addr_copy(entry->addr, *addr);
entry->next = local_hostlist_dynamic;
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry;
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC*/
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
/**
* Look up a hostname in the array of known hostnames.
*
* @note This function only looks in the internal array of known
* hostnames, it does not send out a query for the hostname if none
* was found. The function dns_enqueue() can be used to send a query
* for a hostname.
*
* @param name the hostname to look up
* @return the hostname's IP address, as u32_t (instead of ip_addr_t to
* better check for failure: != IPADDR_NONE) or IPADDR_NONE if the hostname
* was not found in the cached dns_table.
*/
static u32_t
dns_lookup(const char *name)
{
u8_t i;
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST || defined(DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN)
u32_t addr;
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST || defined(DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN) */
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
if ((addr = dns_lookup_local(name)) != IPADDR_NONE) {
return addr;
}
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
#ifdef DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN
if((addr = DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN(name)) != IPADDR_NONE) {
return addr;
}
#endif /* DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN */
/* Walk through name list, return entry if found. If not, return NULL. */
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
if ((dns_table[i].state == DNS_STATE_DONE) &&
(strcmp(name, dns_table[i].name) == 0)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_lookup: \"%s\": found = ", name));
ip_addr_debug_print(DNS_DEBUG, &(dns_table[i].ipaddr));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("\n"));
return ip4_addr_get_u32(&dns_table[i].ipaddr);
}
}
return IPADDR_NONE;
}
#if DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
/**
* Compare the "dotted" name "query" with the encoded name "response"
* to make sure an answer from the DNS server matches the current dns_table
* entry (otherwise, answers might arrive late for hostname not on the list
* any more).
*
* @param query hostname (not encoded) from the dns_table
* @param response encoded hostname in the DNS response
* @return 0: names equal; 1: names differ
*/
static u8_t
dns_compare_name(unsigned char *query, unsigned char *response)
{
unsigned char n;
do {
n = *response++;
/** @see RFC 1035 - 4.1.4. Message compression */
if ((n & 0xc0) == 0xc0) {
/* Compressed name */
break;
} else {
/* Not compressed name */
while (n > 0) {
if ((*query) != (*response)) {
return 1;
}
++response;
++query;
--n;
};
++query;
}
} while (*response != 0);
return 0;
}
#endif /* DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK */
/**
* Walk through a compact encoded DNS name and return the end of the name.
*
* @param query encoded DNS name in the DNS server response
* @return end of the name
*/
static unsigned char *
dns_parse_name(unsigned char *query)
{
unsigned char n;
do {
n = *query++;
/** @see RFC 1035 - 4.1.4. Message compression */
if ((n & 0xc0) == 0xc0) {
/* Compressed name */
break;
} else {
/* Not compressed name */
while (n > 0) {
++query;
--n;
};
}
} while (*query != 0);
return query + 1;
}
/**
* Send a DNS query packet.
*
* @param numdns index of the DNS server in the dns_servers table
* @param name hostname to query
* @param id index of the hostname in dns_table, used as transaction ID in the
* DNS query packet
* @return ERR_OK if packet is sent; an err_t indicating the problem otherwise
*/
static err_t
dns_send(u8_t numdns, const char* name, u8_t id)
{
err_t err;
struct dns_hdr *hdr;
struct dns_query qry;
struct pbuf *p;
char *query, *nptr;
const char *pHostname;
u8_t n;
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_send: dns_servers[%"U16_F"] \"%s\": request\n",
(u16_t)(numdns), name));
LWIP_ASSERT("dns server out of array", numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS);
LWIP_ASSERT("dns server has no IP address set", !ip_addr_isany(&dns_servers[numdns]));
/* if here, we have either a new query or a retry on a previous query to process */
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, SIZEOF_DNS_HDR + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH +
SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY, PBUF_RAM);
if (p != NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf must be in one piece", p->next == NULL);
/* fill dns header */
hdr = (struct dns_hdr*)p->payload;
memset(hdr, 0, SIZEOF_DNS_HDR);
hdr->id = htons(id);
hdr->flags1 = DNS_FLAG1_RD;
hdr->numquestions = PP_HTONS(1);
query = (char*)hdr + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR;
pHostname = name;
--pHostname;
/* convert hostname into suitable query format. */
do {
++pHostname;
nptr = query;
++query;
for(n = 0; *pHostname != '.' && *pHostname != 0; ++pHostname) {
*query = *pHostname;
++query;
++n;
}
*nptr = n;
} while(*pHostname != 0);
*query++='\0';
/* fill dns query */
qry.type = PP_HTONS(DNS_RRTYPE_A);
qry.cls = PP_HTONS(DNS_RRCLASS_IN);
SMEMCPY(query, &qry, SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY);
/* resize pbuf to the exact dns query */
pbuf_realloc(p, (u16_t)((query + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY) - ((char*)(p->payload))));
/* connect to the server for faster receiving */
udp_connect(dns_pcb, &dns_servers[numdns], DNS_SERVER_PORT);
/* send dns packet */
err = udp_sendto(dns_pcb, p, &dns_servers[numdns], DNS_SERVER_PORT);
/* free pbuf */
pbuf_free(p);
} else {
err = ERR_MEM;
}
return err;
}
/**
* dns_check_entry() - see if pEntry has not yet been queried and, if so, sends out a query.
* Check an entry in the dns_table:
* - send out query for new entries
* - retry old pending entries on timeout (also with different servers)
* - remove completed entries from the table if their TTL has expired
*
* @param i index of the dns_table entry to check
*/
static void
dns_check_entry(u8_t i)
{
err_t err;
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry = &dns_table[i];
LWIP_ASSERT("array index out of bounds", i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE);
switch(pEntry->state) {
case DNS_STATE_NEW: {
/* initialize new entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_ASKING;
pEntry->numdns = 0;
pEntry->tmr = 1;
pEntry->retries = 0;
/* send DNS packet for this entry */
err = dns_send(pEntry->numdns, pEntry->name, i);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
("dns_send returned error: %s\n", lwip_strerr(err)));
}
break;
}
case DNS_STATE_ASKING: {
if (--pEntry->tmr == 0) {
if (++pEntry->retries == DNS_MAX_RETRIES) {
if ((pEntry->numdns+1<DNS_MAX_SERVERS) && !ip_addr_isany(&dns_servers[pEntry->numdns+1])) {
/* change of server */
pEntry->numdns++;
pEntry->tmr = 1;
pEntry->retries = 0;
break;
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_check_entry: \"%s\": timeout\n", pEntry->name));
/* call specified callback function if provided */
if (pEntry->found)
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, NULL, pEntry->arg);
/* flush this entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
pEntry->found = NULL;
break;
}
}
/* wait longer for the next retry */
pEntry->tmr = pEntry->retries;
/* send DNS packet for this entry */
err = dns_send(pEntry->numdns, pEntry->name, i);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
("dns_send returned error: %s\n", lwip_strerr(err)));
}
}
break;
}
case DNS_STATE_DONE: {
/* if the time to live is nul */
if (--pEntry->ttl == 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_check_entry: \"%s\": flush\n", pEntry->name));
/* flush this entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
pEntry->found = NULL;
}
break;
}
case DNS_STATE_UNUSED:
/* nothing to do */
break;
default:
LWIP_ASSERT("unknown dns_table entry state:", 0);
break;
}
}
/**
* Call dns_check_entry for each entry in dns_table - check all entries.
*/
static void
dns_check_entries(void)
{
u8_t i;
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
dns_check_entry(i);
}
}
/**
* Receive input function for DNS response packets arriving for the dns UDP pcb.
*
* @params see udp.h
*/
static void
dns_recv(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port)
{
u16_t i;
char *pHostname;
struct dns_hdr *hdr;
struct dns_answer ans;
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry;
u16_t nquestions, nanswers;
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(addr);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(port);
/* is the dns message too big ? */
if (p->tot_len > DNS_MSG_SIZE) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: pbuf too big\n"));
/* free pbuf and return */
goto memerr;
}
/* is the dns message big enough ? */
if (p->tot_len < (SIZEOF_DNS_HDR + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY + SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: pbuf too small\n"));
/* free pbuf and return */
goto memerr;
}
/* copy dns payload inside static buffer for processing */
if (pbuf_copy_partial(p, dns_payload, p->tot_len, 0) == p->tot_len) {
/* The ID in the DNS header should be our entry into the name table. */
hdr = (struct dns_hdr*)dns_payload;
i = htons(hdr->id);
if (i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE) {
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
if(pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_ASKING) {
/* This entry is now completed. */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_DONE;
pEntry->err = hdr->flags2 & DNS_FLAG2_ERR_MASK;
/* We only care about the question(s) and the answers. The authrr
and the extrarr are simply discarded. */
nquestions = htons(hdr->numquestions);
nanswers = htons(hdr->numanswers);
/* Check for error. If so, call callback to inform. */
if (((hdr->flags1 & DNS_FLAG1_RESPONSE) == 0) || (pEntry->err != 0) || (nquestions != 1)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": error in flags\n", pEntry->name));
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
goto responseerr;
}
#if DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
/* Check if the name in the "question" part match with the name in the entry. */
if (dns_compare_name((unsigned char *)(pEntry->name), (unsigned char *)dns_payload + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": response not match to query\n", pEntry->name));
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
goto responseerr;
}
#endif /* DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK */
/* Skip the name in the "question" part */
pHostname = (char *) dns_parse_name((unsigned char *)dns_payload + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR) + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY;
while (nanswers > 0) {
/* skip answer resource record's host name */
pHostname = (char *) dns_parse_name((unsigned char *)pHostname);
/* Check for IP address type and Internet class. Others are discarded. */
SMEMCPY(&ans, pHostname, SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER);
if((ans.type == PP_HTONS(DNS_RRTYPE_A)) && (ans.cls == PP_HTONS(DNS_RRCLASS_IN)) &&
(ans.len == PP_HTONS(sizeof(ip_addr_t))) ) {
/* read the answer resource record's TTL, and maximize it if needed */
pEntry->ttl = ntohl(ans.ttl);
if (pEntry->ttl > DNS_MAX_TTL) {
pEntry->ttl = DNS_MAX_TTL;
}
/* read the IP address after answer resource record's header */
SMEMCPY(&(pEntry->ipaddr), (pHostname+SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER), sizeof(ip_addr_t));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": response = ", pEntry->name));
ip_addr_debug_print(DNS_DEBUG, (&(pEntry->ipaddr)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("\n"));
/* call specified callback function if provided */
if (pEntry->found) {
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, &pEntry->ipaddr, pEntry->arg);
}
/* deallocate memory and return */
goto memerr;
} else {
pHostname = pHostname + SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER + htons(ans.len);
}
--nanswers;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": error in response\n", pEntry->name));
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
goto responseerr;
}
}
}
/* deallocate memory and return */
goto memerr;
responseerr:
/* ERROR: call specified callback function with NULL as name to indicate an error */
if (pEntry->found) {
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, NULL, pEntry->arg);
}
/* flush this entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
pEntry->found = NULL;
memerr:
/* free pbuf */
pbuf_free(p);
return;
}
/**
* Queues a new hostname to resolve and sends out a DNS query for that hostname
*
* @param name the hostname that is to be queried
* @param found a callback founction to be called on success, failure or timeout
* @param callback_arg argument to pass to the callback function
* @return @return a err_t return code.
*/
static err_t
dns_enqueue(const char *name, dns_found_callback found, void *callback_arg)
{
u8_t i;
u8_t lseq, lseqi;
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry = NULL;
size_t namelen;
/* search an unused entry, or the oldest one */
lseq = lseqi = 0;
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
/* is it an unused entry ? */
if (pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_UNUSED)
break;
/* check if this is the oldest completed entry */
if (pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_DONE) {
if ((dns_seqno - pEntry->seqno) > lseq) {
lseq = dns_seqno - pEntry->seqno;
lseqi = i;
}
}
}
/* if we don't have found an unused entry, use the oldest completed one */
if (i == DNS_TABLE_SIZE) {
if ((lseqi >= DNS_TABLE_SIZE) || (dns_table[lseqi].state != DNS_STATE_DONE)) {
/* no entry can't be used now, table is full */
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_enqueue: \"%s\": DNS entries table is full\n", name));
return ERR_MEM;
} else {
/* use the oldest completed one */
i = lseqi;
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
}
}
/* use this entry */
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_enqueue: \"%s\": use DNS entry %"U16_F"\n", name, (u16_t)(i)));
/* fill the entry */
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_NEW;
pEntry->seqno = dns_seqno++;
pEntry->found = found;
pEntry->arg = callback_arg;
namelen = LWIP_MIN(strlen(name), DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH-1);
MEMCPY(pEntry->name, name, namelen);
pEntry->name[namelen] = 0;
/* force to send query without waiting timer */
dns_check_entry(i);
/* dns query is enqueued */
return ERR_INPROGRESS;
}
/**
* Resolve a hostname (string) into an IP address.
* NON-BLOCKING callback version for use with raw API!!!
*
* Returns immediately with one of err_t return codes:
* - ERR_OK if hostname is a valid IP address string or the host
* name is already in the local names table.
* - ERR_INPROGRESS enqueue a request to be sent to the DNS server
* for resolution if no errors are present.
* - ERR_ARG: dns client not initialized or invalid hostname
*
* @param hostname the hostname that is to be queried
* @param addr pointer to a ip_addr_t where to store the address if it is already
* cached in the dns_table (only valid if ERR_OK is returned!)
* @param found a callback function to be called on success, failure or timeout (only if
* ERR_INPROGRESS is returned!)
* @param callback_arg argument to pass to the callback function
* @return a err_t return code.
*/
err_t
dns_gethostbyname(const char *hostname, ip_addr_t *addr, dns_found_callback found,
void *callback_arg)
{
u32_t ipaddr;
/* not initialized or no valid server yet, or invalid addr pointer
* or invalid hostname or invalid hostname length */
if ((dns_pcb == NULL) || (addr == NULL) ||
(!hostname) || (!hostname[0]) ||
(strlen(hostname) >= DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH)) {
return ERR_ARG;
}
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
if (strcmp(hostname, "localhost")==0) {
ip_addr_set_loopback(addr);
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
/* host name already in octet notation? set ip addr and return ERR_OK */
ipaddr = ipaddr_addr(hostname);
if (ipaddr == IPADDR_NONE) {
/* already have this address cached? */
ipaddr = dns_lookup(hostname);
}
if (ipaddr != IPADDR_NONE) {
ip4_addr_set_u32(addr, ipaddr);
return ERR_OK;
}
/* queue query with specified callback */
return dns_enqueue(hostname, found, callback_arg);
}
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */

306
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/init.c
View file

@ -1,306 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Modules initialization
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/init.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/sockets.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
#include "lwip/snmp_msg.h"
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/dns.h"
#include "lwip/timers.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
/* Compile-time sanity checks for configuration errors.
* These can be done independently of LWIP_DEBUG, without penalty.
*/
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
#error "BYTE_ORDER is not defined, you have to define it in your cc.h"
#endif
#if (!IP_SOF_BROADCAST && IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV)
#error "If you want to use broadcast filter per pcb on recv operations, you have to define IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING)
#error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE)
#error "If you want to use UDP Lite, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_SNMP)
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DHCP)
#error "If you want to use DHCP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_IGMP)
#error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_SNMP)
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DNS)
#error "If you want to use DNS, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING && (MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE<=0))
#error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_RAW && (MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB<=0))
#error "If you want to use RAW, you have to define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_UDP && (MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB<=0))
#error "If you want to use UDP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB<=0))
#error "If you want to use TCP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_WND > 0xffff))
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_WND must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN > 0xffff))
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN < 2))
#error "TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must be at least 2 for no-copy TCP writes to work"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && ((TCP_MAXRTX > 12) || (TCP_SYNMAXRTX > 12)))
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_MAXRTX and TCP_SYNMAXRTX must less or equal to 12 (due to tcp_backoff table), so, you have to reduce them in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG && (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG < 0) || (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG > 0xff))
#error "If you want to use TCP backlog, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG must fit into an u8_t"
#endif
#if (LWIP_IGMP && (MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP<=1))
#error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP>1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_NETIF_API && (NO_SYS==1))
#error "If you want to use NETIF API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if ((LWIP_SOCKET || LWIP_NETCONN) && (NO_SYS==1))
#error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if ((LWIP_NETCONN || LWIP_SOCKET) && (MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API<=0))
#error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_NETCONN && LWIP_SOCKET)
#error "If you want to use Socket API, you have to define LWIP_NETCONN=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_AUTOIP)) && LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP)
#error "If you want to use DHCP/AUTOIP cooperation mode, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_AUTOIP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_ARP)) && DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK)
#error "If you want to use DHCP ARP checking, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (!LWIP_ARP && LWIP_AUTOIP)
#error "If you want to use AUTOIP, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS<=0))
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS<=0))
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (LWIP_TCP && ((LWIP_EVENT_API && LWIP_CALLBACK_API) || (!LWIP_EVENT_API && !LWIP_CALLBACK_API)))
#error "One and exactly one of LWIP_EVENT_API and LWIP_CALLBACK_API has to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
/* There must be sufficient timeouts, taking into account requirements of the subsystems. */
#if LWIP_TIMERS && (MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT < (LWIP_TCP + IP_REASSEMBLY + LWIP_ARP + (2*LWIP_DHCP) + LWIP_AUTOIP + LWIP_IGMP + LWIP_DNS + PPP_SUPPORT))
#error "MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT is too low to accomodate all required timeouts"
#endif
#if (IP_REASSEMBLY && (MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
#error "MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS doesn't make sense since each struct ip_reassdata must hold 2 pbufs at least!"
#endif
#if (MEM_LIBC_MALLOC && MEM_USE_POOLS)
#error "MEM_LIBC_MALLOC and MEM_USE_POOLS may not both be simultaneously enabled in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS)
#error "MEM_USE_POOLS requires custom pools (MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS) to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
#endif
#if (PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE <= MEM_ALIGNMENT)
#error "PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE must be greater than MEM_ALIGNMENT or the offset may take the full first pbuf"
#endif
#if (TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ && !LWIP_TCP)
#error "TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ requires LWIP_TCP"
#endif
#if (DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && !DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && !(defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)))
#error "you have to define define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT {{'host1', 0x123}, {'host2', 0x234}} to initialize DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST"
#endif
#if PPP_SUPPORT && !PPPOS_SUPPORT & !PPPOE_SUPPORT
#error "PPP_SUPPORT needs either PPPOS_SUPPORT or PPPOE_SUPPORT turned on"
#endif
#if !LWIP_ETHERNET && (LWIP_ARP || PPPOE_SUPPORT)
#error "LWIP_ETHERNET needs to be turned on for LWIP_ARP or PPPOE_SUPPORT"
#endif
#if LWIP_IGMP && !defined(LWIP_RAND)
#error "When using IGMP, LWIP_RAND() needs to be defined to a random-function returning an u32_t random value"
#endif
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT && !LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
#error "When using LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT, LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING must be enabled, too"
#endif
#if LWIP_TCP && LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF && !TCP_OVERSIZE
#error "LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF needs TCP_OVERSIZE enabled to create single-pbuf TCP packets"
#endif
#if IP_FRAG && IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
#error "LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF does not work with IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF==1 as that creates pbuf queues"
#endif
/* Compile-time checks for deprecated options.
*/
#ifdef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG
#error "MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef MEMP_NUM_API_MSG
#error "MEMP_NUM_API_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG
#error "TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef RAW_STATS
#error "RAW_STATS option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST
#error "ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT
#error "ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
#endif
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
static void
lwip_sanity_check(void)
{
/* Warnings */
#if LWIP_NETCONN
if (MEMP_NUM_NETCONN > (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN+MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB))
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_NETCONN should be less than the sum of MEMP_NUM_{TCP,RAW,UDP}_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN\n"));
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#if LWIP_TCP
if (MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG < TCP_SND_QUEUELEN)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG should be at least as big as TCP_SND_QUEUELEN\n"));
if (TCP_SND_BUF < 2 * TCP_MSS)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_BUF must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work smoothly\n"));
if (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN < (2 * (TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)))
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS) for things to work\n"));
if (TCP_SNDLOWAT >= TCP_SND_BUF)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SNDLOWAT must be less than TCP_SND_BUF.\n"));
if (TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT >= TCP_SND_QUEUELEN)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SNDQUEUELOWAT must be less than TCP_SND_QUEUELEN.\n"));
if (TCP_WND > (PBUF_POOL_SIZE*PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE))
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is larger than space provided by PBUF_POOL_SIZE*PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE\n"));
if (TCP_WND < TCP_MSS)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is smaller than MSS\n"));
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if LWIP_SOCKET
/* Check that the SO_* socket options and SOF_* lwIP-internal flags match */
if (SO_ACCEPTCONN != SOF_ACCEPTCONN)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: SO_ACCEPTCONN != SOF_ACCEPTCONN\n"));
if (SO_REUSEADDR != SOF_REUSEADDR)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: SO_REUSEADDR != SOF_REUSEADDR\n"));
if (SO_KEEPALIVE != SOF_KEEPALIVE)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: SO_KEEPALIVE != SOF_KEEPALIVE\n"));
if (SO_BROADCAST != SOF_BROADCAST)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: SO_BROADCAST != SOF_BROADCAST\n"));
if (SO_LINGER != SOF_LINGER)
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: SO_LINGER != SOF_LINGER\n"));
#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
}
#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#define lwip_sanity_check()
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
/**
* Perform Sanity check of user-configurable values, and initialize all modules.
*/
void
lwip_init(void)
{
/* Sanity check user-configurable values */
lwip_sanity_check();
/* Modules initialization */
stats_init();
#if !NO_SYS
sys_init();
#endif /* !NO_SYS */
mem_init();
memp_init();
pbuf_init();
netif_init();
#if LWIP_SOCKET
lwip_socket_init();
#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
ip_init();
#if LWIP_ARP
etharp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_RAW
raw_init();
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
#if LWIP_UDP
udp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
#if LWIP_TCP
tcp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if LWIP_SNMP
snmp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
autoip_init();
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
igmp_init();
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
dns_init();
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
#if LWIP_TIMERS
sys_timeouts_init();
#endif /* LWIP_TIMERS */
}

536
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/ipv4/autoip.c
View file

@ -1,536 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
*
*/
/*
*
* Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
*
* This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
* with RFC 3927.
*
*
* Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
* <kontakt@dspies.de>
*/
/*******************************************************************************
* USAGE:
*
* define LWIP_AUTOIP 1 in your lwipopts.h
*
* If you don't use tcpip.c (so, don't call, you don't call tcpip_init):
* - First, call autoip_init().
* - call autoip_tmr() all AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL msces,
* that should be defined in autoip.h.
* I recommend a value of 100. The value must divide 1000 with a remainder almost 0.
* Possible values are 1000, 500, 333, 250, 200, 166, 142, 125, 111, 100 ....
*
* Without DHCP:
* - Call autoip_start() after netif_add().
*
* With DHCP:
* - define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP 1 in your lwipopts.h.
* - Configure your DHCP Client.
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* 169.254.0.0 */
#define AUTOIP_NET 0xA9FE0000
/* 169.254.1.0 */
#define AUTOIP_RANGE_START (AUTOIP_NET | 0x0100)
/* 169.254.254.255 */
#define AUTOIP_RANGE_END (AUTOIP_NET | 0xFEFF)
/** Pseudo random macro based on netif informations.
* You could use "rand()" from the C Library if you define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND in lwipopts.h */
#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND
#define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) ( (((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[5]) & 0xff) << 24) | \
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[3]) & 0xff) << 16) | \
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[2]) & 0xff) << 8) | \
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[4]) & 0xff))) + \
(netif->autoip?netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr:0))
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND */
/**
* Macro that generates the initial IP address to be tried by AUTOIP.
* If you want to override this, define it to something else in lwipopts.h.
*/
#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR
#define LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif) \
htonl(AUTOIP_RANGE_START + ((u32_t)(((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[4])) | \
((u32_t)((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[5]))) << 8)))
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR */
/* static functions */
static void autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif);
/* creates a pseudo random LL IP-Address for a network interface */
static void autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr);
/* sends an ARP probe */
static err_t autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif);
/* sends an ARP announce */
static err_t autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif);
/* configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address */
static err_t autoip_bind(struct netif *netif);
/* start sending probes for llipaddr */
static void autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif);
/**
* Initialize this module
*/
void
autoip_init(void)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_init()\n"));
}
/** Set a statically allocated struct autoip to work with.
* Using this prevents autoip_start to allocate it using mem_malloc.
*
* @param netif the netif for which to set the struct autoip
* @param dhcp (uninitialised) dhcp struct allocated by the application
*/
void
autoip_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct autoip *autoip)
{
LWIP_ASSERT("netif != NULL", netif != NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("autoip != NULL", autoip != NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("netif already has a struct autoip set", netif->autoip == NULL);
/* clear data structure */
memset(autoip, 0, sizeof(struct autoip));
/* autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF; */
netif->autoip = autoip;
}
/** Restart AutoIP client and check the next address (conflict detected)
*
* @param netif The netif under AutoIP control
*/
static void
autoip_restart(struct netif *netif)
{
netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr++;
autoip_start(netif);
}
/**
* Handle a IP address conflict after an ARP conflict detection
*/
static void
autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif)
{
/* Somehow detect if we are defending or retreating */
unsigned char defend = 1; /* tbd */
if(defend) {
if(netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
/* retreat, there was a conflicting ARP in the last
* DEFEND_INTERVAL seconds
*/
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defending, but in DEFEND_INTERVAL, retreating\n"));
/* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
autoip_restart(netif);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defend, send ARP Announce\n"));
autoip_arp_announce(netif);
netif->autoip->lastconflict = DEFEND_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
}
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we do not defend, retreating\n"));
/* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
autoip_restart(netif);
}
}
/**
* Create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
*
* @param netif network interface on which create the IP-Address
* @param ipaddr ip address to initialize
*/
static void
autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
{
/* Here we create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.1
* We have 254 * 256 possibilities */
u32_t addr = ntohl(LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif));
addr += netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr;
addr = AUTOIP_NET | (addr & 0xffff);
/* Now, 169.254.0.0 <= addr <= 169.254.255.255 */
if (addr < AUTOIP_RANGE_START) {
addr += AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
}
if (addr > AUTOIP_RANGE_END) {
addr -= AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("AUTOIP address not in range", (addr >= AUTOIP_RANGE_START) &&
(addr <= AUTOIP_RANGE_END));
ip4_addr_set_u32(ipaddr, htonl(addr));
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_create_addr(): tried_llipaddr=%"U16_F", %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
(u16_t)(netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr), ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr),
ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr)));
}
/**
* Sends an ARP probe from a network interface
*
* @param netif network interface used to send the probe
*/
static err_t
autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif)
{
return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &ethbroadcast,
(struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, IP_ADDR_ANY, &ethzero,
&netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
}
/**
* Sends an ARP announce from a network interface
*
* @param netif network interface used to send the announce
*/
static err_t
autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif)
{
return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &ethbroadcast,
(struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr, &ethzero,
&netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
}
/**
* Configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address
*
* @param netif network interface to configure with current LL IP-Address
*/
static err_t
autoip_bind(struct netif *netif)
{
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
ip_addr_t sn_mask, gw_addr;
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_bind(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F" %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
(void*)netif, netif->name[0], netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num,
ip4_addr1_16(&autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(&autoip->llipaddr),
ip4_addr3_16(&autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(&autoip->llipaddr)));
IP4_ADDR(&sn_mask, 255, 255, 0, 0);
IP4_ADDR(&gw_addr, 0, 0, 0, 0);
netif_set_ipaddr(netif, &autoip->llipaddr);
netif_set_netmask(netif, &sn_mask);
netif_set_gw(netif, &gw_addr);
/* bring the interface up */
netif_set_up(netif);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Start AutoIP client
*
* @param netif network interface on which start the AutoIP client
*/
err_t
autoip_start(struct netif *netif)
{
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
err_t result = ERR_OK;
if(netif_is_up(netif)) {
netif_set_down(netif);
}
/* Set IP-Address, Netmask and Gateway to 0 to make sure that
* ARP Packets are formed correctly
*/
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->ip_addr);
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->netmask);
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->gw);
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_start(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F"\n", (void*)netif, netif->name[0],
netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num));
if(autoip == NULL) {
/* no AutoIP client attached yet? */
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_start(): starting new AUTOIP client\n"));
autoip = (struct autoip *)mem_malloc(sizeof(struct autoip));
if(autoip == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_start(): could not allocate autoip\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
memset(autoip, 0, sizeof(struct autoip));
/* store this AutoIP client in the netif */
netif->autoip = autoip;
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_start(): allocated autoip"));
} else {
autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
autoip->ttw = 0;
autoip->sent_num = 0;
ip_addr_set_zero(&autoip->llipaddr);
autoip->lastconflict = 0;
}
autoip_create_addr(netif, &(autoip->llipaddr));
autoip_start_probing(netif);
return result;
}
static void
autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif)
{
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING;
autoip->sent_num = 0;
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_start_probing(): changing state to PROBING: %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr),
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr)));
/* time to wait to first probe, this is randomly
* choosen out of 0 to PROBE_WAIT seconds.
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
*/
autoip->ttw = (u16_t)(LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) % (PROBE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND));
/*
* if we tried more then MAX_CONFLICTS we must limit our rate for
* accquiring and probing address
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
*/
if(autoip->tried_llipaddr > MAX_CONFLICTS) {
autoip->ttw = RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
}
}
/**
* Handle a possible change in the network configuration.
*
* If there is an AutoIP address configured, take the interface down
* and begin probing with the same address.
*/
void
autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif)
{
if (netif->autoip && netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF) {
netif_set_down(netif);
autoip_start_probing(netif);
}
}
/**
* Stop AutoIP client
*
* @param netif network interface on which stop the AutoIP client
*/
err_t
autoip_stop(struct netif *netif)
{
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
netif_set_down(netif);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds
*/
void
autoip_tmr()
{
struct netif *netif = netif_list;
/* loop through netif's */
while (netif != NULL) {
/* only act on AutoIP configured interfaces */
if (netif->autoip != NULL) {
if(netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
netif->autoip->lastconflict--;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_tmr() AutoIP-State: %"U16_F", ttw=%"U16_F"\n",
(u16_t)(netif->autoip->state), netif->autoip->ttw));
switch(netif->autoip->state) {
case AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING:
if(netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
netif->autoip->ttw--;
} else {
if(netif->autoip->sent_num >= PROBE_NUM) {
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING;
netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_tmr(): changing state to ANNOUNCING: %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr),
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr)));
} else {
autoip_arp_probe(netif);
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_tmr() PROBING Sent Probe\n"));
netif->autoip->sent_num++;
/* calculate time to wait to next probe */
netif->autoip->ttw = (u16_t)((LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) %
((PROBE_MAX - PROBE_MIN) * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND) ) +
PROBE_MIN * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND);
}
}
break;
case AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING:
if(netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
netif->autoip->ttw--;
} else {
if(netif->autoip->sent_num == 0) {
/* We are here the first time, so we waited ANNOUNCE_WAIT seconds
* Now we can bind to an IP address and use it.
*
* autoip_bind calls netif_set_up. This triggers a gratuitous ARP
* which counts as an announcement.
*/
autoip_bind(netif);
} else {
autoip_arp_announce(netif);
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
("autoip_tmr() ANNOUNCING Sent Announce\n"));
}
netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
netif->autoip->sent_num++;
if(netif->autoip->sent_num >= ANNOUNCE_NUM) {
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND;
netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
netif->autoip->ttw = 0;
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("autoip_tmr(): changing state to BOUND: %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr),
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(&netif->autoip->llipaddr)));
}
}
break;
}
}
/* proceed to next network interface */
netif = netif->next;
}
}
/**
* Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input.
*
* @param netif network interface to use for autoip processing
* @param hdr Incoming ARP packet
*/
void
autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_arp_reply()\n"));
if ((netif->autoip != NULL) && (netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF)) {
/* when ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
*
* when probing ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
* we have a conflict and must solve it
*/
ip_addr_t sipaddr, dipaddr;
struct eth_addr netifaddr;
ETHADDR16_COPY(netifaddr.addr, netif->hwaddr);
/* Copy struct ip_addr2 to aligned ip_addr, to support compilers without
* structure packing (not using structure copy which breaks strict-aliasing rules).
*/
IPADDR2_COPY(&sipaddr, &hdr->sipaddr);
IPADDR2_COPY(&dipaddr, &hdr->dipaddr);
if ((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING) ||
((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING) &&
(netif->autoip->sent_num == 0))) {
/* RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1:
* from beginning to after ANNOUNCE_WAIT
* seconds we have a conflict if
* ip.src == llipaddr OR
* ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
*/
if ((ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr)) ||
(ip_addr_cmp(&dipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
!eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr))) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
("autoip_arp_reply(): Probe Conflict detected\n"));
autoip_restart(netif);
}
} else {
/* RFC 3927 Section 2.5:
* in any state we have a conflict if
* ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
*/
if (ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
!eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
("autoip_arp_reply(): Conflicting ARP-Packet detected\n"));
autoip_handle_arp_conflict(netif);
}
}
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */

335
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/ipv4/icmp.c
View file

@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* ICMP - Internet Control Message Protocol
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/* Some ICMP messages should be passed to the transport protocols. This
is not implemented. */
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include <string.h>
/** Small optimization: set to 0 if incoming PBUF_POOL pbuf always can be
* used to modify and send a response packet (and to 1 if this is not the case,
* e.g. when link header is stripped of when receiving) */
#ifndef LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
#define LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN 1
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
/* The amount of data from the original packet to return in a dest-unreachable */
#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE 8
static void icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code);
/**
* Processes ICMP input packets, called from ip_input().
*
* Currently only processes icmp echo requests and sends
* out the echo response.
*
* @param p the icmp echo request packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
*/
void
icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
u8_t type;
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
u8_t code;
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
struct icmp_echo_hdr *iecho;
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
s16_t hlen;
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.recv);
snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs();
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4;
if (pbuf_header(p, -hlen) || (p->tot_len < sizeof(u16_t)*2)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: short ICMP (%"U16_F" bytes) received\n", p->tot_len));
goto lenerr;
}
type = *((u8_t *)p->payload);
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
code = *(((u8_t *)p->payload)+1);
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
switch (type) {
case ICMP_ER:
/* This is OK, echo reply might have been parsed by a raw PCB
(as obviously, an echo request has been sent, too). */
break;
case ICMP_ECHO:
#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
{
int accepted = 1;
#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING
/* multicast destination address? */
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(&current_iphdr_dest)) {
accepted = 0;
}
#endif /* LWIP_MULTICAST_PING */
#if !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
/* broadcast destination address? */
if (ip_addr_isbroadcast(&current_iphdr_dest, inp)) {
accepted = 0;
}
#endif /* LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
/* broadcast or multicast destination address not acceptd? */
if (!accepted) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: Not echoing to multicast or broadcast pings\n"));
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
pbuf_free(p);
return;
}
}
#endif /* !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ping\n"));
if (p->tot_len < sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: bad ICMP echo received\n"));
goto lenerr;
}
if (inet_chksum_pbuf(p) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: checksum failed for received ICMP echo\n"));
pbuf_free(p);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.chkerr);
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
return;
}
#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
if (pbuf_header(p, (PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
/* p is not big enough to contain link headers
* allocate a new one and copy p into it
*/
struct pbuf *r;
/* switch p->payload to ip header */
if (pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: moving p->payload to ip header failed\n", 0);
goto memerr;
}
/* allocate new packet buffer with space for link headers */
r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
if (r == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: allocating new pbuf failed\n"));
goto memerr;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct the ICMP header",
(r->len >= hlen + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)));
/* copy the whole packet including ip header */
if (pbuf_copy(r, p) != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: copying to new pbuf failed\n", 0);
goto memerr;
}
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)r->payload;
/* switch r->payload back to icmp header */
if (pbuf_header(r, -hlen)) {
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
goto memerr;
}
/* free the original p */
pbuf_free(p);
/* we now have an identical copy of p that has room for link headers */
p = r;
} else {
/* restore p->payload to point to icmp header */
if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
goto memerr;
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
/* At this point, all checks are OK. */
/* We generate an answer by switching the dest and src ip addresses,
* setting the icmp type to ECHO_RESPONSE and updating the checksum. */
iecho = (struct icmp_echo_hdr *)p->payload;
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->src, *ip_current_dest_addr());
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->dest, *ip_current_src_addr());
ICMPH_TYPE_SET(iecho, ICMP_ER);
/* adjust the checksum */
if (iecho->chksum >= PP_HTONS(0xffffU - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
iecho->chksum += PP_HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
} else {
iecho->chksum += PP_HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
}
/* Set the correct TTL and recalculate the header checksum. */
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ICMP_TTL);
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP */
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
/* increase number of messages attempted to send */
snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
/* increase number of echo replies attempted to send */
snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps();
if(pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't move over header in packet", 0);
} else {
err_t ret;
/* send an ICMP packet, src addr is the dest addr of the curren packet */
ret = ip_output_if(p, ip_current_dest_addr(), IP_HDRINCL,
ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP, inp);
if (ret != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ip_output_if returned an error: %c.\n", ret));
}
}
break;
default:
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ICMP type %"S16_F" code %"S16_F" not supported.\n",
(s16_t)type, (s16_t)code));
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.proterr);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.drop);
}
pbuf_free(p);
return;
lenerr:
pbuf_free(p);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.lenerr);
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
return;
#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
memerr:
pbuf_free(p);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
return;
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
}
/**
* Send an icmp 'destination unreachable' packet, called from ip_input() if
* the transport layer protocol is unknown and from udp_input() if the local
* port is not bound.
*
* @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
* @param t type of the 'unreachable' packet
*/
void
icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t)
{
icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_DUR, t);
}
#if IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY
/**
* Send a 'time exceeded' packet, called from ip_forward() if TTL is 0.
*
* @param p the input packet for which the 'time exceeded' should be sent,
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
* @param t type of the 'time exceeded' packet
*/
void
icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t)
{
icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_TE, t);
}
#endif /* IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY */
/**
* Send an icmp packet in response to an incoming packet.
*
* @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
* @param type Type of the ICMP header
* @param code Code of the ICMP header
*/
static void
icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code)
{
struct pbuf *q;
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
/* we can use the echo header here */
struct icmp_echo_hdr *icmphdr;
ip_addr_t iphdr_src;
/* ICMP header + IP header + 8 bytes of data */
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE,
PBUF_RAM);
if (q == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded: failed to allocate pbuf for ICMP packet.\n"));
return;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold icmp message",
(q->len >= (sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE)));
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded from "));
ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, (" to "));
ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
icmphdr = (struct icmp_echo_hdr *)q->payload;
icmphdr->type = type;
icmphdr->code = code;
icmphdr->id = 0;
icmphdr->seqno = 0;
/* copy fields from original packet */
SMEMCPY((u8_t *)q->payload + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr), (u8_t *)p->payload,
IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE);
/* calculate checksum */
icmphdr->chksum = 0;
icmphdr->chksum = inet_chksum(icmphdr, q->len);
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
/* increase number of messages attempted to send */
snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
/* increase number of destination unreachable messages attempted to send */
snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds();
ip_addr_copy(iphdr_src, iphdr->src);
ip_output(q, NULL, &iphdr_src, ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP);
pbuf_free(q);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */

806
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/ipv4/igmp.c
View file

@ -1,806 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* IGMP - Internet Group Management Protocol
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
* The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
* are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
* source code.
*/
/*-------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1)
Although the rfc requires V1 AND V2 capability
we will only support v2 since now V1 is very old (August 1989)
V1 can be added if required
a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
show this up.
-------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
Note 2)
A query for a specific group address (as opposed to ALLHOSTS)
has now been implemented as I am unsure if it is required
a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
show this up.
-------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
Note 3)
The router alert rfc 2113 is implemented in outgoing packets
but not checked rigorously incoming
-------------------------------------------------------------
Steve Reynolds
------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* RFC 988 - Host extensions for IP multicasting - V0
* RFC 1054 - Host extensions for IP multicasting -
* RFC 1112 - Host extensions for IP multicasting - V1
* RFC 2236 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 2 - V2 <- this code is based on this RFC (it's the "de facto" standard)
* RFC 3376 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 3 - V3
* RFC 4604 - Using Internet Group Management Protocol Version 3... - V3+
* RFC 2113 - IP Router Alert Option -
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Includes
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/debug.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "string.h"
/*
* IGMP constants
*/
#define IGMP_TTL 1
#define IGMP_MINLEN 8
#define ROUTER_ALERT 0x9404U
#define ROUTER_ALERTLEN 4
/*
* IGMP message types, including version number.
*/
#define IGMP_MEMB_QUERY 0x11 /* Membership query */
#define IGMP_V1_MEMB_REPORT 0x12 /* Ver. 1 membership report */
#define IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT 0x16 /* Ver. 2 membership report */
#define IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP 0x17 /* Leave-group message */
/* Group membership states */
#define IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER 0
#define IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER 1
#define IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER 2
/**
* IGMP packet format.
*/
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct igmp_msg {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t igmp_msgtype);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t igmp_maxresp);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t igmp_checksum);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t igmp_group_address);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
static struct igmp_group *igmp_lookup_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr);
static err_t igmp_remove_group(struct igmp_group *group);
static void igmp_timeout( struct igmp_group *group);
static void igmp_start_timer(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time);
static void igmp_delaying_member(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp);
static err_t igmp_ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest, struct netif *netif);
static void igmp_send(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type);
static struct igmp_group* igmp_group_list;
static ip_addr_t allsystems;
static ip_addr_t allrouters;
/**
* Initialize the IGMP module
*/
void
igmp_init(void)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_init: initializing\n"));
IP4_ADDR(&allsystems, 224, 0, 0, 1);
IP4_ADDR(&allrouters, 224, 0, 0, 2);
}
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
/**
* Dump global IGMP groups list
*/
void
igmp_dump_group_list()
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
while (group != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_dump_group_list: [%"U32_F"] ", (u32_t)(group->group_state)));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->netif));
group = group->next;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
}
#else
#define igmp_dump_group_list()
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
/**
* Start IGMP processing on interface
*
* @param netif network interface on which start IGMP processing
*/
err_t
igmp_start(struct netif *netif)
{
struct igmp_group* group;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: starting IGMP processing on if %p\n", netif));
group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, &allsystems);
if (group != NULL) {
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
group->use++;
/* Allow the igmp messages at the MAC level */
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &allsystems);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, &allsystems, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
}
return ERR_OK;
}
return ERR_MEM;
}
/**
* Stop IGMP processing on interface
*
* @param netif network interface on which stop IGMP processing
*/
err_t
igmp_stop(struct netif *netif)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
struct igmp_group *prev = NULL;
struct igmp_group *next;
/* look for groups joined on this interface further down the list */
while (group != NULL) {
next = group->next;
/* is it a group joined on this interface? */
if (group->netif == netif) {
/* is it the first group of the list? */
if (group == igmp_group_list) {
igmp_group_list = next;
}
/* is there a "previous" group defined? */
if (prev != NULL) {
prev->next = next;
}
/* disable the group at the MAC level */
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_stop: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, &(group->group_address), IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
}
/* free group */
memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
} else {
/* change the "previous" */
prev = group;
}
/* move to "next" */
group = next;
}
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Report IGMP memberships for this interface
*
* @param netif network interface on which report IGMP memberships
*/
void
igmp_report_groups(struct netif *netif)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_report_groups: sending IGMP reports on if %p\n", netif));
while (group != NULL) {
if (group->netif == netif) {
igmp_delaying_member(group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
}
group = group->next;
}
}
/**
* Search for a group in the global igmp_group_list
*
* @param ifp the network interface for which to look
* @param addr the group ip address to search for
* @return a struct igmp_group* if the group has been found,
* NULL if the group wasn't found.
*/
struct igmp_group *
igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
while (group != NULL) {
if ((group->netif == ifp) && (ip_addr_cmp(&(group->group_address), addr))) {
return group;
}
group = group->next;
}
/* to be clearer, we return NULL here instead of
* 'group' (which is also NULL at this point).
*/
return NULL;
}
/**
* Search for a specific igmp group and create a new one if not found-
*
* @param ifp the network interface for which to look
* @param addr the group ip address to search
* @return a struct igmp_group*,
* NULL on memory error.
*/
struct igmp_group *
igmp_lookup_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
/* Search if the group already exists */
group = igmp_lookfor_group(ifp, addr);
if (group != NULL) {
/* Group already exists. */
return group;
}
/* Group doesn't exist yet, create a new one */
group = (struct igmp_group *)memp_malloc(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP);
if (group != NULL) {
group->netif = ifp;
ip_addr_set(&(group->group_address), addr);
group->timer = 0; /* Not running */
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER;
group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
group->use = 0;
group->next = igmp_group_list;
igmp_group_list = group;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_lookup_group: %sallocated a new group with address ", (group?"":"impossible to ")));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, addr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", ifp));
return group;
}
/**
* Remove a group in the global igmp_group_list
*
* @param group the group to remove from the global igmp_group_list
* @return ERR_OK if group was removed from the list, an err_t otherwise
*/
static err_t
igmp_remove_group(struct igmp_group *group)
{
err_t err = ERR_OK;
/* Is it the first group? */
if (igmp_group_list == group) {
igmp_group_list = group->next;
} else {
/* look for group further down the list */
struct igmp_group *tmpGroup;
for (tmpGroup = igmp_group_list; tmpGroup != NULL; tmpGroup = tmpGroup->next) {
if (tmpGroup->next == group) {
tmpGroup->next = group->next;
break;
}
}
/* Group not found in the global igmp_group_list */
if (tmpGroup == NULL)
err = ERR_ARG;
}
/* free group */
memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
return err;
}
/**
* Called from ip_input() if a new IGMP packet is received.
*
* @param p received igmp packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
* @param inp network interface on which the packet was received
* @param dest destination ip address of the igmp packet
*/
void
igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, ip_addr_t *dest)
{
struct ip_hdr * iphdr;
struct igmp_msg* igmp;
struct igmp_group* group;
struct igmp_group* groupref;
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.recv);
/* Note that the length CAN be greater than 8 but only 8 are used - All are included in the checksum */
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4)) || (p->len < IGMP_MINLEN)) {
pbuf_free(p);
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.lenerr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: length error\n"));
return;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: message from "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" to address "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", inp));
/* Now calculate and check the checksum */
igmp = (struct igmp_msg *)p->payload;
if (inet_chksum(igmp, p->len)) {
pbuf_free(p);
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.chkerr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: checksum error\n"));
return;
}
/* Packet is ok so find an existing group */
group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, dest); /* use the destination IP address of incoming packet */
/* If group can be found or create... */
if (!group) {
pbuf_free(p);
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.drop);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP frame not for us\n"));
return;
}
/* NOW ACT ON THE INCOMING MESSAGE TYPE... */
switch (igmp->igmp_msgtype) {
case IGMP_MEMB_QUERY: {
/* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to the "all systems" address ? */
if ((ip_addr_cmp(dest, &allsystems)) && ip_addr_isany(&igmp->igmp_group_address)) {
/* THIS IS THE GENERAL QUERY */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: General IGMP_MEMB_QUERY on \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
if (igmp->igmp_maxresp == 0) {
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.rx_v1);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: got an all hosts query with time== 0 - this is V1 and not implemented - treat as v2\n"));
igmp->igmp_maxresp = IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR;
} else {
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.rx_general);
}
groupref = igmp_group_list;
while (groupref) {
/* Do not send messages on the all systems group address! */
if ((groupref->netif == inp) && (!(ip_addr_cmp(&(groupref->group_address), &allsystems)))) {
igmp_delaying_member(groupref, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
}
groupref = groupref->next;
}
} else {
/* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group ? */
if (!ip_addr_isany(&igmp->igmp_group_address)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &igmp->igmp_group_address);
if (ip_addr_cmp(dest, &allsystems)) {
ip_addr_t groupaddr;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" using \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
/* we first need to re-look for the group since we used dest last time */
ip_addr_copy(groupaddr, igmp->igmp_group_address);
group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &groupaddr);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" with the group address as destination [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
}
if (group != NULL) {
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.rx_group);
igmp_delaying_member(group, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
} else {
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.drop);
}
} else {
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.proterr);
}
}
break;
}
case IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT: {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT\n"));
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.rx_report);
if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
/* This is on a specific group we have already looked up */
group->timer = 0; /* stopped */
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
}
break;
}
default: {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: unexpected msg %d in state %d on group %p on if %p\n",
igmp->igmp_msgtype, group->group_state, &group, group->netif));
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.proterr);
break;
}
}
pbuf_free(p);
return;
}
/**
* Join a group on one network interface.
*
* @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should join a new group
* @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to join
* @return ERR_OK if group was joined on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
*/
err_t
igmp_joingroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr)
{
err_t err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
struct igmp_group *group;
struct netif *netif;
/* make sure it is multicast address */
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
/* loop through netif's */
netif = netif_list;
while (netif != NULL) {
/* Should we join this interface ? */
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
/* find group or create a new one if not found */
group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, groupaddr);
if (group != NULL) {
/* This should create a new group, check the state to make sure */
if (group->group_state != IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to group not in state IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER\n"));
} else {
/* OK - it was new group */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to new group: "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
/* If first use of the group, allow the group at the MAC level */
if ((group->use==0) && (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
}
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.tx_join);
igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
igmp_start_timer(group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
/* Need to work out where this timer comes from */
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
}
/* Increment group use */
group->use++;
/* Join on this interface */
err = ERR_OK;
} else {
/* Return an error even if some network interfaces are joined */
/** @todo undo any other netif already joined */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: Not enought memory to join to group\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
}
/* proceed to next network interface */
netif = netif->next;
}
return err;
}
/**
* Leave a group on one network interface.
*
* @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should leave a group
* @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to leave
* @return ERR_OK if group was left on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
*/
err_t
igmp_leavegroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr)
{
err_t err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
struct igmp_group *group;
struct netif *netif;
/* make sure it is multicast address */
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
/* loop through netif's */
netif = netif_list;
while (netif != NULL) {
/* Should we leave this interface ? */
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
/* find group */
group = igmp_lookfor_group(netif, groupaddr);
if (group != NULL) {
/* Only send a leave if the flag is set according to the state diagram */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: Leaving group: "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
/* If there is no other use of the group */
if (group->use <= 1) {
/* If we are the last reporter for this group */
if (group->last_reporter_flag) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: sending leaving group\n"));
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.tx_leave);
igmp_send(group, IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP);
}
/* Disable the group at the MAC level */
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: remove group: "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
/* Free the group */
igmp_remove_group(group);
} else {
/* Decrement group use */
group->use--;
}
/* Leave on this interface */
err = ERR_OK;
} else {
/* It's not a fatal error on "leavegroup" */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: not member of group\n"));
}
}
/* proceed to next network interface */
netif = netif->next;
}
return err;
}
/**
* The igmp timer function (both for NO_SYS=1 and =0)
* Should be called every IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (100 ms is default).
*/
void
igmp_tmr(void)
{
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
while (group != NULL) {
if (group->timer > 0) {
group->timer--;
if (group->timer == 0) {
igmp_timeout(group);
}
}
group = group->next;
}
}
/**
* Called if a timeout for one group is reached.
* Sends a report for this group.
*
* @param group an igmp_group for which a timeout is reached
*/
static void
igmp_timeout(struct igmp_group *group)
{
/* If the state is IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER then we send a report for this group */
if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_timeout: report membership for group with address "));
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(group->group_address));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->netif));
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.tx_report);
igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
}
}
/**
* Start a timer for an igmp group
*
* @param group the igmp_group for which to start a timer
* @param max_time the time in multiples of IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL (decrease with
* every call to igmp_tmr())
*/
static void
igmp_start_timer(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time)
{
/* ensure the input value is > 0 */
if (max_time == 0) {
max_time = 1;
}
/* ensure the random value is > 0 */
group->timer = (LWIP_RAND() % (max_time - 1)) + 1;
}
/**
* Delaying membership report for a group if necessary
*
* @param group the igmp_group for which "delaying" membership report
* @param maxresp query delay
*/
static void
igmp_delaying_member(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp)
{
if ((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER) ||
((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) &&
((group->timer == 0) || (maxresp < group->timer)))) {
igmp_start_timer(group, maxresp);
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
}
}
/**
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs the IP header
* and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source IP address is NULL,
* the IP address of the outgoing network interface is filled in as source address.
*
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
* @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
* ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
* returns errors returned by netif->output
*/
static err_t
igmp_ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest, struct netif *netif)
{
/* This is the "router alert" option */
u16_t ra[2];
ra[0] = PP_HTONS(ROUTER_ALERT);
ra[1] = 0x0000; /* Router shall examine packet */
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.xmit);
return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, IGMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_IGMP, netif, ra, ROUTER_ALERTLEN);
}
/**
* Send an igmp packet to a specific group.
*
* @param group the group to which to send the packet
* @param type the type of igmp packet to send
*/
static void
igmp_send(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type)
{
struct pbuf* p = NULL;
struct igmp_msg* igmp = NULL;
ip_addr_t src = *IP_ADDR_ANY;
ip_addr_t* dest = NULL;
/* IP header + "router alert" option + IGMP header */
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, IGMP_MINLEN, PBUF_RAM);
if (p) {
igmp = (struct igmp_msg *)p->payload;
LWIP_ASSERT("igmp_send: check that first pbuf can hold struct igmp_msg",
(p->len >= sizeof(struct igmp_msg)));
ip_addr_copy(src, group->netif->ip_addr);
if (type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) {
dest = &(group->group_address);
ip_addr_copy(igmp->igmp_group_address, group->group_address);
group->last_reporter_flag = 1; /* Remember we were the last to report */
} else {
if (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP) {
dest = &allrouters;
ip_addr_copy(igmp->igmp_group_address, group->group_address);
}
}
if ((type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) || (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP)) {
igmp->igmp_msgtype = type;
igmp->igmp_maxresp = 0;
igmp->igmp_checksum = 0;
igmp->igmp_checksum = inet_chksum(igmp, IGMP_MINLEN);
igmp_ip_output_if(p, &src, dest, group->netif);
}
pbuf_free(p);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_send: not enough memory for igmp_send\n"));
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.memerr);
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */

42
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/ipv4/inet.c
View file

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Functions common to all TCP/IPv4 modules, such as the byte order functions.
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/inet.h"

450
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/ipv4/inet_chksum.c
View file

@ -1,450 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Incluse internet checksum functions.
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include <stddef.h>
#include <string.h>
/* These are some reference implementations of the checksum algorithm, with the
* aim of being simple, correct and fully portable. Checksumming is the
* first thing you would want to optimize for your platform. If you create
* your own version, link it in and in your cc.h put:
*
* #define LWIP_CHKSUM <your_checksum_routine>
*
* Or you can select from the implementations below by defining
* LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM to 1, 2 or 3.
*/
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM
# define LWIP_CHKSUM lwip_standard_chksum
# ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 2
# endif
#endif
/* If none set: */
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 0
#endif
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 1) /* Version #1 */
/**
* lwip checksum
*
* @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
* @param len length of data to be summed
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
*
* @note accumulator size limits summable length to 64k
* @note host endianess is irrelevant (p3 RFC1071)
*/
static u16_t
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
{
u32_t acc;
u16_t src;
u8_t *octetptr;
acc = 0;
/* dataptr may be at odd or even addresses */
octetptr = (u8_t*)dataptr;
while (len > 1) {
/* declare first octet as most significant
thus assume network order, ignoring host order */
src = (*octetptr) << 8;
octetptr++;
/* declare second octet as least significant */
src |= (*octetptr);
octetptr++;
acc += src;
len -= 2;
}
if (len > 0) {
/* accumulate remaining octet */
src = (*octetptr) << 8;
acc += src;
}
/* add deferred carry bits */
acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
if ((acc & 0xffff0000UL) != 0) {
acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
}
/* This maybe a little confusing: reorder sum using htons()
instead of ntohs() since it has a little less call overhead.
The caller must invert bits for Internet sum ! */
return htons((u16_t)acc);
}
#endif
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 2) /* Alternative version #2 */
/*
* Curt McDowell
* Broadcom Corp.
* csm@broadcom.com
*
* IP checksum two bytes at a time with support for
* unaligned buffer.
* Works for len up to and including 0x20000.
* by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. 12/08/2005
*
* @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
* @param len length of data to be summed
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
*/
static u16_t
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
{
u8_t *pb = (u8_t *)dataptr;
u16_t *ps, t = 0;
u32_t sum = 0;
int odd = ((mem_ptr_t)pb & 1);
/* Get aligned to u16_t */
if (odd && len > 0) {
((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
len--;
}
/* Add the bulk of the data */
ps = (u16_t *)(void *)pb;
while (len > 1) {
sum += *ps++;
len -= 2;
}
/* Consume left-over byte, if any */
if (len > 0) {
((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;
}
/* Add end bytes */
sum += t;
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
/* Swap if alignment was odd */
if (odd) {
sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
}
return (u16_t)sum;
}
#endif
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 3) /* Alternative version #3 */
/**
* An optimized checksum routine. Basically, it uses loop-unrolling on
* the checksum loop, treating the head and tail bytes specially, whereas
* the inner loop acts on 8 bytes at a time.
*
* @arg start of buffer to be checksummed. May be an odd byte address.
* @len number of bytes in the buffer to be checksummed.
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
*
* by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. December 8th, 2005
*/
static u16_t
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
{
u8_t *pb = (u8_t *)dataptr;
u16_t *ps, t = 0;
u32_t *pl;
u32_t sum = 0, tmp;
/* starts at odd byte address? */
int odd = ((mem_ptr_t)pb & 1);
if (odd && len > 0) {
((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
len--;
}
ps = (u16_t *)pb;
if (((mem_ptr_t)ps & 3) && len > 1) {
sum += *ps++;
len -= 2;
}
pl = (u32_t *)ps;
while (len > 7) {
tmp = sum + *pl++; /* ping */
if (tmp < sum) {
tmp++; /* add back carry */
}
sum = tmp + *pl++; /* pong */
if (sum < tmp) {
sum++; /* add back carry */
}
len -= 8;
}
/* make room in upper bits */
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
ps = (u16_t *)pl;
/* 16-bit aligned word remaining? */
while (len > 1) {
sum += *ps++;
len -= 2;
}
/* dangling tail byte remaining? */
if (len > 0) { /* include odd byte */
((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;
}
sum += t; /* add end bytes */
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
if (odd) {
sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
}
return (u16_t)sum;
}
#endif
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
*
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
* IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
*
* @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
* @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
*/
u16_t
inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len)
{
u32_t acc;
u32_t addr;
struct pbuf *q;
u8_t swapped;
acc = 0;
swapped = 0;
/* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
(void *)q, (void *)q->next));
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
/* just executing this next line is probably faster that the if statement needed
to check whether we really need to execute it, and does no harm */
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
swapped = 1 - swapped;
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
}
if (swapped) {
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(src);
acc += (addr & 0xffffUL);
acc += ((addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(dest);
acc += (addr & 0xffffUL);
acc += ((addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
}
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
*
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
* IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
*
* @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
* @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
*/
u16_t
inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len)
{
u32_t acc;
u32_t addr;
struct pbuf *q;
u8_t swapped;
u16_t chklen;
acc = 0;
swapped = 0;
/* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
for(q = p; (q != NULL) && (chksum_len > 0); q = q->next) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
(void *)q, (void *)q->next));
chklen = q->len;
if (chklen > chksum_len) {
chklen = chksum_len;
}
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, chklen);
chksum_len -= chklen;
LWIP_ASSERT("delete me", chksum_len < 0x7fff);
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
/* fold the upper bit down */
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
swapped = 1 - swapped;
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
}
if (swapped) {
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(src);
acc += (addr & 0xffffUL);
acc += ((addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(dest);
acc += (addr & 0xffffUL);
acc += ((addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
}
/* inet_chksum:
*
* Calculates the Internet checksum over a portion of memory. Used primarily for IP
* and ICMP.
*
* @param dataptr start of the buffer to calculate the checksum (no alignment needed)
* @param len length of the buffer to calculate the checksum
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
*/
u16_t
inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
{
return ~LWIP_CHKSUM(dataptr, len);
}
/**
* Calculate a checksum over a chain of pbufs (without pseudo-header, much like
* inet_chksum only pbufs are used).
*
* @param p pbuf chain over that the checksum should be calculated
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
*/
u16_t
inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p)
{
u32_t acc;
struct pbuf *q;
u8_t swapped;
acc = 0;
swapped = 0;
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
swapped = 1 - swapped;
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
}
if (swapped) {
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
}
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
}
/* These are some implementations for LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY, which copies data
* like MEMCPY but generates a checksum at the same time. Since this is a
* performance-sensitive function, you might want to create your own version
* in assembly targeted at your hardware by defining it in lwipopts.h:
* #define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY(dst, src, len) your_chksum_copy(dst, src, len)
*/
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM == 1) /* Version #1 */
/** Safe but slow: first call MEMCPY, then call LWIP_CHKSUM.
* For architectures with big caches, data might still be in cache when
* generating the checksum after copying.
*/
u16_t
lwip_chksum_copy(void *dst, const void *src, u16_t len)
{
MEMCPY(dst, src, len);
return LWIP_CHKSUM(dst, len);
}
#endif /* (LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM == 1) */

857
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/ipv4/ip.c
View file

@ -1,857 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* This is the IPv4 layer implementation for incoming and outgoing IP traffic.
*
* @see ip_frag.c
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "arch/perf.h"
#include <string.h>
/** Set this to 0 in the rare case of wanting to call an extra function to
* generate the IP checksum (in contrast to calculating it on-the-fly). */
#ifndef LWIP_INLINE_IP_CHKSUM
#define LWIP_INLINE_IP_CHKSUM 1
#endif
#if LWIP_INLINE_IP_CHKSUM && CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
#define CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE 1
#else
#define CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE 0
#endif
#if LWIP_DHCP || defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT)
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING 1
/** Some defines for DHCP to let link-layer-addressed packets through while the
* netif is down.
* To use this in your own application/protocol, define LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT
* to return 1 if the port is accepted and 0 if the port is not accepted.
*/
#if LWIP_DHCP && defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT)
/* accept DHCP client port and custom port */
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSED_PORT(port) (((port) == PP_NTOHS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT)) \
|| (LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(port)))
#elif defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) /* LWIP_DHCP && defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) */
/* accept custom port only */
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSED_PORT(port) (LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(dst_port))
#else /* LWIP_DHCP && defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) */
/* accept DHCP client port only */
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSED_PORT(port) ((port) == PP_NTOHS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT))
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP && defined(LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT) */
#else /* LWIP_DHCP */
#define IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING 0
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
/**
* The interface that provided the packet for the current callback
* invocation.
*/
struct netif *current_netif;
/**
* Header of the input packet currently being processed.
*/
const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
/** Source IP address of current_header */
ip_addr_t current_iphdr_src;
/** Destination IP address of current_header */
ip_addr_t current_iphdr_dest;
/** The IP header ID of the next outgoing IP packet */
static u16_t ip_id;
/**
* Finds the appropriate network interface for a given IP address. It
* searches the list of network interfaces linearly. A match is found
* if the masked IP address of the network interface equals the masked
* IP address given to the function.
*
* @param dest the destination IP address for which to find the route
* @return the netif on which to send to reach dest
*/
struct netif *
ip_route(ip_addr_t *dest)
{
struct netif *netif;
/* iterate through netifs */
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
/* network mask matches? */
if (netif_is_up(netif)) {
if (ip_addr_netcmp(dest, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))) {
/* return netif on which to forward IP packet */
return netif;
}
}
}
if ((netif_default == NULL) || (!netif_is_up(netif_default))) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_route: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(dest), ip4_addr2_16(dest), ip4_addr3_16(dest), ip4_addr4_16(dest)));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
return NULL;
}
/* no matching netif found, use default netif */
return netif_default;
}
#if IP_FORWARD
/**
* Forwards an IP packet. It finds an appropriate route for the
* packet, decrements the TTL value of the packet, adjusts the
* checksum and outputs the packet on the appropriate interface.
*
* @param p the packet to forward (p->payload points to IP header)
* @param iphdr the IP header of the input packet
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
*/
static void
ip_forward(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_hdr *iphdr, struct netif *inp)
{
struct netif *netif;
PERF_START;
/* RFC3927 2.7: do not forward link-local addresses */
if (ip_addr_islinklocal(&current_iphdr_dest)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: not forwarding LLA %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&current_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr2_16(&current_iphdr_dest),
ip4_addr3_16(&current_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr4_16(&current_iphdr_dest)));
goto return_noroute;
}
/* Find network interface where to forward this IP packet to. */
netif = ip_route(&current_iphdr_dest);
if (netif == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: no forwarding route for %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F" found\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&current_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr2_16(&current_iphdr_dest),
ip4_addr3_16(&current_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr4_16(&current_iphdr_dest)));
goto return_noroute;
}
/* Do not forward packets onto the same network interface on which
* they arrived. */
if (netif == inp) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: not bouncing packets back on incoming interface.\n"));
goto return_noroute;
}
/* decrement TTL */
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, IPH_TTL(iphdr) - 1);
/* send ICMP if TTL == 0 */
if (IPH_TTL(iphdr) == 0) {
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
#if LWIP_ICMP
/* Don't send ICMP messages in response to ICMP messages */
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_ICMP) {
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_TTL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
return;
}
/* Incrementally update the IP checksum. */
if (IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) >= PP_HTONS(0xffffU - 0x100)) {
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + PP_HTONS(0x100) + 1);
} else {
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + PP_HTONS(0x100));
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: forwarding packet to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&current_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr2_16(&current_iphdr_dest),
ip4_addr3_16(&current_iphdr_dest), ip4_addr4_16(&current_iphdr_dest)));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.fw);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams();
PERF_STOP("ip_forward");
/* transmit pbuf on chosen interface */
netif->output(netif, p, &current_iphdr_dest);
return;
return_noroute:
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
}
#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
/**
* This function is called by the network interface device driver when
* an IP packet is received. The function does the basic checks of the
* IP header such as packet size being at least larger than the header
* size etc. If the packet was not destined for us, the packet is
* forwarded (using ip_forward). The IP checksum is always checked.
*
* Finally, the packet is sent to the upper layer protocol input function.
*
* @param p the received IP packet (p->payload points to IP header)
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was processed (could return ERR_* if it wasn't
* processed, but currently always returns ERR_OK)
*/
err_t
ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
struct netif *netif;
u16_t iphdr_hlen;
u16_t iphdr_len;
#if IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING
int check_ip_src=1;
#endif /* IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING */
IP_STATS_INC(ip.recv);
snmp_inc_ipinreceives();
/* identify the IP header */
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
if (IPH_V(iphdr) != 4) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("IP packet dropped due to bad version number %"U16_F"\n", IPH_V(iphdr)));
ip_debug_print(p);
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
return ERR_OK;
}
/* obtain IP header length in number of 32-bit words */
iphdr_hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr);
/* calculate IP header length in bytes */
iphdr_hlen *= 4;
/* obtain ip length in bytes */
iphdr_len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr));
/* header length exceeds first pbuf length, or ip length exceeds total pbuf length? */
if ((iphdr_hlen > p->len) || (iphdr_len > p->tot_len)) {
if (iphdr_hlen > p->len) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("IP header (len %"U16_F") does not fit in first pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
iphdr_hlen, p->len));
}
if (iphdr_len > p->tot_len) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("IP (len %"U16_F") is longer than pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
iphdr_len, p->tot_len));
}
/* free (drop) packet pbufs */
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.lenerr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
return ERR_OK;
}
/* verify checksum */
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP
if (inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("Checksum (0x%"X16_F") failed, IP packet dropped.\n", inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen)));
ip_debug_print(p);
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.chkerr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif
/* Trim pbuf. This should have been done at the netif layer,
* but we'll do it anyway just to be sure that its done. */
pbuf_realloc(p, iphdr_len);
/* copy IP addresses to aligned ip_addr_t */
ip_addr_copy(current_iphdr_dest, iphdr->dest);
ip_addr_copy(current_iphdr_src, iphdr->src);
/* match packet against an interface, i.e. is this packet for us? */
#if LWIP_IGMP
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(&current_iphdr_dest)) {
if ((inp->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && (igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &current_iphdr_dest))) {
netif = inp;
} else {
netif = NULL;
}
} else
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
{
/* start trying with inp. if that's not acceptable, start walking the
list of configured netifs.
'first' is used as a boolean to mark whether we started walking the list */
int first = 1;
netif = inp;
do {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: iphdr->dest 0x%"X32_F" netif->ip_addr 0x%"X32_F" (0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F")\n",
ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->ip_addr),
ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest) & ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask),
ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->ip_addr) & ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask),
ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest) & ~ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask)));
/* interface is up and configured? */
if ((netif_is_up(netif)) && (!ip_addr_isany(&(netif->ip_addr)))) {
/* unicast to this interface address? */
if (ip_addr_cmp(&current_iphdr_dest, &(netif->ip_addr)) ||
/* or broadcast on this interface network address? */
ip_addr_isbroadcast(&current_iphdr_dest, netif)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: packet accepted on interface %c%c\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
/* break out of for loop */
break;
}
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
/* connections to link-local addresses must persist after changing
the netif's address (RFC3927 ch. 1.9) */
if ((netif->autoip != NULL) &&
ip_addr_cmp(&current_iphdr_dest, &(netif->autoip->llipaddr))) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: LLA packet accepted on interface %c%c\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
/* break out of for loop */
break;
}
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
}
if (first) {
first = 0;
netif = netif_list;
} else {
netif = netif->next;
}
if (netif == inp) {
netif = netif->next;
}
} while(netif != NULL);
}
#if IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING
/* Pass DHCP messages regardless of destination address. DHCP traffic is addressed
* using link layer addressing (such as Ethernet MAC) so we must not filter on IP.
* According to RFC 1542 section 3.1.1, referred by RFC 2131).
*
* If you want to accept private broadcast communication while a netif is down,
* define LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(dst_port), e.g.:
*
* #define LWIP_IP_ACCEPT_UDP_PORT(dst_port) ((dst_port) == PP_NTOHS(12345))
*/
if (netif == NULL) {
/* remote port is DHCP server? */
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDP) {
struct udp_hdr *udphdr = (struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: UDP packet to DHCP client port %"U16_F"\n",
ntohs(udphdr->dest)));
if (IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSED_PORT(udphdr->dest)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: DHCP packet accepted.\n"));
netif = inp;
check_ip_src = 0;
}
}
}
#endif /* IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING */
/* broadcast or multicast packet source address? Compliant with RFC 1122: 3.2.1.3 */
#if IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING
/* DHCP servers need 0.0.0.0 to be allowed as source address (RFC 1.1.2.2: 3.2.1.3/a) */
if (check_ip_src && !ip_addr_isany(&current_iphdr_src))
#endif /* IP_ACCEPT_LINK_LAYER_ADDRESSING */
{ if ((ip_addr_isbroadcast(&current_iphdr_src, inp)) ||
(ip_addr_ismulticast(&current_iphdr_src))) {
/* packet source is not valid */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("ip_input: packet source is not valid.\n"));
/* free (drop) packet pbufs */
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
return ERR_OK;
}
}
/* packet not for us? */
if (netif == NULL) {
/* packet not for us, route or discard */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: packet not for us.\n"));
#if IP_FORWARD
/* non-broadcast packet? */
if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(&current_iphdr_dest, inp)) {
/* try to forward IP packet on (other) interfaces */
ip_forward(p, iphdr, inp);
} else
#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
{
snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
}
pbuf_free(p);
return ERR_OK;
}
/* packet consists of multiple fragments? */
if ((IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & PP_HTONS(IP_OFFMASK | IP_MF)) != 0) {
#if IP_REASSEMBLY /* packet fragment reassembly code present? */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP packet is a fragment (id=0x%04"X16_F" tot_len=%"U16_F" len=%"U16_F" MF=%"U16_F" offset=%"U16_F"), calling ip_reass()\n",
ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)), p->tot_len, ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr)), !!(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & PP_HTONS(IP_MF)), (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK)*8));
/* reassemble the packet*/
p = ip_reass(p);
/* packet not fully reassembled yet? */
if (p == NULL) {
return ERR_OK;
}
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
#else /* IP_REASSEMBLY == 0, no packet fragment reassembly code present */
pbuf_free(p);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since it was fragmented (0x%"X16_F") (while IP_REASSEMBLY == 0).\n",
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr))));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
/* unsupported protocol feature */
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
return ERR_OK;
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
}
#if IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 /* no support for IP options in the IP header? */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* there is an extra "router alert" option in IGMP messages which we allow for but do not police */
if((iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN) && (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_IGMP)) {
#else
if (iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN) {
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since there were IP options (while IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0).\n"));
pbuf_free(p);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
/* unsupported protocol feature */
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 */
/* send to upper layers */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: \n"));
ip_debug_print(p);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: p->len %"U16_F" p->tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len));
current_netif = inp;
current_header = iphdr;
#if LWIP_RAW
/* raw input did not eat the packet? */
if (raw_input(p, inp) == 0)
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
{
switch (IPH_PROTO(iphdr)) {
#if LWIP_UDP
case IP_PROTO_UDP:
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
case IP_PROTO_UDPLITE:
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
udp_input(p, inp);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
#if LWIP_TCP
case IP_PROTO_TCP:
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
tcp_input(p, inp);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if LWIP_ICMP
case IP_PROTO_ICMP:
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
icmp_input(p, inp);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
case IP_PROTO_IGMP:
igmp_input(p, inp, &current_iphdr_dest);
break;
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
default:
#if LWIP_ICMP
/* send ICMP destination protocol unreachable unless is was a broadcast */
if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(&current_iphdr_dest, inp) &&
!ip_addr_ismulticast(&current_iphdr_dest)) {
p->payload = iphdr;
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PROTO);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
pbuf_free(p);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("Unsupported transport protocol %"U16_F"\n", IPH_PROTO(iphdr)));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.proterr);
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
}
}
current_netif = NULL;
current_header = NULL;
ip_addr_set_any(&current_iphdr_src);
ip_addr_set_any(&current_iphdr_dest);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs
* the IP header and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source
* IP address is NULL, the IP address of the outgoing network
* interface is filled in as source address.
* If the destination IP address is IP_HDRINCL, p is assumed to already
* include an IP header and p->payload points to it instead of the data.
*
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
* @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
* ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
* returns errors returned by netif->output
*
* @note ip_id: RFC791 "some host may be able to simply use
* unique identifiers independent of destination"
*/
err_t
ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos,
u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
{
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif, NULL, 0);
}
/**
* Same as ip_output_if() but with the possibility to include IP options:
*
* @ param ip_options pointer to the IP options, copied into the IP header
* @ param optlen length of ip_options
*/
err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
u16_t optlen)
{
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
ip_addr_t dest_addr;
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
u32_t chk_sum = 0;
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
/* pbufs passed to IP must have a ref-count of 1 as their payload pointer
gets altered as the packet is passed down the stack */
LWIP_ASSERT("p->ref == 1", p->ref == 1);
snmp_inc_ipoutrequests();
/* Should the IP header be generated or is it already included in p? */
if (dest != IP_HDRINCL) {
u16_t ip_hlen = IP_HLEN;
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
u16_t optlen_aligned = 0;
if (optlen != 0) {
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
int i;
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
/* round up to a multiple of 4 */
optlen_aligned = ((optlen + 3) & ~3);
ip_hlen += optlen_aligned;
/* First write in the IP options */
if (pbuf_header(p, optlen_aligned)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output_if_opt: not enough room for IP options in pbuf\n"));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
return ERR_BUF;
}
MEMCPY(p->payload, ip_options, optlen);
if (optlen < optlen_aligned) {
/* zero the remaining bytes */
memset(((char*)p->payload) + optlen, 0, optlen_aligned - optlen);
}
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
for (i = 0; i < optlen_aligned/2; i++) {
chk_sum += ((u16_t*)p->payload)[i];
}
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
}
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
/* generate IP header */
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output: not enough room for IP header in pbuf\n"));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
return ERR_BUF;
}
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct ip_hdr",
(p->len >= sizeof(struct ip_hdr)));
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ttl);
IPH_PROTO_SET(iphdr, proto);
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
chk_sum += LWIP_MAKE_U16(proto, ttl);
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
/* dest cannot be NULL here */
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->dest, *dest);
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
chk_sum += ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest) & 0xFFFF;
chk_sum += ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->dest) >> 16;
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
IPH_VHLTOS_SET(iphdr, 4, ip_hlen / 4, tos);
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
chk_sum += iphdr->_v_hl_tos;
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(p->tot_len));
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
chk_sum += iphdr->_len;
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, 0);
IPH_ID_SET(iphdr, htons(ip_id));
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
chk_sum += iphdr->_id;
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
++ip_id;
if (ip_addr_isany(src)) {
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->src, netif->ip_addr);
} else {
/* src cannot be NULL here */
ip_addr_copy(iphdr->src, *src);
}
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE
chk_sum += ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->src) & 0xFFFF;
chk_sum += ip4_addr_get_u32(&iphdr->src) >> 16;
chk_sum = (chk_sum >> 16) + (chk_sum & 0xFFFF);
chk_sum = (chk_sum >> 16) + chk_sum;
chk_sum = ~chk_sum;
iphdr->_chksum = chk_sum; /* network order */
#else /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, ip_hlen));
#endif
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP_INLINE */
} else {
/* IP header already included in p */
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
ip_addr_copy(dest_addr, iphdr->dest);
dest = &dest_addr;
}
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output_if: %c%c%"U16_F"\n", netif->name[0], netif->name[1], netif->num));
ip_debug_print(p);
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
if (ip_addr_cmp(dest, &netif->ip_addr)) {
/* Packet to self, enqueue it for loopback */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif_loop_output()"));
return netif_loop_output(netif, p, dest);
}
#if LWIP_IGMP
if ((p->flags & PBUF_FLAG_MCASTLOOP) != 0) {
netif_loop_output(netif, p, dest);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
#if IP_FRAG
/* don't fragment if interface has mtu set to 0 [loopif] */
if (netif->mtu && (p->tot_len > netif->mtu)) {
return ip_frag(p, netif, dest);
}
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif->output()"));
return netif->output(netif, p, dest);
}
/**
* Simple interface to ip_output_if. It finds the outgoing network
* interface and calls upon ip_output_if to do the actual work.
*
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
*
* @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
* see ip_output_if() for more return values
*/
err_t
ip_output(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto)
{
struct netif *netif;
/* pbufs passed to IP must have a ref-count of 1 as their payload pointer
gets altered as the packet is passed down the stack */
LWIP_ASSERT("p->ref == 1", p->ref == 1);
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(dest), ip4_addr2_16(dest), ip4_addr3_16(dest), ip4_addr4_16(dest)));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
return ERR_RTE;
}
return ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
}
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
/** Like ip_output, but takes and addr_hint pointer that is passed on to netif->addr_hint
* before calling ip_output_if.
*
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
* @param addr_hint address hint pointer set to netif->addr_hint before
* calling ip_output_if()
*
* @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
* see ip_output_if() for more return values
*/
err_t
ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint)
{
struct netif *netif;
err_t err;
/* pbufs passed to IP must have a ref-count of 1 as their payload pointer
gets altered as the packet is passed down the stack */
LWIP_ASSERT("p->ref == 1", p->ref == 1);
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(dest), ip4_addr2_16(dest), ip4_addr3_16(dest), ip4_addr4_16(dest)));
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
return ERR_RTE;
}
netif->addr_hint = addr_hint;
err = ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
return err;
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
#if IP_DEBUG
/* Print an IP header by using LWIP_DEBUGF
* @param p an IP packet, p->payload pointing to the IP header
*/
void
ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p)
{
struct ip_hdr *iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
u8_t *payload;
payload = (u8_t *)iphdr + IP_HLEN;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP header:\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|%2"S16_F" |%2"S16_F" | 0x%02"X16_F" | %5"U16_F" | (v, hl, tos, len)\n",
IPH_V(iphdr),
IPH_HL(iphdr),
IPH_TOS(iphdr),
ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr))));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" |%"U16_F"%"U16_F"%"U16_F"| %4"U16_F" | (id, flags, offset)\n",
ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)),
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 15 & 1,
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 14 & 1,
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 13 & 1,
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | 0x%04"X16_F" | (ttl, proto, chksum)\n",
IPH_TTL(iphdr),
IPH_PROTO(iphdr),
ntohs(IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr))));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | (src)\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&iphdr->src),
ip4_addr2_16(&iphdr->src),
ip4_addr3_16(&iphdr->src),
ip4_addr4_16(&iphdr->src)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | (dest)\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&iphdr->dest),
ip4_addr2_16(&iphdr->dest),
ip4_addr3_16(&iphdr->dest),
ip4_addr4_16(&iphdr->dest)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
}
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */

312
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/ipv4/ip_addr.c
View file

@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* This is the IPv4 address tools implementation.
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
/* used by IP_ADDR_ANY and IP_ADDR_BROADCAST in ip_addr.h */
const ip_addr_t ip_addr_any = { IPADDR_ANY };
const ip_addr_t ip_addr_broadcast = { IPADDR_BROADCAST };
/**
* Determine if an address is a broadcast address on a network interface
*
* @param addr address to be checked
* @param netif the network interface against which the address is checked
* @return returns non-zero if the address is a broadcast address
*/
u8_t
ip4_addr_isbroadcast(u32_t addr, const struct netif *netif)
{
ip_addr_t ipaddr;
ip4_addr_set_u32(&ipaddr, addr);
/* all ones (broadcast) or all zeroes (old skool broadcast) */
if ((~addr == IPADDR_ANY) ||
(addr == IPADDR_ANY)) {
return 1;
/* no broadcast support on this network interface? */
} else if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST) == 0) {
/* the given address cannot be a broadcast address
* nor can we check against any broadcast addresses */
return 0;
/* address matches network interface address exactly? => no broadcast */
} else if (addr == ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->ip_addr)) {
return 0;
/* on the same (sub) network... */
} else if (ip_addr_netcmp(&ipaddr, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))
/* ...and host identifier bits are all ones? =>... */
&& ((addr & ~ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask)) ==
(IPADDR_BROADCAST & ~ip4_addr_get_u32(&netif->netmask)))) {
/* => network broadcast address */
return 1;
} else {
return 0;
}
}
/** Checks if a netmask is valid (starting with ones, then only zeros)
*
* @param netmask the IPv4 netmask to check (in network byte order!)
* @return 1 if the netmask is valid, 0 if it is not
*/
u8_t
ip4_addr_netmask_valid(u32_t netmask)
{
u32_t mask;
u32_t nm_hostorder = lwip_htonl(netmask);
/* first, check for the first zero */
for (mask = 1UL << 31 ; mask != 0; mask >>= 1) {
if ((nm_hostorder & mask) == 0) {
break;
}
}
/* then check that there is no one */
for (; mask != 0; mask >>= 1) {
if ((nm_hostorder & mask) != 0) {
/* there is a one after the first zero -> invalid */
return 0;
}
}
/* no one after the first zero -> valid */
return 1;
}
/* Here for now until needed in other places in lwIP */
#ifndef isprint
#define in_range(c, lo, up) ((u8_t)c >= lo && (u8_t)c <= up)
#define isprint(c) in_range(c, 0x20, 0x7f)
#define isdigit(c) in_range(c, '0', '9')
#define isxdigit(c) (isdigit(c) || in_range(c, 'a', 'f') || in_range(c, 'A', 'F'))
#define islower(c) in_range(c, 'a', 'z')
#define isspace(c) (c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || c == '\v')
#endif
/**
* Ascii internet address interpretation routine.
* The value returned is in network order.
*
* @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
* @return ip address in network order
*/
u32_t
ipaddr_addr(const char *cp)
{
ip_addr_t val;
if (ipaddr_aton(cp, &val)) {
return ip4_addr_get_u32(&val);
}
return (IPADDR_NONE);
}
/**
* Check whether "cp" is a valid ascii representation
* of an Internet address and convert to a binary address.
* Returns 1 if the address is valid, 0 if not.
* This replaces inet_addr, the return value from which
* cannot distinguish between failure and a local broadcast address.
*
* @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
* @param addr pointer to which to save the ip address in network order
* @return 1 if cp could be converted to addr, 0 on failure
*/
int
ipaddr_aton(const char *cp, ip_addr_t *addr)
{
u32_t val;
u8_t base;
char c;
u32_t parts[4];
u32_t *pp = parts;
c = *cp;
for (;;) {
/*
* Collect number up to ``.''.
* Values are specified as for C:
* 0x=hex, 0=octal, 1-9=decimal.
*/
if (!isdigit(c))
return (0);
val = 0;
base = 10;
if (c == '0') {
c = *++cp;
if (c == 'x' || c == 'X') {
base = 16;
c = *++cp;
} else
base = 8;
}
for (;;) {
if (isdigit(c)) {
val = (val * base) + (int)(c - '0');
c = *++cp;
} else if (base == 16 && isxdigit(c)) {
val = (val << 4) | (int)(c + 10 - (islower(c) ? 'a' : 'A'));
c = *++cp;
} else
break;
}
if (c == '.') {
/*
* Internet format:
* a.b.c.d
* a.b.c (with c treated as 16 bits)
* a.b (with b treated as 24 bits)
*/
if (pp >= parts + 3) {
return (0);
}
*pp++ = val;
c = *++cp;
} else
break;
}
/*
* Check for trailing characters.
*/
if (c != '\0' && !isspace(c)) {
return (0);
}
/*
* Concoct the address according to
* the number of parts specified.
*/
switch (pp - parts + 1) {
case 0:
return (0); /* initial nondigit */
case 1: /* a -- 32 bits */
break;
case 2: /* a.b -- 8.24 bits */
if (val > 0xffffffUL) {
return (0);
}
val |= parts[0] << 24;
break;
case 3: /* a.b.c -- 8.8.16 bits */
if (val > 0xffff) {
return (0);
}
val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16);
break;
case 4: /* a.b.c.d -- 8.8.8.8 bits */
if (val > 0xff) {
return (0);
}
val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16) | (parts[2] << 8);
break;
default:
LWIP_ASSERT("unhandled", 0);
break;
}
if (addr) {
ip4_addr_set_u32(addr, htonl(val));
}
return (1);
}
/**
* Convert numeric IP address into decimal dotted ASCII representation.
* returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant!
*
* @param addr ip address in network order to convert
* @return pointer to a global static (!) buffer that holds the ASCII
* represenation of addr
*/
char *
ipaddr_ntoa(const ip_addr_t *addr)
{
static char str[16];
return ipaddr_ntoa_r(addr, str, 16);
}
/**
* Same as ipaddr_ntoa, but reentrant since a user-supplied buffer is used.
*
* @param addr ip address in network order to convert
* @param buf target buffer where the string is stored
* @param buflen length of buf
* @return either pointer to buf which now holds the ASCII
* representation of addr or NULL if buf was too small
*/
char *ipaddr_ntoa_r(const ip_addr_t *addr, char *buf, int buflen)
{
u32_t s_addr;
char inv[3];
char *rp;
u8_t *ap;
u8_t rem;
u8_t n;
u8_t i;
int len = 0;
s_addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(addr);
rp = buf;
ap = (u8_t *)&s_addr;
for(n = 0; n < 4; n++) {
i = 0;
do {
rem = *ap % (u8_t)10;
*ap /= (u8_t)10;
inv[i++] = '0' + rem;
} while(*ap);
while(i--) {
if (len++ >= buflen) {
return NULL;
}
*rp++ = inv[i];
}
if (len++ >= buflen) {
return NULL;
}
*rp++ = '.';
ap++;
}
*--rp = 0;
return buf;
}

863
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/ipv4/ip_frag.c
View file

@ -1,863 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* This is the IPv4 packet segmentation and reassembly implementation.
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
* Simon Goldschmidt
* original reassembly code by Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include <string.h>
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
/**
* The IP reassembly code currently has the following limitations:
* - IP header options are not supported
* - fragments must not overlap (e.g. due to different routes),
* currently, overlapping or duplicate fragments are thrown away
* if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP=1 (the default)!
*
* @todo: work with IP header options
*/
/** Setting this to 0, you can turn off checking the fragments for overlapping
* regions. The code gets a little smaller. Only use this if you know that
* overlapping won't occur on your network! */
#ifndef IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
#define IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP 1
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
/** Set to 0 to prevent freeing the oldest datagram when the reassembly buffer is
* full (IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS pbufs are enqueued). The code gets a little smaller.
* Datagrams will be freed by timeout only. Especially useful when MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA
* is set to 1, so one datagram can be reassembled at a time, only. */
#ifndef IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
#define IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST 1
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
#define IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
/** This is a helper struct which holds the starting
* offset and the ending offset of this fragment to
* easily chain the fragments.
* It has the same packing requirements as the IP header, since it replaces
* the IP header in memory in incoming fragments (after copying it) to keep
* track of the various fragments. (-> If the IP header doesn't need packing,
* this struct doesn't need packing, too.)
*/
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_reass_helper {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct pbuf *next_pbuf);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t start);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t end);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(iphdrA, iphdrB) \
(ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->src, &(iphdrB)->src) && \
ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->dest, &(iphdrB)->dest) && \
IPH_ID(iphdrA) == IPH_ID(iphdrB)) ? 1 : 0
/* global variables */
static struct ip_reassdata *reassdatagrams;
static u16_t ip_reass_pbufcount;
/* function prototypes */
static void ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
static int ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
/**
* Reassembly timer base function
* for both NO_SYS == 0 and 1 (!).
*
* Should be called every 1000 msec (defined by IP_TMR_INTERVAL).
*/
void
ip_reass_tmr(void)
{
struct ip_reassdata *r, *prev = NULL;
r = reassdatagrams;
while (r != NULL) {
/* Decrement the timer. Once it reaches 0,
* clean up the incomplete fragment assembly */
if (r->timer > 0) {
r->timer--;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer dec %"U16_F"\n",(u16_t)r->timer));
prev = r;
r = r->next;
} else {
/* reassembly timed out */
struct ip_reassdata *tmp;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer timed out\n"));
tmp = r;
/* get the next pointer before freeing */
r = r->next;
/* free the helper struct and all enqueued pbufs */
ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(tmp, prev);
}
}
}
/**
* Free a datagram (struct ip_reassdata) and all its pbufs.
* Updates the total count of enqueued pbufs (ip_reass_pbufcount),
* SNMP counters and sends an ICMP time exceeded packet.
*
* @param ipr datagram to free
* @param prev the previous datagram in the linked list
* @return the number of pbufs freed
*/
static int
ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
{
u16_t pbufs_freed = 0;
u8_t clen;
struct pbuf *p;
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
LWIP_ASSERT("prev != ipr", prev != ipr);
if (prev != NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("prev->next == ipr", prev->next == ipr);
}
snmp_inc_ipreasmfails();
#if LWIP_ICMP
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)ipr->p->payload;
if (iprh->start == 0) {
/* The first fragment was received, send ICMP time exceeded. */
/* First, de-queue the first pbuf from r->p. */
p = ipr->p;
ipr->p = iprh->next_pbuf;
/* Then, copy the original header into it. */
SMEMCPY(p->payload, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_FRAG);
clen = pbuf_clen(p);
LWIP_ASSERT("pbufs_freed + clen <= 0xffff", pbufs_freed + clen <= 0xffff);
pbufs_freed += clen;
pbuf_free(p);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
/* First, free all received pbufs. The individual pbufs need to be released
separately as they have not yet been chained */
p = ipr->p;
while (p != NULL) {
struct pbuf *pcur;
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)p->payload;
pcur = p;
/* get the next pointer before freeing */
p = iprh->next_pbuf;
clen = pbuf_clen(pcur);
LWIP_ASSERT("pbufs_freed + clen <= 0xffff", pbufs_freed + clen <= 0xffff);
pbufs_freed += clen;
pbuf_free(pcur);
}
/* Then, unchain the struct ip_reassdata from the list and free it. */
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, prev);
LWIP_ASSERT("ip_reass_pbufcount >= clen", ip_reass_pbufcount >= pbufs_freed);
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbufs_freed;
return pbufs_freed;
}
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
/**
* Free the oldest datagram to make room for enqueueing new fragments.
* The datagram 'fraghdr' belongs to is not freed!
*
* @param fraghdr IP header of the current fragment
* @param pbufs_needed number of pbufs needed to enqueue
* (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
* @return the number of pbufs freed
*/
static int
ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int pbufs_needed)
{
/* @todo Can't we simply remove the last datagram in the
* linked list behind reassdatagrams?
*/
struct ip_reassdata *r, *oldest, *prev;
int pbufs_freed = 0, pbufs_freed_current;
int other_datagrams;
/* Free datagrams until being allowed to enqueue 'pbufs_needed' pbufs,
* but don't free the datagram that 'fraghdr' belongs to! */
do {
oldest = NULL;
prev = NULL;
other_datagrams = 0;
r = reassdatagrams;
while (r != NULL) {
if (!IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&r->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
/* Not the same datagram as fraghdr */
other_datagrams++;
if (oldest == NULL) {
oldest = r;
} else if (r->timer <= oldest->timer) {
/* older than the previous oldest */
oldest = r;
}
}
if (r->next != NULL) {
prev = r;
}
r = r->next;
}
if (oldest != NULL) {
pbufs_freed_current = ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(oldest, prev);
pbufs_freed += pbufs_freed_current;
}
} while ((pbufs_freed < pbufs_needed) && (other_datagrams > 1));
return pbufs_freed;
}
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
/**
* Enqueues a new fragment into the fragment queue
* @param fraghdr points to the new fragments IP hdr
* @param clen number of pbufs needed to enqueue (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
* @return A pointer to the queue location into which the fragment was enqueued
*/
static struct ip_reassdata*
ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int clen)
{
struct ip_reassdata* ipr;
/* No matching previous fragment found, allocate a new reassdata struct */
ipr = (struct ip_reassdata *)memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
if (ipr == NULL) {
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
if (ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) >= clen) {
ipr = (struct ip_reassdata *)memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
}
if (ipr == NULL)
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
{
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("Failed to alloc reassdata struct\n"));
return NULL;
}
}
memset(ipr, 0, sizeof(struct ip_reassdata));
ipr->timer = IP_REASS_MAXAGE;
/* enqueue the new structure to the front of the list */
ipr->next = reassdatagrams;
reassdatagrams = ipr;
/* copy the ip header for later tests and input */
/* @todo: no ip options supported? */
SMEMCPY(&(ipr->iphdr), fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
return ipr;
}
/**
* Dequeues a datagram from the datagram queue. Doesn't deallocate the pbufs.
* @param ipr points to the queue entry to dequeue
*/
static void
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
{
/* dequeue the reass struct */
if (reassdatagrams == ipr) {
/* it was the first in the list */
reassdatagrams = ipr->next;
} else {
/* it wasn't the first, so it must have a valid 'prev' */
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check linked list", prev != NULL);
prev->next = ipr->next;
}
/* now we can free the ip_reass struct */
memp_free(MEMP_REASSDATA, ipr);
}
/**
* Chain a new pbuf into the pbuf list that composes the datagram. The pbuf list
* will grow over time as new pbufs are rx.
* Also checks that the datagram passes basic continuity checks (if the last
* fragment was received at least once).
* @param root_p points to the 'root' pbuf for the current datagram being assembled.
* @param new_p points to the pbuf for the current fragment
* @return 0 if invalid, >0 otherwise
*/
static int
ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct pbuf *new_p)
{
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh, *iprh_tmp, *iprh_prev=NULL;
struct pbuf *q;
u16_t offset,len;
struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
int valid = 1;
/* Extract length and fragment offset from current fragment */
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)new_p->payload;
len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
/* overwrite the fragment's ip header from the pbuf with our helper struct,
* and setup the embedded helper structure. */
/* make sure the struct ip_reass_helper fits into the IP header */
LWIP_ASSERT("sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN",
sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN);
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)new_p->payload;
iprh->next_pbuf = NULL;
iprh->start = offset;
iprh->end = offset + len;
/* Iterate through until we either get to the end of the list (append),
* or we find on with a larger offset (insert). */
for (q = ipr->p; q != NULL;) {
iprh_tmp = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
if (iprh->start < iprh_tmp->start) {
/* the new pbuf should be inserted before this */
iprh->next_pbuf = q;
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
/* not the fragment with the lowest offset */
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
if ((iprh->start < iprh_prev->end) || (iprh->end > iprh_tmp->start)) {
/* fragment overlaps with previous or following, throw away */
goto freepbuf;
}
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
} else {
/* fragment with the lowest offset */
ipr->p = new_p;
}
break;
} else if(iprh->start == iprh_tmp->start) {
/* received the same datagram twice: no need to keep the datagram */
goto freepbuf;
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
} else if(iprh->start < iprh_tmp->end) {
/* overlap: no need to keep the new datagram */
goto freepbuf;
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
} else {
/* Check if the fragments received so far have no wholes. */
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh_tmp->start) {
/* There is a fragment missing between the current
* and the previous fragment */
valid = 0;
}
}
}
q = iprh_tmp->next_pbuf;
iprh_prev = iprh_tmp;
}
/* If q is NULL, then we made it to the end of the list. Determine what to do now */
if (q == NULL) {
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
/* this is (for now), the fragment with the highest offset:
* chain it to the last fragment */
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
LWIP_ASSERT("check fragments don't overlap", iprh_prev->end <= iprh->start);
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
valid = 0;
}
} else {
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
LWIP_ASSERT("no previous fragment, this must be the first fragment!",
ipr->p == NULL);
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
/* this is the first fragment we ever received for this ip datagram */
ipr->p = new_p;
}
}
/* At this point, the validation part begins: */
/* If we already received the last fragment */
if ((ipr->flags & IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) != 0) {
/* and had no wholes so far */
if (valid) {
/* then check if the rest of the fragments is here */
/* Check if the queue starts with the first datagram */
if (((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->start != 0) {
valid = 0;
} else {
/* and check that there are no wholes after this datagram */
iprh_prev = iprh;
q = iprh->next_pbuf;
while (q != NULL) {
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
valid = 0;
break;
}
iprh_prev = iprh;
q = iprh->next_pbuf;
}
/* if still valid, all fragments are received
* (because to the MF==0 already arrived */
if (valid) {
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check", ipr->p != NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check",
((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload) != iprh);
LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:next_pbuf!=NULL",
iprh->next_pbuf == NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:datagram end!=datagram len",
iprh->end == ipr->datagram_len);
}
}
}
/* If valid is 0 here, there are some fragments missing in the middle
* (since MF == 0 has already arrived). Such datagrams simply time out if
* no more fragments are received... */
return valid;
}
/* If we come here, not all fragments were received, yet! */
return 0; /* not yet valid! */
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
freepbuf:
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(new_p);
pbuf_free(new_p);
return 0;
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
}
/**
* Reassembles incoming IP fragments into an IP datagram.
*
* @param p points to a pbuf chain of the fragment
* @return NULL if reassembly is incomplete, ? otherwise
*/
struct pbuf *
ip_reass(struct pbuf *p)
{
struct pbuf *r;
struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
struct ip_reassdata *ipr;
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
u16_t offset, len;
u8_t clen;
struct ip_reassdata *ipr_prev = NULL;
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.recv);
snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds();
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)p->payload;
if ((IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4) != IP_HLEN) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: IP options currently not supported!\n"));
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.err);
goto nullreturn;
}
offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
/* Check if we are allowed to enqueue more datagrams. */
clen = pbuf_clen(p);
if ((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS) {
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
if (!ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) ||
((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
{
/* No datagram could be freed and still too many pbufs enqueued */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: Overflow condition: pbufct=%d, clen=%d, MAX=%d\n",
ip_reass_pbufcount, clen, IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS));
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
/* @todo: send ICMP time exceeded here? */
/* drop this pbuf */
goto nullreturn;
}
}
/* Look for the datagram the fragment belongs to in the current datagram queue,
* remembering the previous in the queue for later dequeueing. */
for (ipr = reassdatagrams; ipr != NULL; ipr = ipr->next) {
/* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
in the reassembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
fragment into the buffer. */
if (IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass: matching previous fragment ID=%"X16_F"\n",
ntohs(IPH_ID(fraghdr))));
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.cachehit);
break;
}
ipr_prev = ipr;
}
if (ipr == NULL) {
/* Enqueue a new datagram into the datagram queue */
ipr = ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(fraghdr, clen);
/* Bail if unable to enqueue */
if(ipr == NULL) {
goto nullreturn;
}
} else {
if (((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) == 0) &&
((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(&ipr->iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) != 0)) {
/* ipr->iphdr is not the header from the first fragment, but fraghdr is
* -> copy fraghdr into ipr->iphdr since we want to have the header
* of the first fragment (for ICMP time exceeded and later, for copying
* all options, if supported)*/
SMEMCPY(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
}
}
/* Track the current number of pbufs current 'in-flight', in order to limit
the number of fragments that may be enqueued at any one time */
ip_reass_pbufcount += clen;
/* At this point, we have either created a new entry or pointing
* to an existing one */
/* check for 'no more fragments', and update queue entry*/
if ((IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr) & PP_NTOHS(IP_MF)) == 0) {
ipr->flags |= IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
ipr->datagram_len = offset + len;
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,
("ip_reass: last fragment seen, total len %"S16_F"\n",
ipr->datagram_len));
}
/* find the right place to insert this pbuf */
/* @todo: trim pbufs if fragments are overlapping */
if (ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(ipr, p)) {
/* the totally last fragment (flag more fragments = 0) was received at least
* once AND all fragments are received */
ipr->datagram_len += IP_HLEN;
/* save the second pbuf before copying the header over the pointer */
r = ((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->next_pbuf;
/* copy the original ip header back to the first pbuf */
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)(ipr->p->payload);
SMEMCPY(fraghdr, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
IPH_LEN_SET(fraghdr, htons(ipr->datagram_len));
IPH_OFFSET_SET(fraghdr, 0);
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, 0);
/* @todo: do we need to set calculate the correct checksum? */
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, inet_chksum(fraghdr, IP_HLEN));
p = ipr->p;
/* chain together the pbufs contained within the reass_data list. */
while(r != NULL) {
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)r->payload;
/* hide the ip header for every succeding fragment */
pbuf_header(r, -IP_HLEN);
pbuf_cat(p, r);
r = iprh->next_pbuf;
}
/* release the sources allocate for the fragment queue entry */
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, ipr_prev);
/* and adjust the number of pbufs currently queued for reassembly. */
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(p);
/* Return the pbuf chain */
return p;
}
/* the datagram is not (yet?) reassembled completely */
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass_pbufcount: %d out\n", ip_reass_pbufcount));
return NULL;
nullreturn:
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: nullreturn\n"));
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.drop);
pbuf_free(p);
return NULL;
}
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if IP_FRAG
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
static u8_t buf[LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1)];
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
#if !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
/** Allocate a new struct pbuf_custom_ref */
static struct pbuf_custom_ref*
ip_frag_alloc_pbuf_custom_ref(void)
{
return (struct pbuf_custom_ref*)memp_malloc(MEMP_FRAG_PBUF);
}
/** Free a struct pbuf_custom_ref */
static void
ip_frag_free_pbuf_custom_ref(struct pbuf_custom_ref* p)
{
LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
memp_free(MEMP_FRAG_PBUF, p);
}
/** Free-callback function to free a 'struct pbuf_custom_ref', called by
* pbuf_free. */
static void
ipfrag_free_pbuf_custom(struct pbuf *p)
{
struct pbuf_custom_ref *pcr = (struct pbuf_custom_ref*)p;
LWIP_ASSERT("pcr != NULL", pcr != NULL);
LWIP_ASSERT("pcr == p", (void*)pcr == (void*)p);
if (pcr->original != NULL) {
pbuf_free(pcr->original);
}
ip_frag_free_pbuf_custom_ref(pcr);
}
#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/**
* Fragment an IP datagram if too large for the netif.
*
* Chop the datagram in MTU sized chunks and send them in order
* by using a fixed size static memory buffer (PBUF_REF) or
* point PBUF_REFs into p (depending on IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF).
*
* @param p ip packet to send
* @param netif the netif on which to send
* @param dest destination ip address to which to send
*
* @return ERR_OK if sent successfully, err_t otherwise
*/
err_t
ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *dest)
{
struct pbuf *rambuf;
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
struct pbuf *header;
#else
#if !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
struct pbuf *newpbuf;
#endif
struct ip_hdr *original_iphdr;
#endif
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
u16_t nfb;
u16_t left, cop;
u16_t mtu = netif->mtu;
u16_t ofo, omf;
u16_t last;
u16_t poff = IP_HLEN;
u16_t tmp;
#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
u16_t newpbuflen = 0;
u16_t left_to_copy;
#endif
/* Get a RAM based MTU sized pbuf */
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
/* When using a static buffer, we use a PBUF_REF, which we will
* use to reference the packet (without link header).
* Layer and length is irrelevant.
*/
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF);
if (rambuf == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF) failed\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
rambuf->tot_len = rambuf->len = mtu;
rambuf->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)buf);
/* Copy the IP header in it */
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)rambuf->payload;
SMEMCPY(iphdr, p->payload, IP_HLEN);
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
original_iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
iphdr = original_iphdr;
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/* Save original offset */
tmp = ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr));
ofo = tmp & IP_OFFMASK;
omf = tmp & IP_MF;
left = p->tot_len - IP_HLEN;
nfb = (mtu - IP_HLEN) / 8;
while (left) {
last = (left <= mtu - IP_HLEN);
/* Set new offset and MF flag */
tmp = omf | (IP_OFFMASK & (ofo));
if (!last) {
tmp = tmp | IP_MF;
}
/* Fill this fragment */
cop = last ? left : nfb * 8;
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
poff += pbuf_copy_partial(p, (u8_t*)iphdr + IP_HLEN, cop, poff);
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
#if LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, cop, PBUF_RAM);
if (rambuf == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("this needs a pbuf in one piece!",
(rambuf->len == rambuf->tot_len) && (rambuf->next == NULL));
poff += pbuf_copy_partial(p, rambuf->payload, cop, poff);
/* make room for the IP header */
if(pbuf_header(rambuf, IP_HLEN)) {
pbuf_free(rambuf);
return ERR_MEM;
}
/* fill in the IP header */
SMEMCPY(rambuf->payload, original_iphdr, IP_HLEN);
iphdr = rambuf->payload;
#else /* LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
/* When not using a static buffer, create a chain of pbufs.
* The first will be a PBUF_RAM holding the link and IP header.
* The rest will be PBUF_REFs mirroring the pbuf chain to be fragged,
* but limited to the size of an mtu.
*/
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, IP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
if (rambuf == NULL) {
return ERR_MEM;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("this needs a pbuf in one piece!",
(p->len >= (IP_HLEN)));
SMEMCPY(rambuf->payload, original_iphdr, IP_HLEN);
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)rambuf->payload;
/* Can just adjust p directly for needed offset. */
p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload + poff;
p->len -= poff;
left_to_copy = cop;
while (left_to_copy) {
struct pbuf_custom_ref *pcr;
newpbuflen = (left_to_copy < p->len) ? left_to_copy : p->len;
/* Is this pbuf already empty? */
if (!newpbuflen) {
p = p->next;
continue;
}
pcr = ip_frag_alloc_pbuf_custom_ref();
if (pcr == NULL) {
pbuf_free(rambuf);
return ERR_MEM;
}
/* Mirror this pbuf, although we might not need all of it. */
newpbuf = pbuf_alloced_custom(PBUF_RAW, newpbuflen, PBUF_REF, &pcr->pc, p->payload, newpbuflen);
if (newpbuf == NULL) {
ip_frag_free_pbuf_custom_ref(pcr);
pbuf_free(rambuf);
return ERR_MEM;
}
pbuf_ref(p);
pcr->original = p;
pcr->pc.custom_free_function = ipfrag_free_pbuf_custom;
/* Add it to end of rambuf's chain, but using pbuf_cat, not pbuf_chain
* so that it is removed when pbuf_dechain is later called on rambuf.
*/
pbuf_cat(rambuf, newpbuf);
left_to_copy -= newpbuflen;
if (left_to_copy) {
p = p->next;
}
}
poff = newpbuflen;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/* Correct header */
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, htons(tmp));
IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(cop + IP_HLEN));
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
if (last) {
pbuf_realloc(rambuf, left + IP_HLEN);
}
/* This part is ugly: we alloc a RAM based pbuf for
* the link level header for each chunk and then
* free it.A PBUF_ROM style pbuf for which pbuf_header
* worked would make things simpler.
*/
header = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_RAM);
if (header != NULL) {
pbuf_chain(header, rambuf);
netif->output(netif, header, dest);
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
snmp_inc_ipfragcreates();
pbuf_free(header);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc() for header failed\n"));
pbuf_free(rambuf);
return ERR_MEM;
}
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
/* No need for separate header pbuf - we allowed room for it in rambuf
* when allocated.
*/
netif->output(netif, rambuf, dest);
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
/* Unfortunately we can't reuse rambuf - the hardware may still be
* using the buffer. Instead we free it (and the ensuing chain) and
* recreate it next time round the loop. If we're lucky the hardware
* will have already sent the packet, the free will really free, and
* there will be zero memory penalty.
*/
pbuf_free(rambuf);
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
left -= cop;
ofo += nfb;
}
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
pbuf_free(rambuf);
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
snmp_inc_ipfragoks();
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* IP_FRAG */

482
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/lwip_timers.c
View file

@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Stack-internal timers implementation.
* This file includes timer callbacks for stack-internal timers as well as
* functions to set up or stop timers and check for expired timers.
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
* Simon Goldschmidt
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/timers.h"
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
#if LWIP_TIMERS
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/dns.h"
/** The one and only timeout list */
static struct sys_timeo *next_timeout;
#if NO_SYS
static u32_t timeouts_last_time;
#endif /* NO_SYS */
#if LWIP_TCP
/** global variable that shows if the tcp timer is currently scheduled or not */
static int tcpip_tcp_timer_active;
/**
* Timer callback function that calls tcp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
tcpip_tcp_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
/* call TCP timer handler */
tcp_tmr();
/* timer still needed? */
if (tcp_active_pcbs || tcp_tw_pcbs) {
/* restart timer */
sys_timeout(TCP_TMR_INTERVAL, tcpip_tcp_timer, NULL);
} else {
/* disable timer */
tcpip_tcp_timer_active = 0;
}
}
/**
* Called from TCP_REG when registering a new PCB:
* the reason is to have the TCP timer only running when
* there are active (or time-wait) PCBs.
*/
void
tcp_timer_needed(void)
{
/* timer is off but needed again? */
if (!tcpip_tcp_timer_active && (tcp_active_pcbs || tcp_tw_pcbs)) {
/* enable and start timer */
tcpip_tcp_timer_active = 1;
sys_timeout(TCP_TMR_INTERVAL, tcpip_tcp_timer, NULL);
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
/**
* Timer callback function that calls ip_reass_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
ip_reass_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: ip_reass_tmr()\n"));
ip_reass_tmr();
sys_timeout(IP_TMR_INTERVAL, ip_reass_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if LWIP_ARP
/**
* Timer callback function that calls etharp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
arp_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: etharp_tmr()\n"));
etharp_tmr();
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_DHCP
/**
* Timer callback function that calls dhcp_coarse_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
dhcp_timer_coarse(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dhcp_coarse_tmr()\n"));
dhcp_coarse_tmr();
sys_timeout(DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_coarse, NULL);
}
/**
* Timer callback function that calls dhcp_fine_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
dhcp_timer_fine(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dhcp_fine_tmr()\n"));
dhcp_fine_tmr();
sys_timeout(DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_fine, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
/**
* Timer callback function that calls autoip_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
autoip_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: autoip_tmr()\n"));
autoip_tmr();
sys_timeout(AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL, autoip_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/**
* Timer callback function that calls igmp_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
igmp_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: igmp_tmr()\n"));
igmp_tmr();
sys_timeout(IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL, igmp_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
/**
* Timer callback function that calls dns_tmr() and reschedules itself.
*
* @param arg unused argument
*/
static void
dns_timer(void *arg)
{
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("tcpip: dns_tmr()\n"));
dns_tmr();
sys_timeout(DNS_TMR_INTERVAL, dns_timer, NULL);
}
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
/** Initialize this module */
void sys_timeouts_init(void)
{
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
sys_timeout(IP_TMR_INTERVAL, ip_reass_timer, NULL);
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if LWIP_ARP
sys_timeout(ARP_TMR_INTERVAL, arp_timer, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_DHCP
sys_timeout(DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_coarse, NULL);
sys_timeout(DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS, dhcp_timer_fine, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
sys_timeout(AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL, autoip_timer, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
sys_timeout(IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL, igmp_timer, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
sys_timeout(DNS_TMR_INTERVAL, dns_timer, NULL);
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
#if NO_SYS
/* Initialise timestamp for sys_check_timeouts */
timeouts_last_time = sys_now();
#endif
}
/**
* Create a one-shot timer (aka timeout). Timeouts are processed in the
* following cases:
* - while waiting for a message using sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch()
* - by calling sys_check_timeouts() (NO_SYS==1 only)
*
* @param msecs time in milliseconds after that the timer should expire
* @param handler callback function to call when msecs have elapsed
* @param arg argument to pass to the callback function
*/
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
void
sys_timeout_debug(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg, const char* handler_name)
#else /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
void
sys_timeout(u32_t msecs, sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg)
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
{
struct sys_timeo *timeout, *t;
timeout = (struct sys_timeo *)memp_malloc(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT);
if (timeout == NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("sys_timeout: timeout != NULL, pool MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT is empty", timeout != NULL);
return;
}
timeout->next = NULL;
timeout->h = handler;
timeout->arg = arg;
timeout->time = msecs;
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
timeout->handler_name = handler_name;
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("sys_timeout: %p msecs=%"U32_F" handler=%s arg=%p\n",
(void *)timeout, msecs, handler_name, (void *)arg));
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
if (next_timeout == NULL) {
next_timeout = timeout;
return;
}
if (next_timeout->time > msecs) {
next_timeout->time -= msecs;
timeout->next = next_timeout;
next_timeout = timeout;
} else {
for(t = next_timeout; t != NULL; t = t->next) {
timeout->time -= t->time;
if (t->next == NULL || t->next->time > timeout->time) {
if (t->next != NULL) {
t->next->time -= timeout->time;
}
timeout->next = t->next;
t->next = timeout;
break;
}
}
}
}
/**
* Go through timeout list (for this task only) and remove the first matching
* entry, even though the timeout has not triggered yet.
*
* @note This function only works as expected if there is only one timeout
* calling 'handler' in the list of timeouts.
*
* @param handler callback function that would be called by the timeout
* @param arg callback argument that would be passed to handler
*/
void
sys_untimeout(sys_timeout_handler handler, void *arg)
{
struct sys_timeo *prev_t, *t;
if (next_timeout == NULL) {
return;
}
for (t = next_timeout, prev_t = NULL; t != NULL; prev_t = t, t = t->next) {
if ((t->h == handler) && (t->arg == arg)) {
/* We have a match */
/* Unlink from previous in list */
if (prev_t == NULL) {
next_timeout = t->next;
} else {
prev_t->next = t->next;
}
/* If not the last one, add time of this one back to next */
if (t->next != NULL) {
t->next->time += t->time;
}
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, t);
return;
}
}
return;
}
#if NO_SYS
/** Handle timeouts for NO_SYS==1 (i.e. without using
* tcpip_thread/sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(). Uses sys_now() to call timeout
* handler functions when timeouts expire.
*
* Must be called periodically from your main loop.
*/
void
sys_check_timeouts(void)
{
struct sys_timeo *tmptimeout;
u32_t diff;
sys_timeout_handler handler;
void *arg;
int had_one;
u32_t now;
now = sys_now();
if (next_timeout) {
/* this cares for wraparounds */
diff = LWIP_U32_DIFF(now, timeouts_last_time);
do
{
had_one = 0;
tmptimeout = next_timeout;
if (tmptimeout->time <= diff) {
/* timeout has expired */
had_one = 1;
timeouts_last_time = now;
diff -= tmptimeout->time;
next_timeout = tmptimeout->next;
handler = tmptimeout->h;
arg = tmptimeout->arg;
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
if (handler != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("sct calling h=%s arg=%p\n",
tmptimeout->handler_name, arg));
}
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, tmptimeout);
if (handler != NULL) {
handler(arg);
}
}
/* repeat until all expired timers have been called */
}while(had_one);
}
}
/** Set back the timestamp of the last call to sys_check_timeouts()
* This is necessary if sys_check_timeouts() hasn't been called for a long
* time (e.g. while saving energy) to prevent all timer functions of that
* period being called.
*/
void
sys_restart_timeouts(void)
{
timeouts_last_time = sys_now();
}
#else /* NO_SYS */
/**
* Wait (forever) for a message to arrive in an mbox.
* While waiting, timeouts are processed.
*
* @param mbox the mbox to fetch the message from
* @param msg the place to store the message
*/
void
sys_timeouts_mbox_fetch(sys_mbox_t *mbox, void **msg)
{
u32_t time_needed;
struct sys_timeo *tmptimeout;
sys_timeout_handler handler;
void *arg;
again:
if (!next_timeout) {
time_needed = sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg, 0);
} else {
if (next_timeout->time > 0) {
time_needed = sys_arch_mbox_fetch(mbox, msg, next_timeout->time);
} else {
time_needed = SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT;
}
if (time_needed == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT) {
/* If time == SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a timeout occured before a message
could be fetched. We should now call the timeout handler and
deallocate the memory allocated for the timeout. */
tmptimeout = next_timeout;
next_timeout = tmptimeout->next;
handler = tmptimeout->h;
arg = tmptimeout->arg;
#if LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES
if (handler != NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(TIMERS_DEBUG, ("stmf calling h=%s arg=%p\n",
tmptimeout->handler_name, arg));
}
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG_TIMERNAMES */
memp_free(MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT, tmptimeout);
if (handler != NULL) {
/* For LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING, lock the core before calling the
timeout handler function. */
LOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
handler(arg);
UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE();
}
LWIP_TCPIP_THREAD_ALIVE();
/* We try again to fetch a message from the mbox. */
goto again;
} else {
/* If time != SYS_ARCH_TIMEOUT, a message was received before the timeout
occured. The time variable is set to the number of
milliseconds we waited for the message. */
if (time_needed < next_timeout->time) {
next_timeout->time -= time_needed;
} else {
next_timeout->time = 0;
}
}
}
}
#endif /* NO_SYS */
#else /* LWIP_TIMERS */
/* Satisfy the TCP code which calls this function */
void
tcp_timer_needed(void)
{
}
#endif /* LWIP_TIMERS */

642
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/mem.c
View file

@ -1,642 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Dynamic memory manager
*
* This is a lightweight replacement for the standard C library malloc().
*
* If you want to use the standard C library malloc() instead, define
* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC to 1 in your lwipopts.h
*
* To let mem_malloc() use pools (prevents fragmentation and is much faster than
* a heap but might waste some memory), define MEM_USE_POOLS to 1, define
* MEM_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS to 1 and create a file "lwippools.h" that includes a list
* of pools like this (more pools can be added between _START and _END):
*
* Define three pools with sizes 256, 512, and 1512 bytes
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(20, 256)
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(10, 512)
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(5, 1512)
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
* Simon Goldschmidt
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include <string.h>
#if MEM_USE_POOLS
/* lwIP head implemented with different sized pools */
/**
* Allocate memory: determine the smallest pool that is big enough
* to contain an element of 'size' and get an element from that pool.
*
* @param size the size in bytes of the memory needed
* @return a pointer to the allocated memory or NULL if the pool is empty
*/
void *
mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
{
struct memp_malloc_helper *element;
memp_t poolnr;
mem_size_t required_size = size + sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper);
for (poolnr = MEMP_POOL_FIRST; poolnr <= MEMP_POOL_LAST; poolnr = (memp_t)(poolnr + 1)) {
#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
again:
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
/* is this pool big enough to hold an element of the required size
plus a struct memp_malloc_helper that saves the pool this element came from? */
if (required_size <= memp_sizes[poolnr]) {
break;
}
}
if (poolnr > MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc(): no pool is that big!", 0);
return NULL;
}
element = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)memp_malloc(poolnr);
if (element == NULL) {
/* No need to DEBUGF or ASSERT: This error is already
taken care of in memp.c */
#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
/** Try a bigger pool if this one is empty! */
if (poolnr < MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
poolnr++;
goto again;
}
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
return NULL;
}
/* save the pool number this element came from */
element->poolnr = poolnr;
/* and return a pointer to the memory directly after the struct memp_malloc_helper */
element++;
return element;
}
/**
* Free memory previously allocated by mem_malloc. Loads the pool number
* and calls memp_free with that pool number to put the element back into
* its pool
*
* @param rmem the memory element to free
*/
void
mem_free(void *rmem)
{
struct memp_malloc_helper *hmem = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)rmem;
LWIP_ASSERT("rmem != NULL", (rmem != NULL));
LWIP_ASSERT("rmem == MEM_ALIGN(rmem)", (rmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(rmem)));
/* get the original struct memp_malloc_helper */
hmem--;
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem != NULL", (hmem != NULL));
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem == MEM_ALIGN(hmem)", (hmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(hmem)));
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX", (hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX));
/* and put it in the pool we saved earlier */
memp_free(hmem->poolnr, hmem);
}
#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
/* lwIP replacement for your libc malloc() */
/**
* The heap is made up as a list of structs of this type.
* This does not have to be aligned since for getting its size,
* we only use the macro SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM, which automatically alignes.
*/
struct mem {
/** index (-> ram[next]) of the next struct */
mem_size_t next;
/** index (-> ram[prev]) of the previous struct */
mem_size_t prev;
/** 1: this area is used; 0: this area is unused */
u8_t used;
};
/** All allocated blocks will be MIN_SIZE bytes big, at least!
* MIN_SIZE can be overridden to suit your needs. Smaller values save space,
* larger values could prevent too small blocks to fragment the RAM too much. */
#ifndef MIN_SIZE
#define MIN_SIZE 12
#endif /* MIN_SIZE */
/* some alignment macros: we define them here for better source code layout */
#define MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MIN_SIZE)
#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct mem))
#define MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEM_SIZE)
/** If you want to relocate the heap to external memory, simply define
* LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER as a void-pointer to that location.
* If so, make sure the memory at that location is big enough (see below on
* how that space is calculated). */
#ifndef LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER
/** the heap. we need one struct mem at the end and some room for alignment */
u8_t ram_heap[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) + MEM_ALIGNMENT];
#define LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER ram_heap
#endif /* LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER */
/** pointer to the heap (ram_heap): for alignment, ram is now a pointer instead of an array */
static u8_t *ram;
/** the last entry, always unused! */
static struct mem *ram_end;
/** pointer to the lowest free block, this is used for faster search */
static struct mem *lfree;
/** concurrent access protection */
static sys_mutex_t mem_mutex;
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
static volatile u8_t mem_free_count;
/* Allow mem_free from other (e.g. interrupt) context */
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_free)
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_free)
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT() SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_free)
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT() SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_alloc)
#else /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
/* Protect the heap only by using a semaphore */
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT()
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT() sys_mutex_lock(&mem_mutex)
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT() sys_mutex_unlock(&mem_mutex)
/* mem_malloc is protected using semaphore AND LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT */
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT()
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT()
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT()
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
/**
* "Plug holes" by combining adjacent empty struct mems.
* After this function is through, there should not exist
* one empty struct mem pointing to another empty struct mem.
*
* @param mem this points to a struct mem which just has been freed
* @internal this function is only called by mem_free() and mem_trim()
*
* This assumes access to the heap is protected by the calling function
* already.
*/
static void
plug_holes(struct mem *mem)
{
struct mem *nmem;
struct mem *pmem;
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem >= ram", (u8_t *)mem >= ram);
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem < ram_end", (u8_t *)mem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->used == 0", mem->used == 0);
/* plug hole forward */
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED", mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
nmem = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem->next];
if (mem != nmem && nmem->used == 0 && (u8_t *)nmem != (u8_t *)ram_end) {
/* if mem->next is unused and not end of ram, combine mem and mem->next */
if (lfree == nmem) {
lfree = mem;
}
mem->next = nmem->next;
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[nmem->next])->prev = (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)mem - ram);
}
/* plug hole backward */
pmem = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem->prev];
if (pmem != mem && pmem->used == 0) {
/* if mem->prev is unused, combine mem and mem->prev */
if (lfree == mem) {
lfree = pmem;
}
pmem->next = mem->next;
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem->next])->prev = (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)pmem - ram);
}
}
/**
* Zero the heap and initialize start, end and lowest-free
*/
void
mem_init(void)
{
struct mem *mem;
LWIP_ASSERT("Sanity check alignment",
(SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
/* align the heap */
ram = (u8_t *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(LWIP_RAM_HEAP_POINTER);
/* initialize the start of the heap */
mem = (struct mem *)(void *)ram;
mem->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
mem->prev = 0;
mem->used = 0;
/* initialize the end of the heap */
ram_end = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED];
ram_end->used = 1;
ram_end->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
ram_end->prev = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
/* initialize the lowest-free pointer to the start of the heap */
lfree = (struct mem *)(void *)ram;
MEM_STATS_AVAIL(avail, MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
if(sys_mutex_new(&mem_mutex) != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_ASSERT("failed to create mem_mutex", 0);
}
}
/**
* Put a struct mem back on the heap
*
* @param rmem is the data portion of a struct mem as returned by a previous
* call to mem_malloc()
*/
void
mem_free(void *rmem)
{
struct mem *mem;
LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
if (rmem == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_free(p == NULL) was called.\n"));
return;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: sanity check alignment", (((mem_ptr_t)rmem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
(u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_free: illegal memory\n"));
/* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
return;
}
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
/* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
mem = (struct mem *)(void *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
/* ... which has to be in a used state ... */
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: mem->used", mem->used);
/* ... and is now unused. */
mem->used = 0;
if (mem < lfree) {
/* the newly freed struct is now the lowest */
lfree = mem;
}
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, mem->next - (mem_size_t)(((u8_t *)mem - ram)));
/* finally, see if prev or next are free also */
plug_holes(mem);
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
mem_free_count = 1;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
}
/**
* Shrink memory returned by mem_malloc().
*
* @param rmem pointer to memory allocated by mem_malloc the is to be shrinked
* @param newsize required size after shrinking (needs to be smaller than or
* equal to the previous size)
* @return for compatibility reasons: is always == rmem, at the moment
* or NULL if newsize is > old size, in which case rmem is NOT touched
* or freed!
*/
void *
mem_trim(void *rmem, mem_size_t newsize)
{
mem_size_t size;
mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
struct mem *mem, *mem2;
/* use the FREE_PROTECT here: it protects with sem OR SYS_ARCH_PROTECT */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
/* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
adjust for alignment. */
newsize = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(newsize);
if(newsize < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
/* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
newsize = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
}
if (newsize > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
return NULL;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_trim: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
(u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_trim: illegal memory\n"));
/* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
return rmem;
}
/* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
mem = (struct mem *)(void *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
/* ... and its offset pointer */
ptr = (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)mem - ram);
size = mem->next - ptr - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_trim can only shrink memory", newsize <= size);
if (newsize > size) {
/* not supported */
return NULL;
}
if (newsize == size) {
/* No change in size, simply return */
return rmem;
}
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
mem2 = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem->next];
if(mem2->used == 0) {
/* The next struct is unused, we can simply move it at little */
mem_size_t next;
/* remember the old next pointer */
next = mem2->next;
/* create new struct mem which is moved directly after the shrinked mem */
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
if (lfree == mem2) {
lfree = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr2];
}
mem2 = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr2];
mem2->used = 0;
/* restore the next pointer */
mem2->next = next;
/* link it back to mem */
mem2->prev = ptr;
/* link mem to it */
mem->next = ptr2;
/* last thing to restore linked list: as we have moved mem2,
* let 'mem2->next->prev' point to mem2 again. but only if mem2->next is not
* the end of the heap */
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
}
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, (size - newsize));
/* no need to plug holes, we've already done that */
} else if (newsize + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED <= size) {
/* Next struct is used but there's room for another struct mem with
* at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data.
* Old size ('size') must be big enough to contain at least 'newsize' plus a struct mem
* ('SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM') with some data ('MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED').
* @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
* region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
* the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory */
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
mem2 = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr2];
if (mem2 < lfree) {
lfree = mem2;
}
mem2->used = 0;
mem2->next = mem->next;
mem2->prev = ptr;
mem->next = ptr2;
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
}
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, (size - newsize));
/* the original mem->next is used, so no need to plug holes! */
}
/* else {
next struct mem is used but size between mem and mem2 is not big enough
to create another struct mem
-> don't do anyhting.
-> the remaining space stays unused since it is too small
} */
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
mem_free_count = 1;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
return rmem;
}
/**
* Adam's mem_malloc() plus solution for bug #17922
* Allocate a block of memory with a minimum of 'size' bytes.
*
* @param size is the minimum size of the requested block in bytes.
* @return pointer to allocated memory or NULL if no free memory was found.
*
* Note that the returned value will always be aligned (as defined by MEM_ALIGNMENT).
*/
void *
mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
{
mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
struct mem *mem, *mem2;
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
u8_t local_mem_free_count = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT();
if (size == 0) {
return NULL;
}
/* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
adjust for alignment. */
size = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size);
if(size < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
/* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
size = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
}
if (size > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
return NULL;
}
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
sys_mutex_lock(&mem_mutex);
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
/* run as long as a mem_free disturbed mem_malloc */
do {
local_mem_free_count = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
/* Scan through the heap searching for a free block that is big enough,
* beginning with the lowest free block.
*/
for (ptr = (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)lfree - ram); ptr < MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED - size;
ptr = ((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr])->next) {
mem = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr];
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
mem_free_count = 0;
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
/* allow mem_free to run */
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
if (mem_free_count != 0) {
local_mem_free_count = mem_free_count;
}
mem_free_count = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
if ((!mem->used) &&
(mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) >= size) {
/* mem is not used and at least perfect fit is possible:
* mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) gives us the 'user data size' of mem */
if (mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) >= (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED)) {
/* (in addition to the above, we test if another struct mem (SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) containing
* at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data also fits in the 'user data space' of 'mem')
* -> split large block, create empty remainder,
* remainder must be large enough to contain MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED data: if
* mem->next - (ptr + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) == size,
* struct mem would fit in but no data between mem2 and mem2->next
* @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
* region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
* the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory
*/
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size;
/* create mem2 struct */
mem2 = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[ptr2];
mem2->used = 0;
mem2->next = mem->next;
mem2->prev = ptr;
/* and insert it between mem and mem->next */
mem->next = ptr2;
mem->used = 1;
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
((struct mem *)(void *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
}
MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM));
} else {
/* (a mem2 struct does no fit into the user data space of mem and mem->next will always
* be used at this point: if not we have 2 unused structs in a row, plug_holes should have
* take care of this).
* -> near fit or excact fit: do not split, no mem2 creation
* also can't move mem->next directly behind mem, since mem->next
* will always be used at this point!
*/
mem->used = 1;
MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, mem->next - (mem_size_t)((u8_t *)mem - ram));
}
if (mem == lfree) {
/* Find next free block after mem and update lowest free pointer */
while (lfree->used && lfree != ram_end) {
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
/* prevent high interrupt latency... */
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
lfree = (struct mem *)(void *)&ram[lfree->next];
}
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: !lfree->used", ((lfree == ram_end) || (!lfree->used)));
}
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
sys_mutex_unlock(&mem_mutex);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory not above ram_end.",
(mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size <= (mem_ptr_t)ram_end);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory properly aligned.",
((mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) % MEM_ALIGNMENT == 0);
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: sanity check alignment",
(((mem_ptr_t)mem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
return (u8_t *)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
}
}
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
/* if we got interrupted by a mem_free, try again */
} while(local_mem_free_count != 0);
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_malloc: could not allocate %"S16_F" bytes\n", (s16_t)size));
MEM_STATS_INC(err);
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
sys_mutex_unlock(&mem_mutex);
return NULL;
}
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
/**
* Contiguously allocates enough space for count objects that are size bytes
* of memory each and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
*
* The allocated memory is filled with bytes of value zero.
*
* @param count number of objects to allocate
* @param size size of the objects to allocate
* @return pointer to allocated memory / NULL pointer if there is an error
*/
void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size)
{
void *p;
/* allocate 'count' objects of size 'size' */
p = mem_malloc(count * size);
if (p) {
/* zero the memory */
memset(p, 0, count * size);
}
return p;
}
#endif /* !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */

469
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/memp.c
View file

@ -1,469 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Dynamic pool memory manager
*
* lwIP has dedicated pools for many structures (netconn, protocol control blocks,
* packet buffers, ...). All these pools are managed here.
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/api.h"
#include "lwip/api_msg.h"
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/timers.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
#include "lwip/snmp_structs.h"
#include "lwip/snmp_msg.h"
#include "lwip/dns.h"
#include "netif/ppp_oe.h"
#include <string.h>
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
struct memp {
struct memp *next;
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
const char *file;
int line;
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
};
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
/* if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is turned on, we reserve some bytes at the beginning
* and at the end of each element, initialize them as 0xcd and check
* them later. */
/* If MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is >= 2, on every call to memp_malloc or memp_free,
* every single element in each pool is checked!
* This is VERY SLOW but also very helpful. */
/* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE and MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER can be overridden in
* lwipopts.h to change the amount reserved for checking. */
#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE 16
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE > 0
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE)
#else
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED 0
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER 16
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER > 0
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER)
#else
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED 0
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
/* MEMP_SIZE: save space for struct memp and for sanity check */
#define MEMP_SIZE (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct memp)) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED)
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED)
#else /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
/* No sanity checks
* We don't need to preserve the struct memp while not allocated, so we
* can save a little space and set MEMP_SIZE to 0.
*/
#define MEMP_SIZE 0
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
/** This array holds the first free element of each pool.
* Elements form a linked list. */
static struct memp *memp_tab[MEMP_MAX];
#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
/** This array holds the element sizes of each pool. */
#if !MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
static
#endif
const u16_t memp_sizes[MEMP_MAX] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size),
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
/** This array holds the number of elements in each pool. */
static const u16_t memp_num[MEMP_MAX] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) (num),
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
/** This array holds a textual description of each pool. */
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
static const char *memp_desc[MEMP_MAX] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) (desc),
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#if MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS
/** This creates each memory pool. These are named memp_memory_XXX_base (where
* XXX is the name of the pool defined in memp_std.h).
* To relocate a pool, declare it as extern in cc.h. Example for GCC:
* extern u8_t __attribute__((section(".onchip_mem"))) memp_memory_UDP_PCB_base[];
*/
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) u8_t memp_memory_ ## name ## _base \
[((num) * (MEMP_SIZE + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(size)))];
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
/** This array holds the base of each memory pool. */
static u8_t *const memp_bases[] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) memp_memory_ ## name ## _base,
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
#else /* MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS */
/** This is the actual memory used by the pools (all pools in one big block). */
static u8_t memp_memory[MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) + ( (num) * (MEMP_SIZE + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(size) ) )
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
];
#endif /* MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS */
#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
/**
* Check that memp-lists don't form a circle
*/
static int
memp_sanity(void)
{
s16_t i, c;
struct memp *m, *n;
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
for (m = memp_tab[i]; m != NULL; m = m->next) {
c = 1;
for (n = memp_tab[i]; n != NULL; n = n->next) {
if (n == m && --c < 0) {
return 0;
}
}
}
}
return 1;
}
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK*/
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
#if defined(LWIP_DEBUG) && MEMP_STATS
static const char * memp_overflow_names[] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) "/"desc,
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
#endif
/**
* Check if a memp element was victim of an overflow
* (e.g. the restricted area after it has been altered)
*
* @param p the memp element to check
* @param memp_type the pool p comes from
*/
static void
memp_overflow_check_element_overflow(struct memp *p, u16_t memp_type)
{
u16_t k;
u8_t *m;
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[memp_type];
for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED; k++) {
if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
char errstr[128] = "detected memp overflow in pool ";
char digit[] = "0";
if(memp_type >= 10) {
digit[0] = '0' + (memp_type/10);
strcat(errstr, digit);
}
digit[0] = '0' + (memp_type%10);
strcat(errstr, digit);
#if defined(LWIP_DEBUG) && MEMP_STATS
strcat(errstr, memp_overflow_names[memp_type]);
#endif
LWIP_ASSERT(errstr, 0);
}
}
#endif
}
/**
* Check if a memp element was victim of an underflow
* (e.g. the restricted area before it has been altered)
*
* @param p the memp element to check
* @param memp_type the pool p comes from
*/
static void
memp_overflow_check_element_underflow(struct memp *p, u16_t memp_type)
{
u16_t k;
u8_t *m;
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED; k++) {
if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
char errstr[128] = "detected memp underflow in pool ";
char digit[] = "0";
if(memp_type >= 10) {
digit[0] = '0' + (memp_type/10);
strcat(errstr, digit);
}
digit[0] = '0' + (memp_type%10);
strcat(errstr, digit);
#if defined(LWIP_DEBUG) && MEMP_STATS
strcat(errstr, memp_overflow_names[memp_type]);
#endif
LWIP_ASSERT(errstr, 0);
}
}
#endif
}
/**
* Do an overflow check for all elements in every pool.
*
* @see memp_overflow_check_element for a description of the check
*/
static void
memp_overflow_check_all(void)
{
u16_t i, j;
struct memp *p;
p = (struct memp *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
p = p;
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
memp_overflow_check_element_overflow(p, i);
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
}
}
p = (struct memp *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
p = p;
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
memp_overflow_check_element_underflow(p, i);
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
}
}
}
/**
* Initialize the restricted areas of all memp elements in every pool.
*/
static void
memp_overflow_init(void)
{
u16_t i, j;
struct memp *p;
u8_t *m;
p = (struct memp *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
p = p;
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED);
#endif
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i];
memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
#endif
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
}
}
}
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
/**
* Initialize this module.
*
* Carves out memp_memory into linked lists for each pool-type.
*/
void
memp_init(void)
{
struct memp *memp;
u16_t i, j;
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(used, i, 0);
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(max, i, 0);
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(err, i, 0);
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(avail, i, memp_num[i]);
}
#if !MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS
memp = (struct memp *)LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
#endif /* !MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS */
/* for every pool: */
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
memp_tab[i] = NULL;
#if MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS
memp = (struct memp*)memp_bases[i];
#endif /* MEMP_SEPARATE_POOLS */
/* create a linked list of memp elements */
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
memp->next = memp_tab[i];
memp_tab[i] = memp;
memp = (struct memp *)(void *)((u8_t *)memp + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i]
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+ MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED
#endif
);
}
}
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
memp_overflow_init();
/* check everything a first time to see if it worked */
memp_overflow_check_all();
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
}
/**
* Get an element from a specific pool.
*
* @param type the pool to get an element from
*
* the debug version has two more parameters:
* @param file file name calling this function
* @param line number of line where this function is called
*
* @return a pointer to the allocated memory or a NULL pointer on error
*/
void *
#if !MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
memp_malloc(memp_t type)
#else
memp_malloc_fn(memp_t type, const char* file, const int line)
#endif
{
struct memp *memp;
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
LWIP_ERROR("memp_malloc: type < MEMP_MAX", (type < MEMP_MAX), return NULL;);
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
memp_overflow_check_all();
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
memp = memp_tab[type];
if (memp != NULL) {
memp_tab[type] = memp->next;
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
memp->next = NULL;
memp->file = file;
memp->line = line;
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(used, type);
LWIP_ASSERT("memp_malloc: memp properly aligned",
((mem_ptr_t)memp % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
memp = (struct memp*)(void *)((u8_t*)memp + MEMP_SIZE);
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEMP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("memp_malloc: out of memory in pool %s\n", memp_desc[type]));
MEMP_STATS_INC(err, type);
}
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
return memp;
}
/**
* Put an element back into its pool.
*
* @param type the pool where to put mem
* @param mem the memp element to free
*/
void
memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem)
{
struct memp *memp;
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
if (mem == NULL) {
return;
}
LWIP_ASSERT("memp_free: mem properly aligned",
((mem_ptr_t)mem % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
memp = (struct memp *)(void *)((u8_t*)mem - MEMP_SIZE);
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
memp_overflow_check_all();
#else
memp_overflow_check_element_overflow(memp, type);
memp_overflow_check_element_underflow(memp, type);
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
MEMP_STATS_DEC(used, type);
memp->next = memp_tab[type];
memp_tab[type] = memp;
#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
LWIP_ASSERT("memp sanity", memp_sanity());
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK */
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
}
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */

752
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/netif.c
View file

@ -1,752 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* lwIP network interface abstraction
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/tcp_impl.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_DHCP
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n) do{ if (n->status_callback) { (n->status_callback)(n); }}while(0)
#else
#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n)
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n) do{ if (n->link_callback) { (n->link_callback)(n); }}while(0)
#else
#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n)
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
struct netif *netif_list;
struct netif *netif_default;
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
static struct netif loop_netif;
/**
* Initialize a lwip network interface structure for a loopback interface
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure for this loopif
* @return ERR_OK if the loopif is initialized
* ERR_MEM if private data couldn't be allocated
*/
static err_t
netif_loopif_init(struct netif *netif)
{
/* initialize the snmp variables and counters inside the struct netif
* ifSpeed: no assumption can be made!
*/
NETIF_INIT_SNMP(netif, snmp_ifType_softwareLoopback, 0);
netif->name[0] = 'l';
netif->name[1] = 'o';
netif->output = netif_loop_output;
return ERR_OK;
}
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
void
netif_init(void)
{
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
ip_addr_t loop_ipaddr, loop_netmask, loop_gw;
IP4_ADDR(&loop_gw, 127,0,0,1);
IP4_ADDR(&loop_ipaddr, 127,0,0,1);
IP4_ADDR(&loop_netmask, 255,0,0,0);
#if NO_SYS
netif_add(&loop_netif, &loop_ipaddr, &loop_netmask, &loop_gw, NULL, netif_loopif_init, ip_input);
#else /* NO_SYS */
netif_add(&loop_netif, &loop_ipaddr, &loop_netmask, &loop_gw, NULL, netif_loopif_init, tcpip_input);
#endif /* NO_SYS */
netif_set_up(&loop_netif);
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
}
/**
* Add a network interface to the list of lwIP netifs.
*
* @param netif a pre-allocated netif structure
* @param ipaddr IP address for the new netif
* @param netmask network mask for the new netif
* @param gw default gateway IP address for the new netif
* @param state opaque data passed to the new netif
* @param init callback function that initializes the interface
* @param input callback function that is called to pass
* ingress packets up in the protocol layer stack.
*
* @return netif, or NULL if failed.
*/
struct netif *
netif_add(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, ip_addr_t *netmask,
ip_addr_t *gw, void *state, netif_init_fn init, netif_input_fn input)
{
static u8_t netifnum = 0;
LWIP_ASSERT("No init function given", init != NULL);
/* reset new interface configuration state */
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->ip_addr);
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->netmask);
ip_addr_set_zero(&netif->gw);
netif->flags = 0;
#if LWIP_DHCP
/* netif not under DHCP control by default */
netif->dhcp = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
/* netif not under AutoIP control by default */
netif->autoip = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
netif->status_callback = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
netif->link_callback = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
#if LWIP_IGMP
netif->igmp_mac_filter = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
netif->loop_first = NULL;
netif->loop_last = NULL;
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
/* remember netif specific state information data */
netif->state = state;
netif->num = netifnum++;
netif->input = input;
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
netif->loop_cnt_current = 0;
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
netif_set_addr(netif, ipaddr, netmask, gw);
/* call user specified initialization function for netif */
if (init(netif) != ERR_OK) {
return NULL;
}
/* add this netif to the list */
netif->next = netif_list;
netif_list = netif;
snmp_inc_iflist();
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* start IGMP processing */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
igmp_start(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: added interface %c%c IP addr ",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, ipaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" netmask "));
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, netmask);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" gw "));
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, gw);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("\n"));
return netif;
}
/**
* Change IP address configuration for a network interface (including netmask
* and default gateway).
*
* @param netif the network interface to change
* @param ipaddr the new IP address
* @param netmask the new netmask
* @param gw the new default gateway
*/
void
netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, ip_addr_t *netmask,
ip_addr_t *gw)
{
netif_set_ipaddr(netif, ipaddr);
netif_set_netmask(netif, netmask);
netif_set_gw(netif, gw);
}
/**
* Remove a network interface from the list of lwIP netifs.
*
* @param netif the network interface to remove
*/
void
netif_remove(struct netif *netif)
{
if (netif == NULL) {
return;
}
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* stop IGMP processing */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
igmp_stop(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
if (netif_is_up(netif)) {
/* set netif down before removing (call callback function) */
netif_set_down(netif);
}
snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
/* is it the first netif? */
if (netif_list == netif) {
netif_list = netif->next;
} else {
/* look for netif further down the list */
struct netif * tmpNetif;
for (tmpNetif = netif_list; tmpNetif != NULL; tmpNetif = tmpNetif->next) {
if (tmpNetif->next == netif) {
tmpNetif->next = netif->next;
break;
}
}
if (tmpNetif == NULL)
return; /* we didn't find any netif today */
}
snmp_dec_iflist();
/* this netif is default? */
if (netif_default == netif) {
/* reset default netif */
netif_set_default(NULL);
}
LWIP_DEBUGF( NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_remove: removed netif\n") );
}
/**
* Find a network interface by searching for its name
*
* @param name the name of the netif (like netif->name) plus concatenated number
* in ascii representation (e.g. 'en0')
*/
struct netif *
netif_find(char *name)
{
struct netif *netif;
u8_t num;
if (name == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
num = name[2] - '0';
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
if (num == netif->num &&
name[0] == netif->name[0] &&
name[1] == netif->name[1]) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: found %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
return netif;
}
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: didn't find %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
return NULL;
}
/**
* Change the IP address of a network interface
*
* @param netif the network interface to change
* @param ipaddr the new IP address
*
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change netmask and
* default gateway
*/
void
netif_set_ipaddr(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
{
/* TODO: Handling of obsolete pcbs */
/* See: http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/lwip-users/2003-03/msg00118.html */
#if LWIP_TCP
struct tcp_pcb *pcb;
struct tcp_pcb_listen *lpcb;
/* address is actually being changed? */
if ((ip_addr_cmp(ipaddr, &(netif->ip_addr))) == 0) {
/* extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_active_pcbs; defined by tcp.h */
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: netif address being changed\n"));
pcb = tcp_active_pcbs;
while (pcb != NULL) {
/* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
if (ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
/* connections to link-local addresses must persist (RFC3927 ch. 1.9) */
&& !ip_addr_islinklocal(&(pcb->local_ip))
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
) {
/* this connection must be aborted */
struct tcp_pcb *next = pcb->next;
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: aborting TCP pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
tcp_abort(pcb);
pcb = next;
} else {
pcb = pcb->next;
}
}
for (lpcb = tcp_listen_pcbs.listen_pcbs; lpcb != NULL; lpcb = lpcb->next) {
/* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
if ((!(ip_addr_isany(&(lpcb->local_ip)))) &&
(ip_addr_cmp(&(lpcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr)))) {
/* The PCB is listening to the old ipaddr and
* is set to listen to the new one instead */
ip_addr_set(&(lpcb->local_ip), ipaddr);
}
}
}
#endif
snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
/* set new IP address to netif */
ip_addr_set(&(netif->ip_addr), ipaddr);
snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: IP address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->ip_addr),
ip4_addr2_16(&netif->ip_addr),
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->ip_addr),
ip4_addr4_16(&netif->ip_addr)));
}
/**
* Change the default gateway for a network interface
*
* @param netif the network interface to change
* @param gw the new default gateway
*
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and netmask
*/
void
netif_set_gw(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *gw)
{
ip_addr_set(&(netif->gw), gw);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: GW address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->gw),
ip4_addr2_16(&netif->gw),
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->gw),
ip4_addr4_16(&netif->gw)));
}
/**
* Change the netmask of a network interface
*
* @param netif the network interface to change
* @param netmask the new netmask
*
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and
* default gateway
*/
void
netif_set_netmask(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *netmask)
{
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
/* set new netmask to netif */
ip_addr_set(&(netif->netmask), netmask);
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: netmask of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
ip4_addr1_16(&netif->netmask),
ip4_addr2_16(&netif->netmask),
ip4_addr3_16(&netif->netmask),
ip4_addr4_16(&netif->netmask)));
}
/**
* Set a network interface as the default network interface
* (used to output all packets for which no specific route is found)
*
* @param netif the default network interface
*/
void
netif_set_default(struct netif *netif)
{
if (netif == NULL) {
/* remove default route */
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
} else {
/* install default route */
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
}
netif_default = netif;
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: setting default interface %c%c\n",
netif ? netif->name[0] : '\'', netif ? netif->name[1] : '\''));
}
/**
* Bring an interface up, available for processing
* traffic.
*
* @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
* up once configured.
*
* @see dhcp_start()
*/
void netif_set_up(struct netif *netif)
{
if (!(netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP)) {
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_UP;
#if LWIP_SNMP
snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) {
#if LWIP_ARP
/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */
if (netif->flags & (NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP)) {
etharp_gratuitous(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* resend IGMP memberships */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
igmp_report_groups( netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
}
}
}
/**
* Bring an interface down, disabling any traffic processing.
*
* @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
* up once configured.
*
* @see dhcp_start()
*/
void netif_set_down(struct netif *netif)
{
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) {
netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_UP;
#if LWIP_SNMP
snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
#endif
NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
}
}
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
/**
* Set callback to be called when interface is brought up/down
*/
void netif_set_status_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn status_callback)
{
if (netif) {
netif->status_callback = status_callback;
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
/**
* Called by a driver when its link goes up
*/
void netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif )
{
if (!(netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP)) {
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
#if LWIP_DHCP
if (netif->dhcp) {
dhcp_network_changed(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
if (netif->autoip) {
autoip_network_changed(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) {
#if LWIP_ARP
/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
etharp_gratuitous(netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
#if LWIP_IGMP
/* resend IGMP memberships */
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
igmp_report_groups( netif);
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
}
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
}
}
/**
* Called by a driver when its link goes down
*/
void netif_set_link_down(struct netif *netif )
{
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) {
netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
}
}
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
/**
* Set callback to be called when link is brought up/down
*/
void netif_set_link_callback(struct netif *netif, netif_status_callback_fn link_callback)
{
if (netif) {
netif->link_callback = link_callback;
}
}
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
/**
* Send an IP packet to be received on the same netif (loopif-like).
* The pbuf is simply copied and handed back to netif->input.
* In multithreaded mode, this is done directly since netif->input must put
* the packet on a queue.
* In callback mode, the packet is put on an internal queue and is fed to
* netif->input by netif_poll().
*
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure
* @param p the (IP) packet to 'send'
* @param ipaddr the ip address to send the packet to (not used)
* @return ERR_OK if the packet has been sent
* ERR_MEM if the pbuf used to copy the packet couldn't be allocated
*/
err_t
netif_loop_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p,
ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
{
struct pbuf *r;
err_t err;
struct pbuf *last;
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
u8_t clen = 0;
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
/* If we have a loopif, SNMP counters are adjusted for it,
* if not they are adjusted for 'netif'. */
#if LWIP_SNMP
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
struct netif *stats_if = &loop_netif;
#else /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
struct netif *stats_if = netif;
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(ipaddr);
/* Allocate a new pbuf */
r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
if (r == NULL) {
LINK_STATS_INC(link.memerr);
LINK_STATS_INC(link.drop);
snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(stats_if);
return ERR_MEM;
}
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
clen = pbuf_clen(r);
/* check for overflow or too many pbuf on queue */
if(((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current) ||
((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) > LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS)) {
pbuf_free(r);
LINK_STATS_INC(link.memerr);
LINK_STATS_INC(link.drop);
snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(stats_if);
return ERR_MEM;
}
netif->loop_cnt_current += clen;
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
/* Copy the whole pbuf queue p into the single pbuf r */
if ((err = pbuf_copy(r, p)) != ERR_OK) {
pbuf_free(r);
LINK_STATS_INC(link.memerr);
LINK_STATS_INC(link.drop);
snmp_inc_ifoutdiscards(stats_if);
return err;
}
/* Put the packet on a linked list which gets emptied through calling
netif_poll(). */
/* let last point to the last pbuf in chain r */
for (last = r; last->next != NULL; last = last->next);
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
if(netif->loop_first != NULL) {
LWIP_ASSERT("if first != NULL, last must also be != NULL", netif->loop_last != NULL);
netif->loop_last->next = r;
netif->loop_last = last;
} else {
netif->loop_first = r;
netif->loop_last = last;
}
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
LINK_STATS_INC(link.xmit);
snmp_add_ifoutoctets(stats_if, p->tot_len);
snmp_inc_ifoutucastpkts(stats_if);
#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
/* For multithreading environment, schedule a call to netif_poll */
tcpip_callback((tcpip_callback_fn)netif_poll, netif);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Call netif_poll() in the main loop of your application. This is to prevent
* reentering non-reentrant functions like tcp_input(). Packets passed to
* netif_loop_output() are put on a list that is passed to netif->input() by
* netif_poll().
*/
void
netif_poll(struct netif *netif)
{
struct pbuf *in;
/* If we have a loopif, SNMP counters are adjusted for it,
* if not they are adjusted for 'netif'. */
#if LWIP_SNMP
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
struct netif *stats_if = &loop_netif;
#else /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
struct netif *stats_if = netif;
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
do {
/* Get a packet from the list. With SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT=1, this is protected */
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
in = netif->loop_first;
if (in != NULL) {
struct pbuf *in_end = in;
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
u8_t clen = pbuf_clen(in);
/* adjust the number of pbufs on queue */
LWIP_ASSERT("netif->loop_cnt_current underflow",
((netif->loop_cnt_current - clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current));
netif->loop_cnt_current -= clen;
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
while (in_end->len != in_end->tot_len) {
LWIP_ASSERT("bogus pbuf: len != tot_len but next == NULL!", in_end->next != NULL);
in_end = in_end->next;
}
/* 'in_end' now points to the last pbuf from 'in' */
if (in_end == netif->loop_last) {
/* this was the last pbuf in the list */
netif->loop_first = netif->loop_last = NULL;
} else {
/* pop the pbuf off the list */
netif->loop_first = in_end->next;
LWIP_ASSERT("should not be null since first != last!", netif->loop_first != NULL);
}
/* De-queue the pbuf from its successors on the 'loop_' list. */
in_end->next = NULL;
}
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
if (in != NULL) {
LINK_STATS_INC(link.recv);
snmp_add_ifinoctets(stats_if, in->tot_len);
snmp_inc_ifinucastpkts(stats_if);
/* loopback packets are always IP packets! */
if (ip_input(in, netif) != ERR_OK) {
pbuf_free(in);
}
/* Don't reference the packet any more! */
in = NULL;
}
/* go on while there is a packet on the list */
} while (netif->loop_first != NULL);
}
#if !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
/**
* Calls netif_poll() for every netif on the netif_list.
*/
void
netif_poll_all(void)
{
struct netif *netif = netif_list;
/* loop through netifs */
while (netif != NULL) {
netif_poll(netif);
/* proceed to next network interface */
netif = netif->next;
}
}
#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */

1156
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/pbuf.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

354
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/raw.c
View file

@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Implementation of raw protocol PCBs for low-level handling of
* different types of protocols besides (or overriding) those
* already available in lwIP.
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_RAW /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/raw.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "arch/perf.h"
#include <string.h>
/** The list of RAW PCBs */
static struct raw_pcb *raw_pcbs;
/**
* Determine if in incoming IP packet is covered by a RAW PCB
* and if so, pass it to a user-provided receive callback function.
*
* Given an incoming IP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
* finds a corresponding RAW PCB and calls the corresponding receive
* callback function.
*
* @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a RAW PCB.
* @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
* @return - 1 if the packet has been eaten by a RAW PCB receive
* callback function. The caller MAY NOT not reference the
* packet any longer, and MAY NOT call pbuf_free().
* @return - 0 if packet is not eaten (pbuf is still referenced by the
* caller).
*
*/
u8_t
raw_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
struct raw_pcb *pcb, *prev;
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
s16_t proto;
u8_t eaten = 0;
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(inp);
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
proto = IPH_PROTO(iphdr);
prev = NULL;
pcb = raw_pcbs;
/* loop through all raw pcbs until the packet is eaten by one */
/* this allows multiple pcbs to match against the packet by design */
while ((eaten == 0) && (pcb != NULL)) {
if ((pcb->protocol == proto) &&
(ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &current_iphdr_dest))) {
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
/* broadcast filter? */
if ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) || !ip_addr_isbroadcast(&current_iphdr_dest, inp))
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
{
/* receive callback function available? */
if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
/* the receive callback function did not eat the packet? */
if (pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, ip_current_src_addr()) != 0) {
/* receive function ate the packet */
p = NULL;
eaten = 1;
if (prev != NULL) {
/* move the pcb to the front of raw_pcbs so that is
found faster next time */
prev->next = pcb->next;
pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
raw_pcbs = pcb;
}
}
}
/* no receive callback function was set for this raw PCB */
}
/* drop the packet */
}
prev = pcb;
pcb = pcb->next;
}
return eaten;
}
/**
* Bind a RAW PCB.
*
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr.
* @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
* bind to all local interfaces.
*
* @return lwIP error code.
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
* - ERR_USE. The specified IP address is already bound to by
* another RAW PCB.
*
* @see raw_disconnect()
*/
err_t
raw_bind(struct raw_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
{
ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Connect an RAW PCB. This function is required by upper layers
* of lwip. Using the raw api you could use raw_sendto() instead
*
* This will associate the RAW PCB with the remote address.
*
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
* @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
*
* @return lwIP error code
*
* @see raw_disconnect() and raw_sendto()
*/
err_t
raw_connect(struct raw_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
{
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Set the callback function for received packets that match the
* raw PCB's protocol and binding.
*
* The callback function MUST either
* - eat the packet by calling pbuf_free() and returning non-zero. The
* packet will not be passed to other raw PCBs or other protocol layers.
* - not free the packet, and return zero. The packet will be matched
* against further PCBs and/or forwarded to another protocol layers.
*
* @return non-zero if the packet was free()d, zero if the packet remains
* available for others.
*/
void
raw_recv(struct raw_pcb *pcb, raw_recv_fn recv, void *recv_arg)
{
/* remember recv() callback and user data */
pcb->recv = recv;
pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
}
/**
* Send the raw IP packet to the given address. Note that actually you cannot
* modify the IP headers (this is inconsistent with the receive callback where
* you actually get the IP headers), you can only specify the IP payload here.
* It requires some more changes in lwIP. (there will be a raw_send() function
* then.)
*
* @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
* @param p the IP payload to send
* @param ipaddr the destination address of the IP packet
*
*/
err_t
raw_sendto(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *ipaddr)
{
err_t err;
struct netif *netif;
ip_addr_t *src_ip;
struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_sendto\n"));
/* not enough space to add an IP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
/* allocate header in new pbuf */
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, 0, PBUF_RAM);
/* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
if (q == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("raw_sendto: could not allocate header\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
if (p->tot_len != 0) {
/* chain header q in front of given pbuf p */
pbuf_chain(q, p);
}
/* { first pbuf q points to header pbuf } */
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG, ("raw_sendto: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
} else {
/* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
q = p;
if(pbuf_header(q, -IP_HLEN)) {
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't restore header we just removed!", 0);
return ERR_MEM;
}
}
if ((netif = ip_route(ipaddr)) == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr), ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr)));
/* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
if (q != p) {
pbuf_free(q);
}
return ERR_RTE;
}
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
/* broadcast filter? */
if (((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) == 0) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
/* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
if (q != p) {
pbuf_free(q);
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
/* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
} else {
/* use RAW PCB local IP address as source address */
src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
}
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
err = ip_output_if (q, src_ip, ipaddr, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, pcb->protocol, netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
/* did we chain a header earlier? */
if (q != p) {
/* free the header */
pbuf_free(q);
}
return err;
}
/**
* Send the raw IP packet to the address given by raw_connect()
*
* @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
* @param p the IP payload to send
*
*/
err_t
raw_send(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
{
return raw_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip);
}
/**
* Remove an RAW PCB.
*
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
* RAW PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
*
* @see raw_new()
*/
void
raw_remove(struct raw_pcb *pcb)
{
struct raw_pcb *pcb2;
/* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
if (raw_pcbs == pcb) {
/* make list start at 2nd pcb */
raw_pcbs = raw_pcbs->next;
/* pcb not 1st in list */
} else {
for(pcb2 = raw_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
/* find pcb in raw_pcbs list */
if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
/* remove pcb from list */
pcb2->next = pcb->next;
}
}
}
memp_free(MEMP_RAW_PCB, pcb);
}
/**
* Create a RAW PCB.
*
* @return The RAW PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
* could not be allocated.
*
* @param proto the protocol number of the IPs payload (e.g. IP_PROTO_ICMP)
*
* @see raw_remove()
*/
struct raw_pcb *
raw_new(u8_t proto)
{
struct raw_pcb *pcb;
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_new\n"));
pcb = (struct raw_pcb *)memp_malloc(MEMP_RAW_PCB);
/* could allocate RAW PCB? */
if (pcb != NULL) {
/* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct raw_pcb));
pcb->protocol = proto;
pcb->ttl = RAW_TTL;
pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
raw_pcbs = pcb;
}
return pcb;
}
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */

176
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/stats.c
View file

@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* Statistics module
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_STATS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/mem.h"
#include <string.h>
struct stats_ lwip_stats;
void stats_init(void)
{
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
#if MEMP_STATS
const char * memp_names[] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) desc,
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
int i;
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
lwip_stats.memp[i].name = memp_names[i];
}
#endif /* MEMP_STATS */
#if MEM_STATS
lwip_stats.mem.name = "MEM";
#endif /* MEM_STATS */
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
}
#if LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
void
stats_display_proto(struct stats_proto *proto, char *name)
{
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\n%s\n\t", name));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("xmit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->xmit));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("recv: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->recv));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("fw: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->fw));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("drop: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->drop));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->chkerr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->lenerr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("memerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->memerr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->rterr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("proterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->proterr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("opterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->opterr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("err: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->err));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("cachehit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", proto->cachehit));
}
#if IGMP_STATS
void
stats_display_igmp(struct stats_igmp *igmp)
{
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nIGMP\n\t"));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("xmit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->xmit));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("recv: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->recv));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("drop: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->drop));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->chkerr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->lenerr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("memerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->memerr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("proterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->proterr));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rx_v1: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->rx_v1));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rx_group: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", igmp->rx_group));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rx_general: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", igmp->rx_general));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rx_report: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->rx_report));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("tx_join: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->tx_join));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("tx_leave: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->tx_leave));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("tx_report: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->tx_report));
}
#endif /* IGMP_STATS */
#if MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS
void
stats_display_mem(struct stats_mem *mem, char *name)
{
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nMEM %s\n\t", name));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("avail: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->avail));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->used));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->max));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("err: %"U32_F"\n", (u32_t)mem->err));
}
#if MEMP_STATS
void
stats_display_memp(struct stats_mem *mem, int index)
{
char * memp_names[] = {
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) desc,
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
};
if(index < MEMP_MAX) {
stats_display_mem(mem, memp_names[index]);
}
}
#endif /* MEMP_STATS */
#endif /* MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS */
#if SYS_STATS
void
stats_display_sys(struct stats_sys *sys)
{
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nSYS\n\t"));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.used));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.max));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.err: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.err));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mutex.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mutex.used));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mutex.max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mutex.max));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mutex.err: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mutex.err));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.used));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.max));
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.err: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.err));
}
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
void
stats_display(void)
{
s16_t i;
LINK_STATS_DISPLAY();
ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY();
IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY();
IP_STATS_DISPLAY();
IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
UDP_STATS_DISPLAY();
TCP_STATS_DISPLAY();
MEM_STATS_DISPLAY();
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i);
}
SYS_STATS_DISPLAY();
}
#endif /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
#endif /* LWIP_STATS */

66
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/sys.c
View file

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* lwIP Operating System abstraction
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
/* Most of the functions defined in sys.h must be implemented in the
* architecture-dependent file sys_arch.c */
#if !NO_SYS
/**
* Sleep for some ms. Timeouts are NOT processed while sleeping.
*
* @param ms number of milliseconds to sleep
*/
void
sys_msleep(u32_t ms)
{
if (ms > 0) {
sys_sem_t delaysem;
err_t err = sys_sem_new(&delaysem, 0);
if (err == ERR_OK) {
sys_arch_sem_wait(&delaysem, ms);
sys_sem_free(&delaysem);
}
}
}
#endif /* !NO_SYS */

1635
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/tcp.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1567
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/tcp_in.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1468
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/tcp_out.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

966
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/core/udp.c
View file

@ -1,966 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
* User Datagram Protocol module
*
*/
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
/* udp.c
*
* The code for the User Datagram Protocol UDP & UDPLite (RFC 3828).
*
*/
/* @todo Check the use of '(struct udp_pcb).chksum_len_rx'!
*/
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_UDP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/memp.h"
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
#include "lwip/stats.h"
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
#include "arch/perf.h"
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
#include <string.h>
/* The list of UDP PCBs */
/* exported in udp.h (was static) */
struct udp_pcb *udp_pcbs;
/**
* Process an incoming UDP datagram.
*
* Given an incoming UDP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
* finds a corresponding UDP PCB and hands over the pbuf to the pcbs
* recv function. If no pcb is found or the datagram is incorrect, the
* pbuf is freed.
*
* @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a UDP PCB.
* @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
*
*/
void
udp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
{
struct udp_hdr *udphdr;
struct udp_pcb *pcb, *prev;
struct udp_pcb *uncon_pcb;
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
u16_t src, dest;
u8_t local_match;
u8_t broadcast;
PERF_START;
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.recv);
iphdr = (struct ip_hdr *)p->payload;
/* Check minimum length (IP header + UDP header)
* and move payload pointer to UDP header */
if (p->tot_len < (IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4 + UDP_HLEN) || pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4))) {
/* drop short packets */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("udp_input: short UDP datagram (%"U16_F" bytes) discarded\n", p->tot_len));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.lenerr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
udphdr = (struct udp_hdr *)p->payload;
/* is broadcast packet ? */
broadcast = ip_addr_isbroadcast(&current_iphdr_dest, inp);
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_input: received datagram of length %"U16_F"\n", p->tot_len));
/* convert src and dest ports to host byte order */
src = ntohs(udphdr->src);
dest = ntohs(udphdr->dest);
udp_debug_print(udphdr);
/* print the UDP source and destination */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("udp (%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F") <-- "
"(%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F")\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr2_16(&iphdr->dest),
ip4_addr3_16(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr4_16(&iphdr->dest), ntohs(udphdr->dest),
ip4_addr1_16(&iphdr->src), ip4_addr2_16(&iphdr->src),
ip4_addr3_16(&iphdr->src), ip4_addr4_16(&iphdr->src), ntohs(udphdr->src)));
#if LWIP_DHCP
pcb = NULL;
/* when LWIP_DHCP is active, packets to DHCP_CLIENT_PORT may only be processed by
the dhcp module, no other UDP pcb may use the local UDP port DHCP_CLIENT_PORT */
if (dest == DHCP_CLIENT_PORT) {
/* all packets for DHCP_CLIENT_PORT not coming from DHCP_SERVER_PORT are dropped! */
if (src == DHCP_SERVER_PORT) {
if ((inp->dhcp != NULL) && (inp->dhcp->pcb != NULL)) {
/* accept the packe if
(- broadcast or directed to us) -> DHCP is link-layer-addressed, local ip is always ANY!
- inp->dhcp->pcb->remote == ANY or iphdr->src */
if ((ip_addr_isany(&inp->dhcp->pcb->remote_ip) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(inp->dhcp->pcb->remote_ip), &current_iphdr_src))) {
pcb = inp->dhcp->pcb;
}
}
}
} else
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
{
prev = NULL;
local_match = 0;
uncon_pcb = NULL;
/* Iterate through the UDP pcb list for a matching pcb.
* 'Perfect match' pcbs (connected to the remote port & ip address) are
* preferred. If no perfect match is found, the first unconnected pcb that
* matches the local port and ip address gets the datagram. */
for (pcb = udp_pcbs; pcb != NULL; pcb = pcb->next) {
local_match = 0;
/* print the PCB local and remote address */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("pcb (%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F") --- "
"(%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F")\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr2_16(&pcb->local_ip),
ip4_addr3_16(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr4_16(&pcb->local_ip), pcb->local_port,
ip4_addr1_16(&pcb->remote_ip), ip4_addr2_16(&pcb->remote_ip),
ip4_addr3_16(&pcb->remote_ip), ip4_addr4_16(&pcb->remote_ip), pcb->remote_port));
/* compare PCB local addr+port to UDP destination addr+port */
if ((pcb->local_port == dest) &&
((!broadcast && ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &current_iphdr_dest) ||
#if LWIP_IGMP
ip_addr_ismulticast(&current_iphdr_dest) ||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
(broadcast && (pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST)))) {
#else /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
(broadcast))) {
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
local_match = 1;
if ((uncon_pcb == NULL) &&
((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED) == 0)) {
/* the first unconnected matching PCB */
uncon_pcb = pcb;
}
}
/* compare PCB remote addr+port to UDP source addr+port */
if ((local_match != 0) &&
(pcb->remote_port == src) &&
(ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->remote_ip), &current_iphdr_src))) {
/* the first fully matching PCB */
if (prev != NULL) {
/* move the pcb to the front of udp_pcbs so that is
found faster next time */
prev->next = pcb->next;
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
udp_pcbs = pcb;
} else {
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.cachehit);
}
break;
}
prev = pcb;
}
/* no fully matching pcb found? then look for an unconnected pcb */
if (pcb == NULL) {
pcb = uncon_pcb;
}
}
/* Check checksum if this is a match or if it was directed at us. */
if (pcb != NULL || ip_addr_cmp(&inp->ip_addr, &current_iphdr_dest)) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_input: calculating checksum\n"));
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDPLITE) {
/* Do the UDP Lite checksum */
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
u16_t chklen = ntohs(udphdr->len);
if (chklen < sizeof(struct udp_hdr)) {
if (chklen == 0) {
/* For UDP-Lite, checksum length of 0 means checksum
over the complete packet (See RFC 3828 chap. 3.1) */
chklen = p->tot_len;
} else {
/* At least the UDP-Lite header must be covered by the
checksum! (Again, see RFC 3828 chap. 3.1) */
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
}
if (inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(p, &current_iphdr_src, &current_iphdr_dest,
IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, p->tot_len, chklen) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("udp_input: UDP Lite datagram discarded due to failing checksum\n"));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
} else
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
{
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
if (udphdr->chksum != 0) {
if (inet_chksum_pseudo(p, ip_current_src_addr(), ip_current_dest_addr(),
IP_PROTO_UDP, p->tot_len) != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("udp_input: UDP datagram discarded due to failing checksum\n"));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
}
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
}
if(pbuf_header(p, -UDP_HLEN)) {
/* Can we cope with this failing? Just assert for now */
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_header failed\n", 0);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
if (pcb != NULL) {
snmp_inc_udpindatagrams();
#if SO_REUSE && SO_REUSE_RXTOALL
if ((broadcast || ip_addr_ismulticast(&current_iphdr_dest)) &&
((pcb->so_options & SOF_REUSEADDR) != 0)) {
/* pass broadcast- or multicast packets to all multicast pcbs
if SOF_REUSEADDR is set on the first match */
struct udp_pcb *mpcb;
u8_t p_header_changed = 0;
for (mpcb = udp_pcbs; mpcb != NULL; mpcb = mpcb->next) {
if (mpcb != pcb) {
/* compare PCB local addr+port to UDP destination addr+port */
if ((mpcb->local_port == dest) &&
((!broadcast && ip_addr_isany(&mpcb->local_ip)) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(mpcb->local_ip), &current_iphdr_dest) ||
#if LWIP_IGMP
ip_addr_ismulticast(&current_iphdr_dest) ||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
(broadcast && (mpcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST)))) {
#else /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
(broadcast))) {
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
/* pass a copy of the packet to all local matches */
if (mpcb->recv != NULL) {
struct pbuf *q;
/* for that, move payload to IP header again */
if (p_header_changed == 0) {
pbuf_header(p, (s16_t)((IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4) + UDP_HLEN));
p_header_changed = 1;
}
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
if (q != NULL) {
err_t err = pbuf_copy(q, p);
if (err == ERR_OK) {
/* move payload to UDP data */
pbuf_header(q, -(s16_t)((IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4) + UDP_HLEN));
mpcb->recv(mpcb->recv_arg, mpcb, q, ip_current_src_addr(), src);
}
}
}
}
}
}
if (p_header_changed) {
/* and move payload to UDP data again */
pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)((IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4) + UDP_HLEN));
}
}
#endif /* SO_REUSE && SO_REUSE_RXTOALL */
/* callback */
if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
/* now the recv function is responsible for freeing p */
pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, ip_current_src_addr(), src);
} else {
/* no recv function registered? then we have to free the pbuf! */
pbuf_free(p);
goto end;
}
} else {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_input: not for us.\n"));
#if LWIP_ICMP
/* No match was found, send ICMP destination port unreachable unless
destination address was broadcast/multicast. */
if (!broadcast &&
!ip_addr_ismulticast(&current_iphdr_dest)) {
/* move payload pointer back to ip header */
pbuf_header(p, (IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4) + UDP_HLEN);
LWIP_ASSERT("p->payload == iphdr", (p->payload == iphdr));
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PORT);
}
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.proterr);
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
snmp_inc_udpnoports();
pbuf_free(p);
}
} else {
pbuf_free(p);
}
end:
PERF_STOP("udp_input");
}
/**
* Send data using UDP.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
*
* The datagram will be sent to the current remote_ip & remote_port
* stored in pcb. If the pcb is not bound to a port, it will
* automatically be bound to a random port.
*
* @return lwIP error code.
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
* - ERR_MEM. Out of memory.
* - ERR_RTE. Could not find route to destination address.
* - More errors could be returned by lower protocol layers.
*
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_sendto()
*/
err_t
udp_send(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
{
/* send to the packet using remote ip and port stored in the pcb */
return udp_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip, pcb->remote_port);
}
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
/** Same as udp_send() but with checksum
*/
err_t
udp_send_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
u8_t have_chksum, u16_t chksum)
{
/* send to the packet using remote ip and port stored in the pcb */
return udp_sendto_chksum(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip, pcb->remote_port,
have_chksum, chksum);
}
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
/**
* Send data to a specified address using UDP.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
* @param dst_ip Destination IP address.
* @param dst_port Destination UDP port.
*
* dst_ip & dst_port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
*
* If the PCB already has a remote address association, it will
* be restored after the data is sent.
*
* @return lwIP error code (@see udp_send for possible error codes)
*
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_send()
*/
err_t
udp_sendto(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port)
{
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
return udp_sendto_chksum(pcb, p, dst_ip, dst_port, 0, 0);
}
/** Same as udp_sendto(), but with checksum */
err_t
udp_sendto_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *dst_ip,
u16_t dst_port, u8_t have_chksum, u16_t chksum)
{
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
struct netif *netif;
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_send\n"));
/* find the outgoing network interface for this packet */
#if LWIP_IGMP
netif = ip_route((ip_addr_ismulticast(dst_ip))?(&(pcb->multicast_ip)):(dst_ip));
#else
netif = ip_route(dst_ip);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
/* no outgoing network interface could be found? */
if (netif == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: No route to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(dst_ip), ip4_addr2_16(dst_ip), ip4_addr3_16(dst_ip), ip4_addr4_16(dst_ip)));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.rterr);
return ERR_RTE;
}
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
return udp_sendto_if_chksum(pcb, p, dst_ip, dst_port, netif, have_chksum, chksum);
#else /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
return udp_sendto_if(pcb, p, dst_ip, dst_port, netif);
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
}
/**
* Send data to a specified address using UDP.
* The netif used for sending can be specified.
*
* This function exists mainly for DHCP, to be able to send UDP packets
* on a netif that is still down.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
* @param dst_ip Destination IP address.
* @param dst_port Destination UDP port.
* @param netif the netif used for sending.
*
* dst_ip & dst_port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
*
* @return lwIP error code (@see udp_send for possible error codes)
*
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_send()
*/
err_t
udp_sendto_if(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
ip_addr_t *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port, struct netif *netif)
{
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
return udp_sendto_if_chksum(pcb, p, dst_ip, dst_port, netif, 0, 0);
}
/** Same as udp_sendto_if(), but with checksum */
err_t
udp_sendto_if_chksum(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *dst_ip,
u16_t dst_port, struct netif *netif, u8_t have_chksum,
u16_t chksum)
{
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
struct udp_hdr *udphdr;
ip_addr_t *src_ip;
err_t err;
struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
/* broadcast filter? */
if ( ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) == 0) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(dst_ip, netif) ) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
("udp_sendto_if: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
return ERR_VAL;
}
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
/* if the PCB is not yet bound to a port, bind it here */
if (pcb->local_port == 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_send: not yet bound to a port, binding now\n"));
err = udp_bind(pcb, &pcb->local_ip, pcb->local_port);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: forced port bind failed\n"));
return err;
}
}
/* not enough space to add an UDP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
if (pbuf_header(p, UDP_HLEN)) {
/* allocate header in a separate new pbuf */
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, UDP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
/* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
if (q == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: could not allocate header\n"));
return ERR_MEM;
}
if (p->tot_len != 0) {
/* chain header q in front of given pbuf p (only if p contains data) */
pbuf_chain(q, p);
}
/* first pbuf q points to header pbuf */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("udp_send: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
} else {
/* adding space for header within p succeeded */
/* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
q = p;
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: added header in given pbuf %p\n", (void *)p));
}
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct udp_hdr",
(q->len >= sizeof(struct udp_hdr)));
/* q now represents the packet to be sent */
udphdr = (struct udp_hdr *)q->payload;
udphdr->src = htons(pcb->local_port);
udphdr->dest = htons(dst_port);
/* in UDP, 0 checksum means 'no checksum' */
udphdr->chksum = 0x0000;
/* Multicast Loop? */
#if LWIP_IGMP
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(dst_ip) && ((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_MULTICAST_LOOP) != 0)) {
q->flags |= PBUF_FLAG_MCASTLOOP;
}
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
/* PCB local address is IP_ANY_ADDR? */
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
/* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
} else {
/* check if UDP PCB local IP address is correct
* this could be an old address if netif->ip_addr has changed */
if (!ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))) {
/* local_ip doesn't match, drop the packet */
if (q != p) {
/* free the header pbuf */
pbuf_free(q);
q = NULL;
/* p is still referenced by the caller, and will live on */
}
return ERR_VAL;
}
/* use UDP PCB local IP address as source address */
src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: sending datagram of length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
/* UDP Lite protocol? */
if (pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_UDPLITE) {
u16_t chklen, chklen_hdr;
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP LITE packet length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
/* set UDP message length in UDP header */
chklen_hdr = chklen = pcb->chksum_len_tx;
if ((chklen < sizeof(struct udp_hdr)) || (chklen > q->tot_len)) {
if (chklen != 0) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP LITE pcb->chksum_len is illegal: %"U16_F"\n", chklen));
}
/* For UDP-Lite, checksum length of 0 means checksum
over the complete packet. (See RFC 3828 chap. 3.1)
At least the UDP-Lite header must be covered by the
checksum, therefore, if chksum_len has an illegal
value, we generate the checksum over the complete
packet to be safe. */
chklen_hdr = 0;
chklen = q->tot_len;
}
udphdr->len = htons(chklen_hdr);
/* calculate checksum */
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
udphdr->chksum = inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(q, src_ip, dst_ip,
IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, q->tot_len,
#if !LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
chklen);
#else /* !LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
(have_chksum ? UDP_HLEN : chklen));
if (have_chksum) {
u32_t acc;
acc = udphdr->chksum + (u16_t)~(chksum);
udphdr->chksum = FOLD_U32T(acc);
}
#endif /* !LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
/* chksum zero must become 0xffff, as zero means 'no checksum' */
if (udphdr->chksum == 0x0000) {
udphdr->chksum = 0xffff;
}
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP */
/* output to IP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: ip_output_if (,,,,IP_PROTO_UDPLITE,)\n"));
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
err = ip_output_if(q, src_ip, dst_ip, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
} else
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
{ /* UDP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP packet length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
udphdr->len = htons(q->tot_len);
/* calculate checksum */
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
if ((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_NOCHKSUM) == 0) {
u16_t udpchksum;
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
if (have_chksum) {
u32_t acc;
udpchksum = inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(q, src_ip, dst_ip, IP_PROTO_UDP,
q->tot_len, UDP_HLEN);
acc = udpchksum + (u16_t)~(chksum);
udpchksum = FOLD_U32T(acc);
} else
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
{
udpchksum = inet_chksum_pseudo(q, src_ip, dst_ip, IP_PROTO_UDP, q->tot_len);
}
/* chksum zero must become 0xffff, as zero means 'no checksum' */
if (udpchksum == 0x0000) {
udpchksum = 0xffff;
}
udphdr->chksum = udpchksum;
}
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP checksum 0x%04"X16_F"\n", udphdr->chksum));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: ip_output_if (,,,,IP_PROTO_UDP,)\n"));
/* output to IP */
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
err = ip_output_if(q, src_ip, dst_ip, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, IP_PROTO_UDP, netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
}
/* TODO: must this be increased even if error occured? */
snmp_inc_udpoutdatagrams();
/* did we chain a separate header pbuf earlier? */
if (q != p) {
/* free the header pbuf */
pbuf_free(q);
q = NULL;
/* p is still referenced by the caller, and will live on */
}
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.xmit);
return err;
}
/**
* Bind an UDP PCB.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr and port.
* @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
* bind to all local interfaces.
* @param port local UDP port to bind with. Use 0 to automatically bind
* to a random port between UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START and
* UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END.
*
* ipaddr & port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
*
* @return lwIP error code.
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
* - ERR_USE. The specified ipaddr and port are already bound to by
* another UDP PCB.
*
* @see udp_disconnect()
*/
err_t
udp_bind(struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, u16_t port)
{
struct udp_pcb *ipcb;
u8_t rebind;
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_bind(ipaddr = "));
ip_addr_debug_print(UDP_DEBUG, ipaddr);
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, (", port = %"U16_F")\n", port));
rebind = 0;
/* Check for double bind and rebind of the same pcb */
for (ipcb = udp_pcbs; ipcb != NULL; ipcb = ipcb->next) {
/* is this UDP PCB already on active list? */
if (pcb == ipcb) {
/* pcb may occur at most once in active list */
LWIP_ASSERT("rebind == 0", rebind == 0);
/* pcb already in list, just rebind */
rebind = 1;
}
/* By default, we don't allow to bind to a port that any other udp
PCB is alread bound to, unless *all* PCBs with that port have tha
REUSEADDR flag set. */
#if SO_REUSE
else if (((pcb->so_options & SOF_REUSEADDR) == 0) &&
((ipcb->so_options & SOF_REUSEADDR) == 0)) {
#else /* SO_REUSE */
/* port matches that of PCB in list and REUSEADDR not set -> reject */
else {
#endif /* SO_REUSE */
if ((ipcb->local_port == port) &&
/* IP address matches, or one is IP_ADDR_ANY? */
(ip_addr_isany(&(ipcb->local_ip)) ||
ip_addr_isany(ipaddr) ||
ip_addr_cmp(&(ipcb->local_ip), ipaddr))) {
/* other PCB already binds to this local IP and port */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
("udp_bind: local port %"U16_F" already bound by another pcb\n", port));
return ERR_USE;
}
}
}
ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
/* no port specified? */
if (port == 0) {
#ifndef UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START
/* From http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers:
"The Dynamic and/or Private Ports are those from 49152 through 65535" */
#define UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START 0xc000
#define UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END 0xffff
#endif
port = UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START;
ipcb = udp_pcbs;
while ((ipcb != NULL) && (port != UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END)) {
if (ipcb->local_port == port) {
/* port is already used by another udp_pcb */
port++;
/* restart scanning all udp pcbs */
ipcb = udp_pcbs;
} else {
/* go on with next udp pcb */
ipcb = ipcb->next;
}
}
if (ipcb != NULL) {
/* no more ports available in local range */
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_bind: out of free UDP ports\n"));
return ERR_USE;
}
}
pcb->local_port = port;
snmp_insert_udpidx_tree(pcb);
/* pcb not active yet? */
if (rebind == 0) {
/* place the PCB on the active list if not already there */
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
udp_pcbs = pcb;
}
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("udp_bind: bound to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", port %"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr2_16(&pcb->local_ip),
ip4_addr3_16(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr4_16(&pcb->local_ip),
pcb->local_port));
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Connect an UDP PCB.
*
* This will associate the UDP PCB with the remote address.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
* @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
* @param port remote UDP port to connect with.
*
* @return lwIP error code
*
* ipaddr & port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
*
* The udp pcb is bound to a random local port if not already bound.
*
* @see udp_disconnect()
*/
err_t
udp_connect(struct udp_pcb *pcb, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, u16_t port)
{
struct udp_pcb *ipcb;
if (pcb->local_port == 0) {
err_t err = udp_bind(pcb, &pcb->local_ip, pcb->local_port);
if (err != ERR_OK) {
return err;
}
}
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
pcb->remote_port = port;
pcb->flags |= UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED;
/** TODO: this functionality belongs in upper layers */
#ifdef LWIP_UDP_TODO
/* Nail down local IP for netconn_addr()/getsockname() */
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip) && !ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip)) {
struct netif *netif;
if ((netif = ip_route(&(pcb->remote_ip))) == NULL) {
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_connect: No route to 0x%lx\n", pcb->remote_ip.addr));
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.rterr);
return ERR_RTE;
}
/** TODO: this will bind the udp pcb locally, to the interface which
is used to route output packets to the remote address. However, we
might want to accept incoming packets on any interface! */
pcb->local_ip = netif->ip_addr;
} else if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip)) {
pcb->local_ip.addr = 0;
}
#endif
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
("udp_connect: connected to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F",port %"U16_F"\n",
ip4_addr1_16(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr2_16(&pcb->local_ip),
ip4_addr3_16(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr4_16(&pcb->local_ip),
pcb->local_port));
/* Insert UDP PCB into the list of active UDP PCBs. */
for (ipcb = udp_pcbs; ipcb != NULL; ipcb = ipcb->next) {
if (pcb == ipcb) {
/* already on the list, just return */
return ERR_OK;
}
}
/* PCB not yet on the list, add PCB now */
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
udp_pcbs = pcb;
return ERR_OK;
}
/**
* Disconnect a UDP PCB
*
* @param pcb the udp pcb to disconnect.
*/
void
udp_disconnect(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
{
/* reset remote address association */
ip_addr_set_any(&pcb->remote_ip);
pcb->remote_port = 0;
/* mark PCB as unconnected */
pcb->flags &= ~UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED;
}
/**
* Set a receive callback for a UDP PCB
*
* This callback will be called when receiving a datagram for the pcb.
*
* @param pcb the pcb for wich to set the recv callback
* @param recv function pointer of the callback function
* @param recv_arg additional argument to pass to the callback function
*/
void
udp_recv(struct udp_pcb *pcb, udp_recv_fn recv, void *recv_arg)
{
/* remember recv() callback and user data */
pcb->recv = recv;
pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
}
/**
* Remove an UDP PCB.
*
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
* UDP PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
*
* @see udp_new()
*/
void
udp_remove(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
{
struct udp_pcb *pcb2;
snmp_delete_udpidx_tree(pcb);
/* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
if (udp_pcbs == pcb) {
/* make list start at 2nd pcb */
udp_pcbs = udp_pcbs->next;
/* pcb not 1st in list */
} else {
for (pcb2 = udp_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
/* find pcb in udp_pcbs list */
if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
/* remove pcb from list */
pcb2->next = pcb->next;
}
}
}
memp_free(MEMP_UDP_PCB, pcb);
}
/**
* Create a UDP PCB.
*
* @return The UDP PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
* could not be allocated.
*
* @see udp_remove()
*/
struct udp_pcb *
udp_new(void)
{
struct udp_pcb *pcb;
pcb = (struct udp_pcb *)memp_malloc(MEMP_UDP_PCB);
/* could allocate UDP PCB? */
if (pcb != NULL) {
/* UDP Lite: by initializing to all zeroes, chksum_len is set to 0
* which means checksum is generated over the whole datagram per default
* (recommended as default by RFC 3828). */
/* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct udp_pcb));
pcb->ttl = UDP_TTL;
}
return pcb;
}
#if UDP_DEBUG
/**
* Print UDP header information for debug purposes.
*
* @param udphdr pointer to the udp header in memory.
*/
void
udp_debug_print(struct udp_hdr *udphdr)
{
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("UDP header:\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" | %5"U16_F" | (src port, dest port)\n",
ntohs(udphdr->src), ntohs(udphdr->dest)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" | 0x%04"X16_F" | (len, chksum)\n",
ntohs(udphdr->len), ntohs(udphdr->chksum)));
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
}
#endif /* UDP_DEBUG */
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */

119
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/ipv4/lwip/autoip.h
View file

@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
/**
* @file
*
* AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
*/
/*
*
* Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
*
* This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
* with RFC 3927.
*
*
* Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
* <kontakt@dspies.de>
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
#define __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#include "netif/etharp.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* AutoIP Timing */
#define AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL 100
#define AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND (1000 / AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL)
/* RFC 3927 Constants */
#define PROBE_WAIT 1 /* second (initial random delay) */
#define PROBE_MIN 1 /* second (minimum delay till repeated probe) */
#define PROBE_MAX 2 /* seconds (maximum delay till repeated probe) */
#define PROBE_NUM 3 /* (number of probe packets) */
#define ANNOUNCE_NUM 2 /* (number of announcement packets) */
#define ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL 2 /* seconds (time between announcement packets) */
#define ANNOUNCE_WAIT 2 /* seconds (delay before announcing) */
#define MAX_CONFLICTS 10 /* (max conflicts before rate limiting) */
#define RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL 60 /* seconds (delay between successive attempts) */
#define DEFEND_INTERVAL 10 /* seconds (min. wait between defensive ARPs) */
/* AutoIP client states */
#define AUTOIP_STATE_OFF 0
#define AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING 1
#define AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING 2
#define AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND 3
struct autoip
{
ip_addr_t llipaddr; /* the currently selected, probed, announced or used LL IP-Address */
u8_t state; /* current AutoIP state machine state */
u8_t sent_num; /* sent number of probes or announces, dependent on state */
u16_t ttw; /* ticks to wait, tick is AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL long */
u8_t lastconflict; /* ticks until a conflict can be solved by defending */
u8_t tried_llipaddr; /* total number of probed/used Link Local IP-Addresses */
};
/** Init srand, has to be called before entering mainloop */
void autoip_init(void);
/** Set a struct autoip allocated by the application to work with */
void autoip_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct autoip *autoip);
/** Start AutoIP client */
err_t autoip_start(struct netif *netif);
/** Stop AutoIP client */
err_t autoip_stop(struct netif *netif);
/** Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input */
void autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr);
/** Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds */
void autoip_tmr(void);
/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
void autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
#endif /* __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__ */

111
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/ipv4/lwip/icmp.h
View file

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define ICMP_ER 0 /* echo reply */
#define ICMP_DUR 3 /* destination unreachable */
#define ICMP_SQ 4 /* source quench */
#define ICMP_RD 5 /* redirect */
#define ICMP_ECHO 8 /* echo */
#define ICMP_TE 11 /* time exceeded */
#define ICMP_PP 12 /* parameter problem */
#define ICMP_TS 13 /* timestamp */
#define ICMP_TSR 14 /* timestamp reply */
#define ICMP_IRQ 15 /* information request */
#define ICMP_IR 16 /* information reply */
enum icmp_dur_type {
ICMP_DUR_NET = 0, /* net unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1, /* host unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2, /* protocol unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3, /* port unreachable */
ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4, /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
ICMP_DUR_SR = 5 /* source route failed */
};
enum icmp_te_type {
ICMP_TE_TTL = 0, /* time to live exceeded in transit */
ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1 /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
};
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
/** This is the standard ICMP header only that the u32_t data
* is splitted to two u16_t like ICMP echo needs it.
* This header is also used for other ICMP types that do not
* use the data part.
*/
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct icmp_echo_hdr {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t type);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t seqno);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) ((hdr)->type)
#define ICMPH_CODE(hdr) ((hdr)->code)
/** Combines type and code to an u16_t */
#define ICMPH_TYPE_SET(hdr, t) ((hdr)->type = (t))
#define ICMPH_CODE_SET(hdr, c) ((hdr)->code = (c))
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */

106
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/ipv4/lwip/igmp.h
View file

@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
* The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
* are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
* source code.
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_IGMP_H__
#define __LWIP_IGMP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* IGMP timer */
#define IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL 100 /* Milliseconds */
#define IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (1000/IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
#define IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (500 /IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
/* MAC Filter Actions, these are passed to a netif's
* igmp_mac_filter callback function. */
#define IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER 0
#define IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER 1
/**
* igmp group structure - there is
* a list of groups for each interface
* these should really be linked from the interface, but
* if we keep them separate we will not affect the lwip original code
* too much
*
* There will be a group for the all systems group address but this
* will not run the state machine as it is used to kick off reports
* from all the other groups
*/
struct igmp_group {
/** next link */
struct igmp_group *next;
/** interface on which the group is active */
struct netif *netif;
/** multicast address */
ip_addr_t group_address;
/** signifies we were the last person to report */
u8_t last_reporter_flag;
/** current state of the group */
u8_t group_state;
/** timer for reporting, negative is OFF */
u16_t timer;
/** counter of simultaneous uses */
u8_t use;
};
/* Prototypes */
void igmp_init(void);
err_t igmp_start(struct netif *netif);
err_t igmp_stop(struct netif *netif);
void igmp_report_groups(struct netif *netif);
struct igmp_group *igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, ip_addr_t *addr);
void igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, ip_addr_t *dest);
err_t igmp_joingroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr);
err_t igmp_leavegroup(ip_addr_t *ifaddr, ip_addr_t *groupaddr);
void igmp_tmr(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#endif /* __LWIP_IGMP_H__ */

107
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/ipv4/lwip/inet.h
View file

@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
#define __LWIP_INET_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** For compatibility with BSD code */
struct in_addr {
u32_t s_addr;
};
/** 255.255.255.255 */
#define INADDR_NONE IPADDR_NONE
/** 127.0.0.1 */
#define INADDR_LOOPBACK IPADDR_LOOPBACK
/** 0.0.0.0 */
#define INADDR_ANY IPADDR_ANY
/** 255.255.255.255 */
#define INADDR_BROADCAST IPADDR_BROADCAST
/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
the subnet mask, not these masks. */
#define IN_CLASSA(a) IP_CLASSA(a)
#define IN_CLASSA_NET IP_CLASSA_NET
#define IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT
#define IN_CLASSA_HOST IP_CLASSA_HOST
#define IN_CLASSA_MAX IP_CLASSA_MAX
#define IN_CLASSB(b) IP_CLASSB(b)
#define IN_CLASSB_NET IP_CLASSB_NET
#define IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT IP_CLASSB_NSHIFT
#define IN_CLASSB_HOST IP_CLASSB_HOST
#define IN_CLASSB_MAX IP_CLASSB_MAX
#define IN_CLASSC(c) IP_CLASSC(c)
#define IN_CLASSC_NET IP_CLASSC_NET
#define IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT IP_CLASSC_NSHIFT
#define IN_CLASSC_HOST IP_CLASSC_HOST
#define IN_CLASSC_MAX IP_CLASSC_MAX
#define IN_CLASSD(d) IP_CLASSD(d)
#define IN_CLASSD_NET IP_CLASSD_NET /* These ones aren't really */
#define IN_CLASSD_NSHIFT IP_CLASSD_NSHIFT /* net and host fields, but */
#define IN_CLASSD_HOST IP_CLASSD_HOST /* routing needn't know. */
#define IN_CLASSD_MAX IP_CLASSD_MAX
#define IN_MULTICAST(a) IP_MULTICAST(a)
#define IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a) IP_EXPERIMENTAL(a)
#define IN_BADCLASS(a) IP_BADCLASS(a)
#define IN_LOOPBACKNET IP_LOOPBACKNET
#define inet_addr_from_ipaddr(target_inaddr, source_ipaddr) ((target_inaddr)->s_addr = ip4_addr_get_u32(source_ipaddr))
#define inet_addr_to_ipaddr(target_ipaddr, source_inaddr) (ip4_addr_set_u32(target_ipaddr, (source_inaddr)->s_addr))
/* ATTENTION: the next define only works because both s_addr and ip_addr_t are an u32_t effectively! */
#define inet_addr_to_ipaddr_p(target_ipaddr_p, source_inaddr) ((target_ipaddr_p) = (ip_addr_t*)&((source_inaddr)->s_addr))
/* directly map this to the lwip internal functions */
#define inet_addr(cp) ipaddr_addr(cp)
#define inet_aton(cp, addr) ipaddr_aton(cp, (ip_addr_t*)addr)
#define inet_ntoa(addr) ipaddr_ntoa((ip_addr_t*)&(addr))
#define inet_ntoa_r(addr, buf, buflen) ipaddr_ntoa_r((ip_addr_t*)&(addr), buf, buflen)
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */

90
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/ipv4/lwip/inet_chksum.h
View file

@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
#define __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
/** Swap the bytes in an u16_t: much like htons() for little-endian */
#ifndef SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD
#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
/* little endian and PLATFORM_BYTESWAP defined */
#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(w)
#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */
/* can't use htons on big endian (or PLATFORM_BYTESWAP not defined)... */
#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) (((w) & 0xff) << 8) | (((w) & 0xff00) >> 8)
#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)*/
#endif /* SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD */
/** Split an u32_t in two u16_ts and add them up */
#ifndef FOLD_U32T
#define FOLD_U32T(u) (((u) >> 16) + ((u) & 0x0000ffffUL))
#endif
#if LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY
/** Function-like macro: same as MEMCPY but returns the checksum of copied data
as u16_t */
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY
#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY(dst, src, len) lwip_chksum_copy(dst, src, len)
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM
#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM 1
#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM */
#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY */
#else /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
#define LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM 0
#endif /* LWIP_CHECKSUM_ON_COPY */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
u16_t inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len);
u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len);
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len);
#if LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM
u16_t lwip_chksum_copy(void *dst, const void *src, u16_t len);
#endif /* LWIP_CHKSUM_COPY_ALGORITHM */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */

213
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/ipv4/lwip/ip.h
View file

@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
#define __LWIP_IP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** Currently, the function ip_output_if_opt() is only used with IGMP */
#define IP_OPTIONS_SEND LWIP_IGMP
#define IP_HLEN 20
#define IP_PROTO_ICMP 1
#define IP_PROTO_IGMP 2
#define IP_PROTO_UDP 17
#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
#undef IP_HDRINCL
#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
#define IP_HDRINCL NULL
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
#else
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
having to change all PCB structs. */
#define IP_PCB \
/* ip addresses in network byte order */ \
ip_addr_t local_ip; \
ip_addr_t remote_ip; \
/* Socket options */ \
u8_t so_options; \
/* Type Of Service */ \
u8_t tos; \
/* Time To Live */ \
u8_t ttl \
/* link layer address resolution hint */ \
IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
struct ip_pcb {
/* Common members of all PCB types */
IP_PCB;
};
/*
* Option flags per-socket. These are the same like SO_XXX.
*/
/*#define SOF_DEBUG (u8_t)0x01U Unimplemented: turn on debugging info recording */
#define SOF_ACCEPTCONN (u8_t)0x02U /* socket has had listen() */
#define SOF_REUSEADDR (u8_t)0x04U /* allow local address reuse */
#define SOF_KEEPALIVE (u8_t)0x08U /* keep connections alive */
/*#define SOF_DONTROUTE (u8_t)0x10U Unimplemented: just use interface addresses */
#define SOF_BROADCAST (u8_t)0x20U /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
/*#define SOF_USELOOPBACK (u8_t)0x40U Unimplemented: bypass hardware when possible */
#define SOF_LINGER (u8_t)0x80U /* linger on close if data present */
/*#define SOF_OOBINLINE (u16_t)0x0100U Unimplemented: leave received OOB data in line */
/*#define SOF_REUSEPORT (u16_t)0x0200U Unimplemented: allow local address & port reuse */
/* These flags are inherited (e.g. from a listen-pcb to a connection-pcb): */
#define SOF_INHERITED (SOF_REUSEADDR|SOF_KEEPALIVE|SOF_LINGER/*|SOF_DEBUG|SOF_DONTROUTE|SOF_OOBINLINE*/)
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_hdr {
/* version / header length / type of service */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _v_hl_tos);
/* total length */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _len);
/* identification */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _id);
/* fragment offset field */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _offset);
#define IP_RF 0x8000U /* reserved fragment flag */
#define IP_DF 0x4000U /* dont fragment flag */
#define IP_MF 0x2000U /* more fragments flag */
#define IP_OFFMASK 0x1fffU /* mask for fragmenting bits */
/* time to live */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _ttl);
/* protocol*/
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t _proto);
/* checksum */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _chksum);
/* source and destination IP addresses */
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t src);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t dest);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
#define IPH_V(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 12)
#define IPH_HL(hdr) ((ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 8) & 0x0f)
#define IPH_TOS(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) & 0xff)
#define IPH_LEN(hdr) ((hdr)->_len)
#define IPH_ID(hdr) ((hdr)->_id)
#define IPH_OFFSET(hdr) ((hdr)->_offset)
#define IPH_TTL(hdr) ((hdr)->_ttl)
#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) ((hdr)->_proto)
#define IPH_CHKSUM(hdr) ((hdr)->_chksum)
#define IPH_VHLTOS_SET(hdr, v, hl, tos) (hdr)->_v_hl_tos = (htons(((v) << 12) | ((hl) << 8) | (tos)))
#define IPH_LEN_SET(hdr, len) (hdr)->_len = (len)
#define IPH_ID_SET(hdr, id) (hdr)->_id = (id)
#define IPH_OFFSET_SET(hdr, off) (hdr)->_offset = (off)
#define IPH_TTL_SET(hdr, ttl) (hdr)->_ttl = (u8_t)(ttl)
#define IPH_PROTO_SET(hdr, proto) (hdr)->_proto = (u8_t)(proto)
#define IPH_CHKSUM_SET(hdr, chksum) (hdr)->_chksum = (chksum)
/** The interface that provided the packet for the current callback invocation. */
extern struct netif *current_netif;
/** Header of the input packet currently being processed. */
extern const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
/** Source IP address of current_header */
extern ip_addr_t current_iphdr_src;
/** Destination IP address of current_header */
extern ip_addr_t current_iphdr_dest;
#define ip_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
struct netif *ip_route(ip_addr_t *dest);
err_t ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto);
err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto,
struct netif *netif);
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
err_t ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint);
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, ip_addr_t *src, ip_addr_t *dest,
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
u16_t optlen);
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
/** Get the interface that received the current packet.
* This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
* raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
#define ip_current_netif() (current_netif)
/** Get the IP header of the current packet.
* This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
* raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
#define ip_current_header() (current_header)
/** Source IP address of current_header */
#define ip_current_src_addr() (&current_iphdr_src)
/** Destination IP address of current_header */
#define ip_current_dest_addr() (&current_iphdr_dest)
#if IP_DEBUG
void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
#else
#define ip_debug_print(p)
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */

244
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_addr.h
View file

@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
#define __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/def.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This is the aligned version of ip_addr_t,
used as local variable, on the stack, etc. */
struct ip_addr {
u32_t addr;
};
/* This is the packed version of ip_addr_t,
used in network headers that are itself packed */
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_addr_packed {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t addr);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
/** ip_addr_t uses a struct for convenience only, so that the same defines can
* operate both on ip_addr_t as well as on ip_addr_p_t. */
typedef struct ip_addr ip_addr_t;
typedef struct ip_addr_packed ip_addr_p_t;
/*
* struct ipaddr2 is used in the definition of the ARP packet format in
* order to support compilers that don't have structure packing.
*/
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
struct ip_addr2 {
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t addrw[2]);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
/* Forward declaration to not include netif.h */
struct netif;
extern const ip_addr_t ip_addr_any;
extern const ip_addr_t ip_addr_broadcast;
/** IP_ADDR_ can be used as a fixed IP address
* for the wildcard and the broadcast address
*/
#define IP_ADDR_ANY ((ip_addr_t *)&ip_addr_any)
#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST ((ip_addr_t *)&ip_addr_broadcast)
/** 255.255.255.255 */
#define IPADDR_NONE ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)
/** 127.0.0.1 */
#define IPADDR_LOOPBACK ((u32_t)0x7f000001UL)
/** 0.0.0.0 */
#define IPADDR_ANY ((u32_t)0x00000000UL)
/** 255.255.255.255 */
#define IPADDR_BROADCAST ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)
/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
the subnet mask, not these masks. */
#define IP_CLASSA(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0x80000000UL) == 0)
#define IP_CLASSA_NET 0xff000000
#define IP_CLASSA_NSHIFT 24
#define IP_CLASSA_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSA_NET)
#define IP_CLASSA_MAX 128
#define IP_CLASSB(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xc0000000UL) == 0x80000000UL)
#define IP_CLASSB_NET 0xffff0000
#define IP_CLASSB_NSHIFT 16
#define IP_CLASSB_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSB_NET)
#define IP_CLASSB_MAX 65536
#define IP_CLASSC(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000UL) == 0xc0000000UL)
#define IP_CLASSC_NET 0xffffff00
#define IP_CLASSC_NSHIFT 8
#define IP_CLASSC_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IP_CLASSC_NET)
#define IP_CLASSD(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xe0000000UL)
#define IP_CLASSD_NET 0xf0000000 /* These ones aren't really */
#define IP_CLASSD_NSHIFT 28 /* net and host fields, but */
#define IP_CLASSD_HOST 0x0fffffff /* routing needn't know. */
#define IP_MULTICAST(a) IP_CLASSD(a)
#define IP_EXPERIMENTAL(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
#define IP_BADCLASS(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
#define IP_LOOPBACKNET 127 /* official! */
#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
/** Set an IP address given by the four byte-parts */
#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
(ipaddr)->addr = ((u32_t)((a) & 0xff) << 24) | \
((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 16) | \
((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 8) | \
(u32_t)((d) & 0xff)
#else
/** Set an IP address given by the four byte-parts.
Little-endian version that prevents the use of htonl. */
#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
(ipaddr)->addr = ((u32_t)((d) & 0xff) << 24) | \
((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 16) | \
((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 8) | \
(u32_t)((a) & 0xff)
#endif
/** MEMCPY-like copying of IP addresses where addresses are known to be
* 16-bit-aligned if the port is correctly configured (so a port could define
* this to copying 2 u16_t's) - no NULL-pointer-checking needed. */
#ifndef IPADDR2_COPY
#define IPADDR2_COPY(dest, src) SMEMCPY(dest, src, sizeof(ip_addr_t))
#endif
/** Copy IP address - faster than ip_addr_set: no NULL check */
#define ip_addr_copy(dest, src) ((dest).addr = (src).addr)
/** Safely copy one IP address to another (src may be NULL) */
#define ip_addr_set(dest, src) ((dest)->addr = \
((src) == NULL ? 0 : \
(src)->addr))
/** Set complete address to zero */
#define ip_addr_set_zero(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = 0)
/** Set address to IPADDR_ANY (no need for htonl()) */
#define ip_addr_set_any(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = IPADDR_ANY)
/** Set address to loopback address */
#define ip_addr_set_loopback(ipaddr) ((ipaddr)->addr = PP_HTONL(IPADDR_LOOPBACK))
/** Safely copy one IP address to another and change byte order
* from host- to network-order. */
#define ip_addr_set_hton(dest, src) ((dest)->addr = \
((src) == NULL ? 0:\
htonl((src)->addr)))
/** IPv4 only: set the IP address given as an u32_t */
#define ip4_addr_set_u32(dest_ipaddr, src_u32) ((dest_ipaddr)->addr = (src_u32))
/** IPv4 only: get the IP address as an u32_t */
#define ip4_addr_get_u32(src_ipaddr) ((src_ipaddr)->addr)
/** Get the network address by combining host address with netmask */
#define ip_addr_get_network(target, host, netmask) ((target)->addr = ((host)->addr) & ((netmask)->addr))
/**
* Determine if two address are on the same network.
*
* @arg addr1 IP address 1
* @arg addr2 IP address 2
* @arg mask network identifier mask
* @return !0 if the network identifiers of both address match
*/
#define ip_addr_netcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) (((addr1)->addr & \
(mask)->addr) == \
((addr2)->addr & \
(mask)->addr))
#define ip_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->addr == (addr2)->addr)
#define ip_addr_isany(addr1) ((addr1) == NULL || (addr1)->addr == IPADDR_ANY)
#define ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif) ip4_addr_isbroadcast((ipaddr)->addr, (netif))
u8_t ip4_addr_isbroadcast(u32_t addr, const struct netif *netif);
#define ip_addr_netmask_valid(netmask) ip4_addr_netmask_valid((netmask)->addr)
u8_t ip4_addr_netmask_valid(u32_t netmask);
#define ip_addr_ismulticast(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & PP_HTONL(0xf0000000UL)) == PP_HTONL(0xe0000000UL))
#define ip_addr_islinklocal(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & PP_HTONL(0xffff0000UL)) == PP_HTONL(0xa9fe0000UL))
#define ip_addr_debug_print(debug, ipaddr) \
LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, ("%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F, \
ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr) : 0, \
ipaddr != NULL ? ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr) : 0))
/* Get one byte from the 4-byte address */
#define ip4_addr1(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[0])
#define ip4_addr2(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[1])
#define ip4_addr3(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[2])
#define ip4_addr4(ipaddr) (((u8_t*)(ipaddr))[3])
/* These are cast to u16_t, with the intent that they are often arguments
* to printf using the U16_F format from cc.h. */
#define ip4_addr1_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr1(ipaddr))
#define ip4_addr2_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr2(ipaddr))
#define ip4_addr3_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr3(ipaddr))
#define ip4_addr4_16(ipaddr) ((u16_t)ip4_addr4(ipaddr))
/** For backwards compatibility */
#define ip_ntoa(ipaddr) ipaddr_ntoa(ipaddr)
u32_t ipaddr_addr(const char *cp);
int ipaddr_aton(const char *cp, ip_addr_t *addr);
/** returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant! */
char *ipaddr_ntoa(const ip_addr_t *addr);
char *ipaddr_ntoa_r(const ip_addr_t *addr, char *buf, int buflen);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__ */

88
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_frag.h
View file

@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
#define __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/ip.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
/* The IP reassembly timer interval in milliseconds. */
#define IP_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
/* IP reassembly helper struct.
* This is exported because memp needs to know the size.
*/
struct ip_reassdata {
struct ip_reassdata *next;
struct pbuf *p;
struct ip_hdr iphdr;
u16_t datagram_len;
u8_t flags;
u8_t timer;
};
void ip_reass_init(void);
void ip_reass_tmr(void);
struct pbuf * ip_reass(struct pbuf *p);
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
#if IP_FRAG
#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF
/** A custom pbuf that holds a reference to another pbuf, which is freed
* when this custom pbuf is freed. This is used to create a custom PBUF_REF
* that points into the original pbuf. */
struct pbuf_custom_ref {
/** 'base class' */
struct pbuf_custom pc;
/** pointer to the original pbuf that is referenced */
struct pbuf *original;
};
#endif /* !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF && !LWIP_NETIF_TX_SINGLE_PBUF */
err_t ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *dest);
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__ */

284
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/api.h
View file

@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_API_H__
#define __LWIP_API_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Throughout this file, IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
* the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
*/
/* Flags for netconn_write (u8_t) */
#define NETCONN_NOFLAG 0x00
#define NETCONN_NOCOPY 0x00 /* Only for source code compatibility */
#define NETCONN_COPY 0x01
#define NETCONN_MORE 0x02
#define NETCONN_DONTBLOCK 0x04
/* Flags for struct netconn.flags (u8_t) */
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
this temporarily stores whether to wake up the original application task
if data couldn't be sent in the first try. */
#define NETCONN_FLAG_WRITE_DELAYED 0x01
/** Should this netconn avoid blocking? */
#define NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING 0x02
/** Was the last connect action a non-blocking one? */
#define NETCONN_FLAG_IN_NONBLOCKING_CONNECT 0x04
/** If this is set, a TCP netconn must call netconn_recved() to update
the TCP receive window (done automatically if not set). */
#define NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED 0x08
/** If a nonblocking write has been rejected before, poll_tcp needs to
check if the netconn is writable again */
#define NETCONN_FLAG_CHECK_WRITESPACE 0x10
/* Helpers to process several netconn_types by the same code */
#define NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(t) (t&0xF0)
#define NETCONNTYPE_DATAGRAM(t) (t&0xE0)
/** Protocol family and type of the netconn */
enum netconn_type {
NETCONN_INVALID = 0,
/* NETCONN_TCP Group */
NETCONN_TCP = 0x10,
/* NETCONN_UDP Group */
NETCONN_UDP = 0x20,
NETCONN_UDPLITE = 0x21,
NETCONN_UDPNOCHKSUM= 0x22,
/* NETCONN_RAW Group */
NETCONN_RAW = 0x40
};
/** Current state of the netconn. Non-TCP netconns are always
* in state NETCONN_NONE! */
enum netconn_state {
NETCONN_NONE,
NETCONN_WRITE,
NETCONN_LISTEN,
NETCONN_CONNECT,
NETCONN_CLOSE
};
/** Use to inform the callback function about changes */
enum netconn_evt {
NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS,
NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS,
NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS,
NETCONN_EVT_SENDMINUS,
NETCONN_EVT_ERROR
};
#if LWIP_IGMP
/** Used for netconn_join_leave_group() */
enum netconn_igmp {
NETCONN_JOIN,
NETCONN_LEAVE
};
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
/* forward-declare some structs to avoid to include their headers */
struct ip_pcb;
struct tcp_pcb;
struct udp_pcb;
struct raw_pcb;
struct netconn;
struct api_msg_msg;
/** A callback prototype to inform about events for a netconn */
typedef void (* netconn_callback)(struct netconn *, enum netconn_evt, u16_t len);
/** A netconn descriptor */
struct netconn {
/** type of the netconn (TCP, UDP or RAW) */
enum netconn_type type;
/** current state of the netconn */
enum netconn_state state;
/** the lwIP internal protocol control block */
union {
struct ip_pcb *ip;
struct tcp_pcb *tcp;
struct udp_pcb *udp;
struct raw_pcb *raw;
} pcb;
/** the last error this netconn had */
err_t last_err;
/** sem that is used to synchroneously execute functions in the core context */
sys_sem_t op_completed;
/** mbox where received packets are stored until they are fetched
by the netconn application thread (can grow quite big) */
sys_mbox_t recvmbox;
#if LWIP_TCP
/** mbox where new connections are stored until processed
by the application thread */
sys_mbox_t acceptmbox;
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
/** only used for socket layer */
#if LWIP_SOCKET
int socket;
#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
/** timeout to wait for new data to be received
(or connections to arrive for listening netconns) */
int recv_timeout;
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
/** maximum amount of bytes queued in recvmbox
not used for TCP: adjust TCP_WND instead! */
int recv_bufsize;
/** number of bytes currently in recvmbox to be received,
tested against recv_bufsize to limit bytes on recvmbox
for UDP and RAW, used for FIONREAD */
s16_t recv_avail;
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
/** flags holding more netconn-internal state, see NETCONN_FLAG_* defines */
u8_t flags;
#if LWIP_TCP
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
this temporarily stores how much is already sent. */
size_t write_offset;
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
this temporarily stores the message.
Also used during connect and close. */
struct api_msg_msg *current_msg;
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
/** A callback function that is informed about events for this netconn */
netconn_callback callback;
};
/** Register an Network connection event */
#define API_EVENT(c,e,l) if (c->callback) { \
(*c->callback)(c, e, l); \
}
/** Set conn->last_err to err but don't overwrite fatal errors */
#define NETCONN_SET_SAFE_ERR(conn, err) do { \
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev); \
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev); \
if (!ERR_IS_FATAL((conn)->last_err)) { \
(conn)->last_err = err; \
} \
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev); \
} while(0);
/* Network connection functions: */
#define netconn_new(t) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, NULL)
#define netconn_new_with_callback(t, c) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, c)
struct
netconn *netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto,
netconn_callback callback);
err_t netconn_delete(struct netconn *conn);
/** Get the type of a netconn (as enum netconn_type). */
#define netconn_type(conn) (conn->type)
err_t netconn_getaddr(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr,
u16_t *port, u8_t local);
#define netconn_peer(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,0)
#define netconn_addr(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,1)
err_t netconn_bind(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
err_t netconn_connect(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
err_t netconn_disconnect (struct netconn *conn);
err_t netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog);
#define netconn_listen(conn) netconn_listen_with_backlog(conn, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG)
err_t netconn_accept(struct netconn *conn, struct netconn **new_conn);
err_t netconn_recv(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf **new_buf);
err_t netconn_recv_tcp_pbuf(struct netconn *conn, struct pbuf **new_buf);
void netconn_recved(struct netconn *conn, u32_t length);
err_t netconn_sendto(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf,
ip_addr_t *addr, u16_t port);
err_t netconn_send(struct netconn *conn, struct netbuf *buf);
err_t netconn_write(struct netconn *conn, const void *dataptr, size_t size,
u8_t apiflags);
err_t netconn_close(struct netconn *conn);
err_t netconn_shutdown(struct netconn *conn, u8_t shut_rx, u8_t shut_tx);
#if LWIP_IGMP
err_t netconn_join_leave_group(struct netconn *conn, ip_addr_t *multiaddr,
ip_addr_t *netif_addr, enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
err_t netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, ip_addr_t *addr);
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
#define netconn_err(conn) ((conn)->last_err)
#define netconn_recv_bufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
/** Set the blocking status of netconn calls (@todo: write/send is missing) */
#define netconn_set_nonblocking(conn, val) do { if(val) { \
(conn)->flags |= NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING; \
} else { \
(conn)->flags &= ~ NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING; }} while(0)
/** Get the blocking status of netconn calls (@todo: write/send is missing) */
#define netconn_is_nonblocking(conn) (((conn)->flags & NETCONN_FLAG_NON_BLOCKING) != 0)
/** TCP: Set the no-auto-recved status of netconn calls (see NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) */
#define netconn_set_noautorecved(conn, val) do { if(val) { \
(conn)->flags |= NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED; \
} else { \
(conn)->flags &= ~ NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED; }} while(0)
/** TCP: Get the no-auto-recved status of netconn calls (see NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) */
#define netconn_get_noautorecved(conn) (((conn)->flags & NETCONN_FLAG_NO_AUTO_RECVED) != 0)
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
/** Set the receive timeout in milliseconds */
#define netconn_set_recvtimeout(conn, timeout) ((conn)->recv_timeout = (timeout))
/** Get the receive timeout in milliseconds */
#define netconn_get_recvtimeout(conn) ((conn)->recv_timeout)
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
/** Set the receive buffer in bytes */
#define netconn_set_recvbufsize(conn, recvbufsize) ((conn)->recv_bufsize = (recvbufsize))
/** Get the receive buffer in bytes */
#define netconn_get_recvbufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#endif /* __LWIP_API_H__ */

174
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/api_msg.h
View file

@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
#define __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
#include "lwip/err.h"
#include "lwip/sys.h"
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
#include "lwip/api.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For the netconn API, these values are use as a bitmask! */
#define NETCONN_SHUT_RD 1
#define NETCONN_SHUT_WR 2
#define NETCONN_SHUT_RDWR (NETCONN_SHUT_RD | NETCONN_SHUT_WR)
/* IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
* the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
*/
/** This struct includes everything that is necessary to execute a function
for a netconn in another thread context (mainly used to process netconns
in the tcpip_thread context to be thread safe). */
struct api_msg_msg {
/** The netconn which to process - always needed: it includes the semaphore
which is used to block the application thread until the function finished. */
struct netconn *conn;
/** The return value of the function executed in tcpip_thread. */
err_t err;
/** Depending on the executed function, one of these union members is used */
union {
/** used for do_send */
struct netbuf *b;
/** used for do_newconn */
struct {
u8_t proto;
} n;
/** used for do_bind and do_connect */
struct {
ip_addr_t *ipaddr;
u16_t port;
} bc;
/** used for do_getaddr */
struct {
ip_addr_t *ipaddr;
u16_t *port;
u8_t local;
} ad;
/** used for do_write */
struct {
const void *dataptr;
size_t len;
u8_t apiflags;
} w;
/** used for do_recv */
struct {
u32_t len;
} r;
/** used for do_close (/shutdown) */
struct {
u8_t shut;
} sd;
#if LWIP_IGMP
/** used for do_join_leave_group */
struct {
ip_addr_t *multiaddr;
ip_addr_t *netif_addr;
enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave;
} jl;
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG
struct {
u8_t backlog;
} lb;
#endif /* TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG */
} msg;
};
/** This struct contains a function to execute in another thread context and
a struct api_msg_msg that serves as an argument for this function.
This is passed to tcpip_apimsg to execute functions in tcpip_thread context. */
struct api_msg {
/** function to execute in tcpip_thread context */
void (* function)(struct api_msg_msg *msg);
/** arguments for this function */
struct api_msg_msg msg;
};
#if LWIP_DNS
/** As do_gethostbyname requires more arguments but doesn't require a netconn,
it has its own struct (to avoid struct api_msg getting bigger than necessary).
do_gethostbyname must be called using tcpip_callback instead of tcpip_apimsg
(see netconn_gethostbyname). */
struct dns_api_msg {
/** Hostname to query or dotted IP address string */
const char *name;
/** Rhe resolved address is stored here */
ip_addr_t *addr;
/** This semaphore is posted when the name is resolved, the application thread
should wait on it. */
sys_sem_t *sem;
/** Errors are given back here */
err_t *err;
};
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
void do_newconn ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_delconn ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_bind ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_connect ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_disconnect ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_listen ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_send ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_recv ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_write ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_getaddr ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_close ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
void do_shutdown ( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
#if LWIP_IGMP
void do_join_leave_group( struct api_msg_msg *msg);
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
#if LWIP_DNS
void do_gethostbyname(void *arg);
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
struct netconn* netconn_alloc(enum netconn_type t, netconn_callback callback);
void netconn_free(struct netconn *conn);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
#endif /* __LWIP_API_MSG_H__ */

238
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/arch.h
View file

@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_ARCH_H__
#define __LWIP_ARCH_H__
#ifndef LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#endif
#ifndef BIG_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#endif
#include "arch/cc.h"
/** Temporary: define format string for size_t if not defined in cc.h */
#ifndef SZT_F
#define SZT_F U32_F
#endif /* SZT_F */
/** Temporary upgrade helper: define format string for u8_t as hex if not
defined in cc.h */
#ifndef X8_F
#define X8_F "02x"
#endif /* X8_F */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN */
#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_END
#define PACK_STRUCT_END
#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_END */
#ifndef PACK_STRUCT_FIELD
#define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
#endif /* PACK_STRUCT_FIELD */
#ifndef LWIP_UNUSED_ARG
#define LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(x) (void)x
#endif /* LWIP_UNUSED_ARG */
#ifdef LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO
#define EPERM 1 /* Operation not permitted */
#define ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define ESRCH 3 /* No such process */
#define EINTR 4 /* Interrupted system call */
#define EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define E2BIG 7 /* Arg list too long */
#define ENOEXEC 8 /* Exec format error */
#define EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define ECHILD 10 /* No child processes */
#define EAGAIN 11 /* Try again */
#define ENOMEM 12 /* Out of memory */
#define EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define ENOTBLK 15 /* Block device required */
#define EBUSY 16 /* Device or resource busy */
#define EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define ENFILE 23 /* File table overflow */
#define EMFILE 24 /* Too many open files */
#define ENOTTY 25 /* Not a typewriter */
#define ETXTBSY 26 /* Text file busy */
#define EFBIG 27 /* File too large */
#define ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define EROFS 30 /* Read-only file system */
#define EMLINK 31 /* Too many links */
#define EPIPE 32 /* Broken pipe */
#define EDOM 33 /* Math argument out of domain of func */
#define ERANGE 34 /* Math result not representable */
#define EDEADLK 35 /* Resource deadlock would occur */
#define ENAMETOOLONG 36 /* File name too long */
#define ENOLCK 37 /* No record locks available */
#define ENOSYS 38 /* Function not implemented */
#define ENOTEMPTY 39 /* Directory not empty */
#define ELOOP 40 /* Too many symbolic links encountered */
#define EWOULDBLOCK EAGAIN /* Operation would block */
#define ENOMSG 42 /* No message of desired type */
#define EIDRM 43 /* Identifier removed */
#define ECHRNG 44 /* Channel number out of range */
#define EL2NSYNC 45 /* Level 2 not synchronized */
#define EL3HLT 46 /* Level 3 halted */
#define EL3RST 47 /* Level 3 reset */
#define ELNRNG 48 /* Link number out of range */
#define EUNATCH 49 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define ENOCSI 50 /* No CSI structure available */
#define EL2HLT 51 /* Level 2 halted */
#define EBADE 52 /* Invalid exchange */
#define EBADR 53 /* Invalid request descriptor */
#define EXFULL 54 /* Exchange full */
#define ENOANO 55 /* No anode */
#define EBADRQC 56 /* Invalid request code */
#define EBADSLT 57 /* Invalid slot */
#define EDEADLOCK EDEADLK
#define EBFONT 59 /* Bad font file format */
#define ENOSTR 60 /* Device not a stream */
#define ENODATA 61 /* No data available */
#define ETIME 62 /* Timer expired */
#define ENOSR 63 /* Out of streams resources */
#define ENONET 64 /* Machine is not on the network */
#define ENOPKG 65 /* Package not installed */
#define EREMOTE 66 /* Object is remote */
#define ENOLINK 67 /* Link has been severed */
#define EADV 68 /* Advertise error */
#define ESRMNT 69 /* Srmount error */
#define ECOMM 70 /* Communication error on send */
#define EPROTO 71 /* Protocol error */
#define EMULTIHOP 72 /* Multihop attempted */
#define EDOTDOT 73 /* RFS specific error */
#define EBADMSG 74 /* Not a data message */
#define EOVERFLOW 75 /* Value too large for defined data type */
#define ENOTUNIQ 76 /* Name not unique on network */
#define EBADFD 77 /* File descriptor in bad state */
#define EREMCHG 78 /* Remote address changed */
#define ELIBACC 79 /* Can not access a needed shared library */
#define ELIBBAD 80 /* Accessing a corrupted shared library */
#define ELIBSCN 81 /* .lib section in a.out corrupted */
#define ELIBMAX 82 /* Attempting to link in too many shared libraries */
#define ELIBEXEC 83 /* Cannot exec a shared library directly */
#define EILSEQ 84 /* Illegal byte sequence */
#define ERESTART 85 /* Interrupted system call should be restarted */
#define ESTRPIPE 86 /* Streams pipe error */
#define EUSERS 87 /* Too many users */
#define ENOTSOCK 88 /* Socket operation on non-socket */
#define EDESTADDRREQ 89 /* Destination address required */
#define EMSGSIZE 90 /* Message too long */
#define EPROTOTYPE 91 /* Protocol wrong type for socket */
#define ENOPROTOOPT 92 /* Protocol not available */
#define EPROTONOSUPPORT 93 /* Protocol not supported */
#define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 94 /* Socket type not supported */
#define EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define EPFNOSUPPORT 96 /* Protocol family not supported */
#define EAFNOSUPPORT 97 /* Address family not supported by protocol */
#define EADDRINUSE 98 /* Address already in use */
#define EADDRNOTAVAIL 99 /* Cannot assign requested address */
#define ENETDOWN 100 /* Network is down */
#define ENETUNREACH 101 /* Network is unreachable */
#define ENETRESET 102 /* Network dropped connection because of reset */
#define ECONNABORTED 103 /* Software caused connection abort */
#define ECONNRESET 104 /* Connection reset by peer */
#define ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define EISCONN 106 /* Transport endpoint is already connected */
#define ENOTCONN 107 /* Transport endpoint is not connected */
#define ESHUTDOWN 108 /* Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown */
#define ETOOMANYREFS 109 /* Too many references: cannot splice */
#define ETIMEDOUT 110 /* Connection timed out */
#define ECONNREFUSED 111 /* Connection refused */
#define EHOSTDOWN 112 /* Host is down */
#define EHOSTUNREACH 113 /* No route to host */
#define EALREADY 114 /* Operation already in progress */
#define EINPROGRESS 115 /* Operation now in progress */
#define ESTALE 116 /* Stale NFS file handle */
#define EUCLEAN 117 /* Structure needs cleaning */
#define ENOTNAM 118 /* Not a XENIX named type file */
#define ENAVAIL 119 /* No XENIX semaphores available */
#define EISNAM 120 /* Is a named type file */
#define EREMOTEIO 121 /* Remote I/O error */
#define EDQUOT 122 /* Quota exceeded */
#define ENOMEDIUM 123 /* No medium found */
#define EMEDIUMTYPE 124 /* Wrong medium type */
#define ENSROK 0 /* DNS server returned answer with no data */
#define ENSRNODATA 160 /* DNS server returned answer with no data */
#define ENSRFORMERR 161 /* DNS server claims query was misformatted */
#define ENSRSERVFAIL 162 /* DNS server returned general failure */
#define ENSRNOTFOUND 163 /* Domain name not found */
#define ENSRNOTIMP 164 /* DNS server does not implement requested operation */
#define ENSRREFUSED 165 /* DNS server refused query */
#define ENSRBADQUERY 166 /* Misformatted DNS query */
#define ENSRBADNAME 167 /* Misformatted domain name */
#define ENSRBADFAMILY 168 /* Unsupported address family */
#define ENSRBADRESP 169 /* Misformatted DNS reply */
#define ENSRCONNREFUSED 170 /* Could not contact DNS servers */
#define ENSRTIMEOUT 171 /* Timeout while contacting DNS servers */
#define ENSROF 172 /* End of file */
#define ENSRFILE 173 /* Error reading file */
#define ENSRNOMEM 174 /* Out of memory */
#define ENSRDESTRUCTION 175 /* Application terminated lookup */
#define ENSRQUERYDOMAINTOOLONG 176 /* Domain name is too long */
#define ENSRCNAMELOOP 177 /* Domain name is too long */
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_PROVIDE_ERRNO */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_ARCH_H__ */

98
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/debug.h
View file

@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_DEBUG_H__
#define __LWIP_DEBUG_H__
#include "lwip/arch.h"
/** lower two bits indicate debug level
* - 0 all
* - 1 warning
* - 2 serious
* - 3 severe
*/
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL 0x00
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_OFF LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_ALL /* compatibility define only */
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING 0x01 /* bad checksums, dropped packets, ... */
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS 0x02 /* memory allocation failures, ... */
#define LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE 0x03
#define LWIP_DBG_MASK_LEVEL 0x03
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to enable that debug message */
#define LWIP_DBG_ON 0x80U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to disable that debug message */
#define LWIP_DBG_OFF 0x00U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating a tracing message (to follow program flow) */
#define LWIP_DBG_TRACE 0x40U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating a state debug message (to follow module states) */
#define LWIP_DBG_STATE 0x20U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF indicating newly added code, not thoroughly tested yet */
#define LWIP_DBG_FRESH 0x10U
/** flag for LWIP_DEBUGF to halt after printing this debug message */
#define LWIP_DBG_HALT 0x08U
#ifndef LWIP_NOASSERT
#define LWIP_ASSERT(message, assertion) do { if(!(assertion)) \
LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(message); } while(0)
#else /* LWIP_NOASSERT */
#define LWIP_ASSERT(message, assertion)
#endif /* LWIP_NOASSERT */
/** if "expression" isn't true, then print "message" and execute "handler" expression */
#ifndef LWIP_ERROR
#define LWIP_ERROR(message, expression, handler) do { if (!(expression)) { \
LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(message); handler;}} while(0)
#endif /* LWIP_ERROR */
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
/** print debug message only if debug message type is enabled...
* AND is of correct type AND is at least LWIP_DBG_LEVEL
*/
#define LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, message) do { \
if ( \
((debug) & LWIP_DBG_ON) && \
((debug) & LWIP_DBG_TYPES_ON) && \
((s16_t)((debug) & LWIP_DBG_MASK_LEVEL) >= LWIP_DBG_MIN_LEVEL)) { \
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(message); \
if ((debug) & LWIP_DBG_HALT) { \
while(1); \
} \
} \
} while(0)
#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#define LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, message)
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#endif /* __LWIP_DEBUG_H__ */

127
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/def.h
View file

@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_DEF_H__
#define __LWIP_DEF_H__
/* arch.h might define NULL already */
#include "lwip/arch.h"
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define LWIP_MAX(x , y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
#define LWIP_MIN(x , y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL ((void *)0)
#endif
/** Get the absolute difference between 2 u32_t values (correcting overflows)
* 'a' is expected to be 'higher' (without overflow) than 'b'. */
#define LWIP_U32_DIFF(a, b) (((a) >= (b)) ? ((a) - (b)) : (((a) + ((b) ^ 0xFFFFFFFF) + 1)))
/* Endianess-optimized shifting of two u8_t to create one u16_t */
#if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define LWIP_MAKE_U16(a, b) ((a << 8) | b)
#else
#define LWIP_MAKE_U16(a, b) ((b << 8) | a)
#endif
#ifndef LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 0
#endif
#ifndef LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS
/* workaround for naming collisions on some platforms */
#ifdef htons
#undef htons
#endif /* htons */
#ifdef htonl
#undef htonl
#endif /* htonl */
#ifdef ntohs
#undef ntohs
#endif /* ntohs */
#ifdef ntohl
#undef ntohl
#endif /* ntohl */
#define htons(x) lwip_htons(x)
#define ntohs(x) lwip_ntohs(x)
#define htonl(x) lwip_htonl(x)
#define ntohl(x) lwip_ntohl(x)
#endif /* LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS */
#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
#define lwip_htons(x) (x)
#define lwip_ntohs(x) (x)
#define lwip_htonl(x) (x)
#define lwip_ntohl(x) (x)
#define PP_HTONS(x) (x)
#define PP_NTOHS(x) (x)
#define PP_HTONL(x) (x)
#define PP_NTOHL(x) (x)
#else /* BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN */
#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
#define lwip_htons(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
#define lwip_ntohs(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
#define lwip_htonl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
#define lwip_ntohl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
u16_t lwip_htons(u16_t x);
u16_t lwip_ntohs(u16_t x);
u32_t lwip_htonl(u32_t x);
u32_t lwip_ntohl(u32_t x);
#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
/* These macros should be calculated by the preprocessor and are used
with compile-time constants only (so that there is no little-endian
overhead at runtime). */
#define PP_HTONS(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) & 0xff00) >> 8))
#define PP_NTOHS(x) PP_HTONS(x)
#define PP_HTONL(x) ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) | \
(((x) & 0xff00) << 8) | \
(((x) & 0xff0000UL) >> 8) | \
(((x) & 0xff000000UL) >> 24))
#define PP_NTOHL(x) PP_HTONL(x)
#endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_DEF_H__ */

242
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/dhcp.h
View file

@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
/** @file
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_DHCP_H__
#define __LWIP_DHCP_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_DHCP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#include "lwip/netif.h"
#include "lwip/udp.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** period (in seconds) of the application calling dhcp_coarse_tmr() */
#define DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS 60
/** period (in milliseconds) of the application calling dhcp_coarse_tmr() */
#define DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_MSECS (DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS * 1000UL)
/** period (in milliseconds) of the application calling dhcp_fine_tmr() */
#define DHCP_FINE_TIMER_MSECS 500
#define DHCP_CHADDR_LEN 16U
#define DHCP_SNAME_LEN 64U
#define DHCP_FILE_LEN 128U
struct dhcp
{
/** transaction identifier of last sent request */
u32_t xid;
/** our connection to the DHCP server */
struct udp_pcb *pcb;
/** incoming msg */
struct dhcp_msg *msg_in;
/** current DHCP state machine state */
u8_t state;
/** retries of current request */
u8_t tries;
#if LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP
u8_t autoip_coop_state;
#endif
u8_t subnet_mask_given;
struct pbuf *p_out; /* pbuf of outcoming msg */
struct dhcp_msg *msg_out; /* outgoing msg */
u16_t options_out_len; /* outgoing msg options length */
u16_t request_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_FINE_TIMER_SECS for request timeout */
u16_t t1_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS for renewal time */
u16_t t2_timeout; /* #ticks with period DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS for rebind time */
ip_addr_t server_ip_addr; /* dhcp server address that offered this lease */
ip_addr_t offered_ip_addr;
ip_addr_t offered_sn_mask;
ip_addr_t offered_gw_addr;
u32_t offered_t0_lease; /* lease period (in seconds) */
u32_t offered_t1_renew; /* recommended renew time (usually 50% of lease period) */
u32_t offered_t2_rebind; /* recommended rebind time (usually 66% of lease period) */
/* @todo: LWIP_DHCP_BOOTP_FILE configuration option?
integrate with possible TFTP-client for booting? */
#if LWIP_DHCP_BOOTP_FILE
ip_addr_t offered_si_addr;
char boot_file_name[DHCP_FILE_LEN];
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP_BOOTPFILE */
};
/* MUST be compiled with "pack structs" or equivalent! */
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
/** minimum set of fields of any DHCP message */
struct dhcp_msg
{
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t op);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t htype);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hlen);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t hops);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t xid);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t secs);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t flags);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t ciaddr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t yiaddr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t siaddr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(ip_addr_p_t giaddr);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t chaddr[DHCP_CHADDR_LEN]);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t sname[DHCP_SNAME_LEN]);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t file[DHCP_FILE_LEN]);
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t cookie);
#define DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN 68U
/** make sure user does not configure this too small */
#if ((defined(DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN)) && (DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN < DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN))
# undef DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN
#endif
/** allow this to be configured in lwipopts.h, but not too small */
#if (!defined(DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN))
/** set this to be sufficient for your options in outgoing DHCP msgs */
# define DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN DHCP_MIN_OPTIONS_LEN
#endif
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t options[DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN]);
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
PACK_STRUCT_END
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
#endif
void dhcp_set_struct(struct netif *netif, struct dhcp *dhcp);
/** Remove a struct dhcp previously set to the netif using dhcp_set_struct() */
#define dhcp_remove_struct(netif) do { (netif)->dhcp = NULL; } while(0)
void dhcp_cleanup(struct netif *netif);
/** start DHCP configuration */
err_t dhcp_start(struct netif *netif);
/** enforce early lease renewal (not needed normally)*/
err_t dhcp_renew(struct netif *netif);
/** release the DHCP lease, usually called before dhcp_stop()*/
err_t dhcp_release(struct netif *netif);
/** stop DHCP configuration */
void dhcp_stop(struct netif *netif);
/** inform server of our manual IP address */
void dhcp_inform(struct netif *netif);
/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
void dhcp_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
/** if enabled, check whether the offered IP address is not in use, using ARP */
#if DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK
void dhcp_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, ip_addr_t *addr);
#endif
/** to be called every minute */
void dhcp_coarse_tmr(void);
/** to be called every half second */
void dhcp_fine_tmr(void);
/** DHCP message item offsets and length */
#define DHCP_OP_OFS 0
#define DHCP_HTYPE_OFS 1
#define DHCP_HLEN_OFS 2
#define DHCP_HOPS_OFS 3
#define DHCP_XID_OFS 4
#define DHCP_SECS_OFS 8
#define DHCP_FLAGS_OFS 10
#define DHCP_CIADDR_OFS 12
#define DHCP_YIADDR_OFS 16
#define DHCP_SIADDR_OFS 20
#define DHCP_GIADDR_OFS 24
#define DHCP_CHADDR_OFS 28
#define DHCP_SNAME_OFS 44
#define DHCP_FILE_OFS 108
#define DHCP_MSG_LEN 236
#define DHCP_COOKIE_OFS DHCP_MSG_LEN
#define DHCP_OPTIONS_OFS (DHCP_MSG_LEN + 4)
#define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT 68
#define DHCP_SERVER_PORT 67
/** DHCP client states */
#define DHCP_OFF 0
#define DHCP_REQUESTING 1
#define DHCP_INIT 2
#define DHCP_REBOOTING 3
#define DHCP_REBINDING 4
#define DHCP_RENEWING 5
#define DHCP_SELECTING 6
#define DHCP_INFORMING 7
#define DHCP_CHECKING 8
#define DHCP_PERMANENT 9
#define DHCP_BOUND 10
/** not yet implemented #define DHCP_RELEASING 11 */
#define DHCP_BACKING_OFF 12
/** AUTOIP cooperatation flags */
#define DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_STATE_OFF 0
#define DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP_STATE_ON 1
#define DHCP_BOOTREQUEST 1
#define DHCP_BOOTREPLY 2
/** DHCP message types */
#define DHCP_DISCOVER 1
#define DHCP_OFFER 2
#define DHCP_REQUEST 3
#define DHCP_DECLINE 4
#define DHCP_ACK 5
#define DHCP_NAK 6
#define DHCP_RELEASE 7
#define DHCP_INFORM 8
/** DHCP hardware type, currently only ethernet is supported */
#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETH 1
#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363UL
/* This is a list of options for BOOTP and DHCP, see RFC 2132 for descriptions */
/** BootP options */
#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK 1 /* RFC 2132 3.3 */
#define DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER 3
#define DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER 6
#define DHCP_OPTION_HOSTNAME 12
#define DHCP_OPTION_IP_TTL 23
#define DHCP_OPTION_MTU 26
#define DHCP_OPTION_BROADCAST 28
#define DHCP_OPTION_TCP_TTL 37
#define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
/** DHCP options */
#define DHCP_OPTION_REQUESTED_IP 50 /* RFC 2132 9.1, requested IP address */
#define DHCP_OPTION_LEASE_TIME 51 /* RFC 2132 9.2, time in seconds, in 4 bytes */
#define DHCP_OPTION_OVERLOAD 52 /* RFC2132 9.3, use file and/or sname field for options */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGE_TYPE 53 /* RFC 2132 9.6, important for DHCP */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGE_TYPE_LEN 1
#define DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID 54 /* RFC 2132 9.7, server IP address */
#define DHCP_OPTION_PARAMETER_REQUEST_LIST 55 /* RFC 2132 9.8, requested option types */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE 57 /* RFC 2132 9.10, message size accepted >= 576 */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MAX_MSG_SIZE_LEN 2
#define DHCP_OPTION_T1 58 /* T1 renewal time */
#define DHCP_OPTION_T2 59 /* T2 rebinding time */
#define DHCP_OPTION_US 60
#define DHCP_OPTION_CLIENT_ID 61
#define DHCP_OPTION_TFTP_SERVERNAME 66
#define DHCP_OPTION_BOOTFILE 67
/** possible combinations of overloading the file and sname fields with options */
#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_NONE 0
#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_FILE 1
#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_SNAME 2
#define DHCP_OVERLOAD_SNAME_FILE 3
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
#endif /*__LWIP_DHCP_H__*/

124
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/dns.h
View file

@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
/**
* lwip DNS resolver header file.
* Author: Jim Pettinato
* April 2007
* ported from uIP resolv.c Copyright (c) 2002-2003, Adam Dunkels.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
* products derived from this software without specific prior
* written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
* OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
* GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
* WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_DNS_H__
#define __LWIP_DNS_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#if LWIP_DNS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** DNS timer period */
#define DNS_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
/** DNS field TYPE used for "Resource Records" */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_A 1 /* a host address */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_NS 2 /* an authoritative name server */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MD 3 /* a mail destination (Obsolete - use MX) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MF 4 /* a mail forwarder (Obsolete - use MX) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_CNAME 5 /* the canonical name for an alias */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_SOA 6 /* marks the start of a zone of authority */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MB 7 /* a mailbox domain name (EXPERIMENTAL) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MG 8 /* a mail group member (EXPERIMENTAL) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MR 9 /* a mail rename domain name (EXPERIMENTAL) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_NULL 10 /* a null RR (EXPERIMENTAL) */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_WKS 11 /* a well known service description */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_PTR 12 /* a domain name pointer */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_HINFO 13 /* host information */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MINFO 14 /* mailbox or mail list information */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_MX 15 /* mail exchange */
#define DNS_RRTYPE_TXT 16 /* text strings */
/** DNS field CLASS used for "Resource Records" */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_IN 1 /* the Internet */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_CS 2 /* the CSNET class (Obsolete - used only for examples in some obsolete RFCs) */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_CH 3 /* the CHAOS class */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_HS 4 /* Hesiod [Dyer 87] */
#define DNS_RRCLASS_FLUSH 0x800 /* Flush bit */
/* The size used for the next line is rather a hack, but it prevents including socket.h in all files
that include memp.h, and that would possibly break portability (since socket.h defines some types
and constants possibly already define by the OS).
Calculation rule:
sizeof(struct addrinfo) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH + 1 byte zero-termination */
#define NETDB_ELEM_SIZE (32 + 16 + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH + 1)
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
/** struct used for local host-list */
struct local_hostlist_entry {
/** static hostname */
const char *name;
/** static host address in network byteorder */
ip_addr_t addr;
struct local_hostlist_entry *next;
};
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN
#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH
#endif
#define LOCALHOSTLIST_ELEM_SIZE ((sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry) + DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_MAX_NAMELEN + 1))
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
/** Callback which is invoked when a hostname is found.
* A function of this type must be implemented by the application using the DNS resolver.
* @param name pointer to the name that was looked up.
* @param ipaddr pointer to an ip_addr_t containing the IP address of the hostname,
* or NULL if the name could not be found (or on any other error).
* @param callback_arg a user-specified callback argument passed to dns_gethostbyname
*/
typedef void (*dns_found_callback)(const char *name, ip_addr_t *ipaddr, void *callback_arg);
void dns_init(void);
void dns_tmr(void);
void dns_setserver(u8_t numdns, ip_addr_t *dnsserver);
ip_addr_t dns_getserver(u8_t numdns);
err_t dns_gethostbyname(const char *hostname, ip_addr_t *addr,
dns_found_callback found, void *callback_arg);
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
int dns_local_removehost(const char *hostname, const ip_addr_t *addr);
err_t dns_local_addhost(const char *hostname, const ip_addr_t *addr);
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
#endif /* __LWIP_DNS_H__ */

85
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/err.h
View file

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_ERR_H__
#define __LWIP_ERR_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#include "lwip/arch.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** Define LWIP_ERR_T in cc.h if you want to use
* a different type for your platform (must be signed). */
#ifdef LWIP_ERR_T
typedef LWIP_ERR_T err_t;
#else /* LWIP_ERR_T */
typedef s8_t err_t;
#endif /* LWIP_ERR_T*/
/* Definitions for error constants. */
#define ERR_OK 0 /* No error, everything OK. */
#define ERR_MEM -1 /* Out of memory error. */
#define ERR_BUF -2 /* Buffer error. */
#define ERR_TIMEOUT -3 /* Timeout. */
#define ERR_RTE -4 /* Routing problem. */
#define ERR_INPROGRESS -5 /* Operation in progress */
#define ERR_VAL -6 /* Illegal value. */
#define ERR_WOULDBLOCK -7 /* Operation would block. */
#define ERR_USE -8 /* Address in use. */
#define ERR_ISCONN -9 /* Already connected. */
#define ERR_IS_FATAL(e) ((e) < ERR_ISCONN)
#define ERR_ABRT -10 /* Connection aborted. */
#define ERR_RST -11 /* Connection reset. */
#define ERR_CLSD -12 /* Connection closed. */
#define ERR_CONN -13 /* Not connected. */
#define ERR_ARG -14 /* Illegal argument. */
#define ERR_IF -15 /* Low-level netif error */
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
extern const char *lwip_strerr(err_t err);
#else
#define lwip_strerr(x) ""
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_ERR_H__ */

72
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/init.h
View file

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_INIT_H__
#define __LWIP_INIT_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** X.x.x: Major version of the stack */
#define LWIP_VERSION_MAJOR 1U
/** x.X.x: Minor version of the stack */
#define LWIP_VERSION_MINOR 4U
/** x.x.X: Revision of the stack */
#define LWIP_VERSION_REVISION 0U
/** For release candidates, this is set to 1..254
* For official releases, this is set to 255 (LWIP_RC_RELEASE)
* For development versions (CVS), this is set to 0 (LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT) */
#define LWIP_VERSION_RC 255U
/** LWIP_VERSION_RC is set to LWIP_RC_RELEASE for official releases */
#define LWIP_RC_RELEASE 255U
/** LWIP_VERSION_RC is set to LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT for CVS versions */
#define LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT 0U
#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_RELEASE (LWIP_VERSION_RC == LWIP_RC_RELEASE)
#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_DEVELOPMENT (LWIP_VERSION_RC == LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT)
#define LWIP_VERSION_IS_RC ((LWIP_VERSION_RC != LWIP_RC_RELEASE) && (LWIP_VERSION_RC != LWIP_RC_DEVELOPMENT))
/** Provides the version of the stack */
#define LWIP_VERSION (LWIP_VERSION_MAJOR << 24 | LWIP_VERSION_MINOR << 16 | \
LWIP_VERSION_REVISION << 8 | LWIP_VERSION_RC)
/* Modules initialization */
void lwip_init(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_INIT_H__ */

122
Demo/MicroBlaze_Spartan-6_EthernetLite/SDKProjects/RTOSDemoSource/lwIP/include/lwip/mem.h
View file

@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
* All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
*
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
*
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
*
*/
#ifndef __LWIP_MEM_H__
#define __LWIP_MEM_H__
#include "lwip/opt.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if MEM_LIBC_MALLOC
#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
typedef size_t mem_size_t;
/* aliases for C library malloc() */
#define mem_init()
/* in case C library malloc() needs extra protection,
* allow these defines to be overridden.
*/
#ifndef mem_free
#define mem_free free
#endif
#ifndef mem_malloc
#define mem_malloc malloc
#endif
#ifndef mem_calloc
#define mem_calloc calloc
#endif
/* Since there is no C library allocation function to shrink memory without
moving it, define this to nothing. */
#ifndef mem_trim
#define mem_trim(mem, size) (mem)
#endif
#else /* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
/* MEM_SIZE would have to be aligned, but using 64000 here instead of
* 65535 leaves some room for alignment...
*/
#if MEM_SIZE > 64000L
typedef u32_t mem_size_t;
#define MEM_SIZE_F U32_F
#else
typedef u16_t mem_size_t;
#define MEM_SIZE_F U16_F
#endif /* MEM_SIZE > 64000 */
#if MEM_USE_POOLS
/** mem_init is not used when using pools instead of a heap */
#define mem_init()
/** mem_trim is not used when using pools instead of a heap:
we can't free part of a pool element and don't want to copy the rest */
#define mem_trim(mem, size) (mem)
#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
/* lwIP alternative malloc */
void mem_init(void);
void *mem_trim(void *mem, mem_size_t size);
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
void *mem_malloc(mem_size_t size);
void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size);
void mem_free(void *mem);
#endif /* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
/** Calculate memory size for an aligned buffer - returns the next highest
* multiple of MEM_ALIGNMENT (e.g. LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(3) and
* LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(4) will both yield 4 for MEM_ALIGNMENT == 4).
*/
#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE
#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size) (((size) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1))
#endif
/** Calculate safe memory size for an aligned buffer when using an unaligned
* type as storage. This includes a safety-margin on (MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) at the
* start (e.g. if buffer is u8_t[] and actual data will be u32_t*)
*/
#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_BUFFER
#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_BUFFER(size) (((size) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1))
#endif
/** Align a memory pointer to the alignment defined by MEM_ALIGNMENT
* so that ADDR % MEM_ALIGNMENT == 0
*/
#ifndef LWIP_MEM_ALIGN
#define LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(addr) ((void *)(((mem_ptr_t)(addr) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(mem_ptr_t)(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)))
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __LWIP_MEM_H__ */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more